Limited: E I A & E M P (Eia - Emp) R

FINAL REPORT March 2018
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT &

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
(EIA – EMP) REPORT
FOR PROPOSED NEW UNIT

FOR MANUFACTURING OF AGROCHEMICALS, INTERMEDIATES
& SPECIALTY CHEMICALS
OF
-: PROPONENT :-
LIMITED
At Plot no. D-3/6,
Dahej-III GIDC Industrial Estate (within PCPIR region),
Ta. Vagra, District Bharuch - 393 130 Gujarat State, India
Baseline Study Period : October 2016 to December 2016
EIA Consultant Organization & Analytical Laboratory for Baseline Studies
MoEF&CC recognized GPCB recognized NABET accredited Category A FDA Approved Public Testing
Environmental Laboratory under Env. Auditors EIA Consultant Organization Laboratory
EPA , 1986
Regd. Off. : “Kamal Arcade – The Vertical Sunclock”, Comm. Plot No. C-3/3, Near SBI Ind. Branch, G.I.D.C.,
Ankleshwar – 393 002 Dist. Bharuch, Gujarat State, India
Telefax : 02646 224805, 223805 E-Mail: siddhi.ank@gmail.com www.siddhigreen.com
Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 1 of 277

TITLE OF THE FINAL REPORT OF
REPORT
Environmental Impact Assessment & EMP Report
For
Proposed Agrochemicals, Intermediates &
Specialty Chemicals Manufacturing Unit
at Plot No. D-3/6,

Dahej – III GIDC Industrial estate (within PCPIR region),
Village: Kadodara, Taluka - Vagra, Dist. Bharuch,
State - Gujarat, India.
CLIENT (PROJECT UPL LIMITED

PROPONENT)
CONDUCTED BY SIDDHI GREEN EXCELLENCE PVT. LTD.
 MoEF&CC recognized Environmental Laboratory under EPA, 1986

 G.P.C.B recognized Environmental Auditor
 FDA Approved Public Testing Laboratory
 NABET accredited EIA Consultant Organization
 for Category A projects of Synthetic Organic Industry &
Pesticides Industry
Regd. Office : “Kamal Arcade – The Vertical Sunclock”, Comm. Plot No. C-3/3, Nr.
SBI Industrial Branch, Station Road, G.I.D.C, Ankleshwar – 393 002 ,
Gujarat State, India
Ph. No. : (02646) 224805, 223805 Email : siddhi.ank@gmail.com
Website : www.siddhigreen.com
EC appln. Reference Proposal No. : IA/GJ/IND2/58497/2016 dated 01-09-2016
documents Appraisal by EAC (Industry-2) on 26-10-2016
Specific and Additional TORs issued vide letter no. J-11011/306/2016-IA II (I) dated
13-12-2016 & Minutes For 14th Expert Appraisal Committee (INDUSTRY-2) meeting
during 26-27th October, 2016 uploaded on official website of MoEF&CC
Proposal No. for TOR Amendment: IA/GJ/IND2/58497/2016 dated 16-09-2017
Report No. Rev. Date of Issued for Prepared by : Approved by

No. Release
SC-EIA-2K16-1006 00 22-03-2018 Appraisal for grant of EC Mrs. Kuntal P. Shah Mr. P. M. Shah
Disclaimer :- This report is prepared solely for the use of the project proponent, regulatory bodies and relevant stakeholders.
Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. has taken due precautions in the preparation of this report and ensured that the facts and
information presented in the report are correct, authentic and latest as on the date of release. However, possibility of errors or
omissions is not eliminated absolutely and therefore Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. accepts no liability resulting from the use
or application of the information contained in this report.
All primary data presented in the report is sole property of Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. and should not be used for any
other purpose other than declared in the report. The data cannot be syndicated or resell or transferred to any other user except
the client including any affiliated companies. Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. will not be responsible for any loss, damage,
delays, litigations etc. incurred by the data user arising due to the use of the data or its wrong interpretation

Undertaking from Project Proponent for Ownership of this EIA – EMP report

Undertaking by EIA Consultant Organization
for compliance with prescribed TORs

Declaration by Experts contributing to this EIA - EMP report
(as per prescribed format Annexure VII of NABET Scheme version 3 as on June 2015)
Declaration by EIA Co-ordinator/s under NABET scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations
Declaration by Experts involved in each Functional Area identified under NABET scheme for Accreditation
of EIA Consultant Organizations
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team for the role/s and assignments carried out as mentioned herewith.
Sr. Name of Expert/s Status of approval Involvement Signature
No from NABET (Period & Tasks)
1. Air Pollution Monitoring, Prevention and Control(AP)
1. Mr. Purvesh M. Inhouse approved  Planning of meteorological & AAQM baseline monitoring –
Shah expert In category A site survey, schedule, parameters, stations, installation,
Managing Director requirement, team and manpower, followup activities,
& CEO implementation of SOP for primary data generation
B.E Chemical,  Data verification and approval
Chartered Engg.  Interpretation of baseline conditions of air environment
Competent Person  Identify impacting activities and their significance through
impact matrices
 Determine stackwise pollutants emitted and estimate
emission rates for air quality modeling
 Review APCM proposed for adequacy, suitability and
capability and suggest corrective actions if any
 Suggest measures for minimizing and control of air emissions
 Determine sources of fugitive emissions, quantify wherever
possible and propose control measures
 Provide air quality management measures
 Possibilities of prevention and minimization of impacts
 Propose Post project monitoring plan
 Suggest housekeeping methods and other practices to
minimize dusting and fugitive emissions
 Review construction phase impacts and propose mitigation
measures
 Identifying Odour generating sources and management of
odour
 Review of proposed environmental monitoring measures w.r.t
suitability and adequacy for applicable compliances
 Review of solid fuel handling measures and suggest
corrective measures if required
 Review of specifications of ESP
2. Dr. Vinod B. Gaur Inhouse approved  Guide for Laboratory preparations for AAQM, Water and soil
Inhouse FAE expert In category B monitoring
Laboratory  Conduct QC/QA procedures for checking errors and flaws
Manager  Execute instrument calibration procedures and intermediate
M.Sc. (Organic checks
Chemistry),  Supervise analytical work and record-keeping
Ph.D in Studies on  Participate in review of baseline monitoring results and
Heterocyclic interpretation
Compounds  Participate in review of pollution potential, proposed mitigation
measures

 Participate in work place environment control measures
 Review of coal handling and ash handling proposal
 Assist in preparation of Post project monitoring plan
2. Water Pollution, Prevention & Control (WP)
3. Mr. Purvesh M. Inhouse approved  Site visit and Study area visit
Shah expert  Review and approve water balance calculations
Managing Director In category A  Review of process wise and source wise effluent segregation,
& CEO characterization
B.E Chemical,  Review and approve water reduction measures proposed by
Chartered Engg. proponent
Competent Person  Review and interpret GW, SW baseline quality
 Assess the adverse effects of effluent disposal on quality of
water bodies
 Review and approve assessment calculations for proposed
treatment scheme for adequacy and capability based on
hydraulic calculations and type of treatment units proposed.
 Review of RO and MEE
 Reivew of proposed toxic effluent treatment scheme
 Review adequacy of contingency storage proposed
 Prediction of impacts and assessment of required mitigation
Explore recycling and reuse options
 Explore possibilities for Groundwater and Surfacewater
conservation
 Assess storm water management proposed
 Approve Post-project environment monitoring plan w.r.t WP
 Identification and prediction of construction phase impacts on
water and proposed mitigation measures
 Suggest additional mitigative measures if required
4. Dr. Vinod B. Gaur Inhouse approved  Site visit and Study area visit
Laboratory expert In category A  Planning and supervision of Sampling and analysis of
Manager surfacewater and groundwater
M.Sc. (Organic  Selecting water bodies in the study area for establishing
Chemistry), baseline status, scheduling and executing the sampling,
Ph.D in Studies on analyzing them for parameters specified in EIA manual
Heterocyclic  Conclude on the baseline status of the water quality and
Compounds relation with the probable adverse impacts of the project
 Assess the adverse effects of effluent disposal on quality of
water bodies
 Identification and prediction of construction phase impacts on
water and proposed mitigation measures
 Suggest additional mitigative measures if required
 Propose post-project monitoring plan
5. Mrs. Twinkle H. Inhouse approved  Site visit and Study area visit
Modi expert In category B  Inhouse lab analysis & compilation of results
 Verification of analytical data for authenticity, completeness,
Technical relevance and accuracy
Manager of lab  Prediction of impacts and assessment of required mitigation
and Microbiologist measures and finalization
 Participate in Greenbelt development planning and selection
of suitable species
 Lab management activities, Laboratory analysis & identify
species and Lab QMS implementation
3. Solid & Hazardous Waste Management (SHW)
6. Mr. Purvesh M. Approved IH FAE for  Review of proposed hazardous wastes and ascertaining
Shah HW – cat-A compliance with applicable HW rules for proposed storage
Managing Director ISW-Cat A facilities, generation qty. and disposal methods
& CEO  Evaluating proposed storage and disposal facilities for the
B.E Chemical, waste generation
Chartered Engg.  Determine fly ash generation from use of coal and assess
Competent Person storage and handling facilities proposed w.r.t compliance

requirements of GPCB
 Assess disposal of fly ash to brick manufacturer and
availability of buyers in the vicinity of the area
 Impact prediction and assess required measures for
hazardous waste management, quantity generated, storage
facilities, treatment facilities and disposal methods
 Review captive incinerator details
 Assess by-product management proposal
 Explore possibilities of co-processing or reducing waste
generation
7. Mr. Chirag H. Approved IH FAE for  Review of proposed hazardous wastes and ascertaining
Patel HW – cat-A compliance with applicable HW rules for proposed storage
ISW-Cat B facilities, generation qty. and disposal methods
Environment  Evaluating proposed storage and disposal facilities for the
Engineer waste generation for the given project
B.Sc. (Industrial  Impact prediction and assess required measures for
Chemistry) hazardous waste management, quantity generated, storage
M.S.in Industrial facilities, treatment facilities and disposal methods
Environment  Suggestions for better management and handling in
Management compliance with applicable rules
(From University of  Explore possibilities of co-processing or reducing waste
Abertay Dundee, generation
Scotland, UK))
4. Socio-Economics (SE)
8. Pradhyuman Empanelled expert -  Guidance for collection of secondary data and assessing
Vasandia approved in category relevance of data w.r.t project and EIA study period
M.S.W B  Design and develop format/ questionnaire for base line
survey
 Scheduling survey and executing activities to be carried out
by survey team
 Prediction & Assessment of impacts of the phase-wise project
activities on social and economic status of the villages
covered under the study and suggest mitigation measures
 Direct AFAE for compilation of the outcomes of the
assessment in report form and submission to EIA Co-
ordinator.
 Suggestion for required welfare activities that can be taken up
by project proponent based on the scale of the project as well
as strength of the management.
5. Ecology & Biodiversity (EB)
9. Dr. Pratyush Empanelled expert –  Study area visit for ecological survey
Patankar approved in category  Planning & Scheduling for baseline ecological survey for EIA
Ph.D (Ecology), A studies
M.Sc (Zoology)  determining status of endangered species of animals and
plants
 organizing and execution of baseline data collection for
terrestrial and aquatic biological studies
 Identification of nearest ecologically sensitive areas around
project site
 Identification of impacting activities of project w.r.t ecology
and biodiversity of the study area and required mitigation
measures
 Review of Greenbelt development requirement of the project
– suggestion for species, type of plantation
6. Hydrology and Ground water (HG)
10. Mr. Manish Empanelled expert  Planning and supervision of hydrological study of the study
Sharma Approved in category area
B.E (Civil), M.E A  Groundwater and soil sample analysis, preparation of
(Structure), M.E lithological maps, contour maps of chemical quality and their
(Geotech) interpretation related to drinking water and irrigation use,
 Interpretation of results of survey and analysis

 suggestion of suitable rainwater harvesting system
 Impact prediction and suggestions for mitigation measures
7. Geology (G)
No Geology expert was engaged in the EIA since it is not mandatory for synthetic organic industry sector as per version 3 of
NABET EIA scheme
8. Soil Conservation (SC)
No Geology expert was engaged in the EIA since it is not mandatory for synthetic organic industry sector as per version 3 of
NABET EIA scheme
9. Air Quality Modelling (AQ)
11. Mrs. Kuntal P. Inhouse approved  Assessment of pollutant release rates, sources, identifying
Shah FAE in category A sensitive discrete receptors
HOD-Env.  Carrying out simulations on Industrial Source Complex Model
B.E Chemical, (ISCST3) using baseline meteorological data, geological data,
Gold Medalist identifying sources and receptors, source inventory, worst
case scenarios.
 Prediction of GLC and plotting of GLC isopleths
 Study of GLCs obtained from simulation and calculating
resultant concentration of pollutants in AAQ after the project
is operational
10. Noise (N)
12. Mr. Chirag H. Inhouse FAE –  Planning and supervision of Baseline noise monitoring
Patel approved in Category  Review of baseline noise levels, sources and their
Inhouse B compliance with permissible limits
Environment  Identify sources of noise generation from the project activities
Engineer during each phase, also due to traffic and participate in
B.Sc. (Industrial prediction of resultant increase in noise levels of sensitive
Chemistry) receptors of the study area
M.S.in Industrial  Suggest mitigation and minimization measures
Environment  Post project monitoring plan w.r.t N
Management
11. Land Use (LU)
13. Mr. Chirag H. Patel Approved FAE in Land use
Inhouse Category B  Procurement of satellite imagery from NRSA
Environment  development of landuse maps of study area using GIS /
Engineer related tools, site visit for ground truth survey
B.Sc. (Industrial  Prepare land use classification and
Chemistry)  Develop baseline LULC of the area
M.S.in Industrial  Prediction of impacts on land use pattern and land cover
Environment  Suggest mitigation measures
Management
Note : Functional Area Risk Assessment and Hazard Control (RH) was not covered in the scope of this EIA-EMP.
Details of Associate Functional Area Experts and other team members involved in the EIA is annexed as Annexure –
23
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization:

I, Purvesh M. Shah, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA / EMP Report for Proposed
Project of Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty Chemicals Manufacturing Unit of UPL LIMITED at Plot no. D-
3/6, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial Estate, Ta. Vagra, Dist. Bharuch State - Gujarat, India.
I also confirm that Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information
mentioned in this statement.
Name : PURVESH M. SHAH Designation : Managing Director & CEO Signature :
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : SIDDHI GREEN EXCELLENCE PVT. LTD.
NABET Certificate No. : NABET/EIA/1518/RA 019 valid upto October 06, 2018
NABET accreditation certificate and Re-accreditation letter are annexed as Annexure – 1A.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The process of environmental impact assessment involves close co-ordination with the unit’s management and
employees at every visit.
Without the support and co-operation of the management, many inconveniences are faced by the assessment
agency while conducting the assessment, for data collection, data verification, site visits etc.
We, the members of the assessment team of M/s. SIDDHI GREEN EXCELLENCE PVT. LTD., acknowledge the co-
ordination received from the management representatives of M/s. UPL LIMITED for carrying out the EIA study. The
management has shown full involvement and interest in the assessment procedures and made the experience of the
study, a joint effort.
(PURVESH SHAH)
Managing Director & CEO

Environmental Impact Assessment– Environmental Management Plan (EIA-EMP) Report
For proposed Agrochemicals, Intermediates & Specialty Chemicals manufacturing unit of M/s. UPL Limited
at Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial estate (within PCPIR region),
Village: Kadodara, Taluka - Vagra, Dist. Bharuch, State - Gujarat, India.
Terms of Reference (ToRs)
Terms Of References (TORs) And Their Compliances

After detailed discussion, the following Terms of reference were prescribed for the EIA study to be done covering
10 km radial distance from the project boundary.
Sr.
Terms of reference Compliance
No.
Specific TOR
1. Commitment that no banned pesticides will be manufactured. Annexure: 30
2. Details on solvents to be used, measured for solvent recovery and Chapter- 2, Section: 2.19
for emissions control.
3. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its Chapter- 2, Section: 2.15.3
arrangement to control. Table 2-9 & 2-10
4. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific Chapter- 3, Section: 3.10.5
pollutants* like NH3*, Chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*,HF*,CS2, etc (* -
as applicant)
5. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals. Chapter- 6, Table 6-2
6. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation for units Chapter- 2, Section: 2.14
adopting ‘zero’ liquid discharge.
7. Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Chapter- 10, Section: 10.4.3
8. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement Annexure: 12
manufactures indicating clearly that they co-process organic
solid/hazardous waste generated.
9. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP Annexure: 27
and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.
10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the chemicals are being used/will Annexure: 32
be used.
11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste Annexure:27
in TSDF.
12. Details of incinerator if to be installed. Chapter- 2, Section: 2.14.8 and
2.15.6
13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous This assessment has been carried
chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety to be out by another consultant ECO
incorporated. CHEM SALES & SERVICES, Surat
and is submitted as a separate
report together with its Executive
Summary in English and Gujarati.
14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in Chapter- 10, Section: 10.12
handling of toxic materials.
Additional TORs
i. Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments Public hearing may be exempted as
made by the project proponent on the same should be included in project is located in Dahej-III estate
EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular chart wit financial budget for which is covered within PCPIR
complying with the commitments made. region and PCPIR has received
Environmental Clearance, copy
attached as Annexure- 33.
Unit has applied for TOR
Amendment. Details are attached
as Annexure-10.
ii. Reduce the water requirement with comprehensive plan. Chapter – 2, Section : 2.11.1
iii. Risk assessment to be carried out. This assessment has been carried
out by another consultant ECO
CHEM SALES & SERVICES, Surat
and is submitted as a separate
report togetherwith with its
Executive Summary in English.
Sr.
Terms of reference Compliance
No.
Specific TOR
iv. Adequate odour management plan to be drawn. Chapter- 10, Section: 10.4.3
GENERIC TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR
Sr. Terms of reference Compliance
No.
1. Executive Summary Submitted with EIA report.
2. Introduction
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation Chapter- 12, Annexure:1
Chapter- 1, Section: 1.5 &
ii. Information about the project proponent
1.7
Chapter- 1, Section: 1.3, 1.4
iii. Importance and benefits of the project
and Chapter- 8
3. Project Description
Chapter- 2, Section: 2.3,
i. Cost of project and time of completion.
2.23
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. Chapter- 2, Section: 2.1.1
iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and
whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of Not applicable as new unit
earlier EC if any.
iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of Annexure: 24
transportation. Chapter-2, Section-2.7
v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage
Chapter-2, Section-2.7
capacities.
vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their Chapter-2, Section-2.14 to
management 2.18
vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of Chapter-2, Section-2.11,
approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular 2.12, 2.14, 2.24
and contract) Water balance : Figure 2-5
viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries,
Annexure: 25
process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be
provided
This assessment has been
carried out by another
consultant ECO CHEM
SALES & SERVICES, Surat
ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
and is submitted as a
separate report togetherwith
with its Executive Summary
in English and Gujarati.
x. Expansion/modernization proposals:
a) Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments
there to obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached
as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of
the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per No previous Environmental
circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of Clearances as proposed
conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances new unit
including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of
compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operation
of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.


No.
b) In case the existing project has not obtained environmental
clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA
Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided.
No previous Environmental
Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent
Clearances as proposed
to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006,
new unit
CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be
submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents
from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4. Site Details
Chapter-2, Section-2.4,
i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District 2.6.1
and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites Chapter:5 provides
were considered. justification for selecting the
site
ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on
1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco Annexure: 17
sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Chapter-5, Section-5.1.2
iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. Chapter-2, Section-2.6.1
v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Chapter-2, Section-2.6.1
vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit
indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If
Annexure: 16
located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial
Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If Chapter-2, Section-2.6.1 ,
existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. Figure 2-4 (New Unit)
viii. Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and
Not applicable, Since the
acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water
project is within Dahej-III
bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial
Industrial Estate of GIDC.
area)
Chapter-3, Section : 3.5,
ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area
Table 3-3
(10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study
Land use details are given
area
at Chapter -3, Section 3.16
x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area Chapter-3, Section-3.11.4 &
shall be included. 3.14.1
xi. Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If
the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean
season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based
Chapter-3, Section-3.11.1
on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of
the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be
provided. (mega green field projects)
The land is acquired as 1st
owner from GIDC, Related
xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of
information is given in
the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession
Chapter-2, Section-2.6.3,
of the land.
Possession document is
annexed as Annexure: 7
xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy Industrial Estate of GIDC.


No.
5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)
I. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry Not applicable, Since the
clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest project is within Dahej-III
Department. (if applicable) Industrial Estate of GIDC.
II. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of Not applicable, Since the
the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects project is within Dahej-III
involving forest land more than 40 ha) Industrial Estate of GIDC.
III. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry
clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.
IV. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks,
Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild
Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly
authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-
à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of
the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon
V. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Not applicable, Since the
Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I project is within Dahej-III
fauna, if any exists in the study area Industrial Estate of GIDC.
VI. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife Not applicable, Since the
(Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National project is within Dahej-III
Board for Wildlife Industrial Estate of GIDC.
6. Environmental Status
I. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and
site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative Chapter-3, Section-3.9
humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.
II. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,
NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be
collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines Chapter-3, Section-3.10
and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population
zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
III. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as
per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along
with – min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ Chapter-3, Section-3.10
parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an
annexure to the EIA Report.
IV. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and
downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight Chapter-3, Section-3.11.6
locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
There is no polluted stretch
V. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by of river identified by the
the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details. CPCB/MoEF&CC near the
site.
VI. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be
included.
VII. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. Chapter-3, Section-3.15
VIII. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.
3.14.4, 3.14.5
IX. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for
transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed Chapter-4, Section-4.8.10.2
project, parking arrangement etc.


No.
X. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic)
existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to
rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are Chapter-3, Section-3.17
found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be
prepared and furnished.
XI. Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter-3, Section-3.18
7. Impact and Environment Management Plan
I. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the
stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In
case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling
shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for
determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ.
GLC contour are plotted on
Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including
project, google earth map
transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of
and annexed as Annexure:9
the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be
provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map
showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive
receptors, if any.
Not applicable, since final
discharge of treated effluent
II. Water Quality modelling – in case of discharge in water body shall be through conveyance
pipe line of GIDC into deep
sea.
III. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the
surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this Impacts are discussed in
regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products Impact activity matrices at
and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or Chapter-4, Section-4.7
conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.
IV. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations,
extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included.
Chapter – 2, Section 2.14
Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated
Chapter-4, Section 4.9
and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge
under E(P) Rules.
V. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to Chapter – 2, Section 2.15
meet standards. Chapter- 4, Section 4.8
Chapter – 2, Section 2.16
VI. Measures for fugitive emission control
Chapter- 4, Section 4.8.7
Details at Chapter-2,
VII. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization
Section-2.17
and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and
EMP at Chapter-10,
hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall
Section-10.7,
include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover
Copy of MoU with cement
techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource
manufacturer annexed as
conservation.
Annexure: 12
VIII. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash
Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.
IX. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e.
land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species,
width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The Chapter-10, Section-10.13
green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for
greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.


No.
X. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be
submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water
drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various Chapter-10, Section-10.14
activities at the project site to conserve GIDC water and reduce the
water requirement from other sources.
XI. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental
pollution control measures shall be included.
XII. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be
Chapter-6
submitted.
This assessment has been
carried out by another
XIII. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness consultant ECO CHEM
and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and SALES & SERVICES, Surat
damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with and is submitted as a
District Disaster Management Plan. separate report togetherwith
with its Executive Summary
in English.
8. Occupational health
I. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety Chapter-10,
of all contract and casual workers Section-10.12.6
II. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the
workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x
rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision,
colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre Chapter-10,
placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Section-10.12.4
Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned
parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department
wise.
III. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the
exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible
Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures Chapter-10, Section-10.12.1
the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of
the workers can be preserved,
IV. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to
Not applicable as new unit
Occupational Health and Safety.
9. Corporate Environment Policy
I. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy Yes, company has group
approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EHS policy annexed as
EIA report. Annexure: 28
II. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating
process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation
/ violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it
may be detailed in the EIA.
III. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the
company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring
compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of
this system may be given.
IV. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances /
violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the
company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This
reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report


No.
Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom
10. etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the
10.7.3
casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.
11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be
earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on
Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound Chapter-10, Section-10.17
action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development
activities need to be elaborated upon.
Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order
passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall
also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of No such litigation as
12.
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water on 20-06-2017
Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and
present status of the case.

Executive Summary)
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Project : The project is to start manufacturing of agrochemicals, intermediates and specialty chemicals at
new unit at Dahej III GIDC Industrial Estate (within PCPIR region), Ta. Vagra, Dist. Bharuch, Gujarat State, India
Introduction
M/s. UPL Limited (formerly known as United Phosphorus Ltd. and henceforth referred to as UPL) intends to start
manufacturing of agrochemicals, intermediates and specialty chemicals at new unit at Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III
GIDC Industrial estatewhich is within PCPIR area, Village: Kadodara, Taluka - Vagra, Dist. Bharuch, State - Gujarat,
India.
Sectors covered as per Schedule of EIA Notification of the Government of India, Ministry of Environment, Forest &
Climate Change,New Delhi, vide S.O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006.
1. Pesticides Industry And Pesticide Specific Intermediates (Excluding Formulations) at Sr. No. 5(b)
2. Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding
drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and
chemical intermediates) at Sr. No. 5(f)
3. Thermal Power Plants at Sr. No. 1(d)
Category : ‘A’ as per categorization of projects in EIA notification dated 14thSeptember, 2006
UPL has applied for prior Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change
(MoEF&CC) as per requirement of EIA notification, 2006vide S.O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006
Reference Documents :
Proposal No. : IA/GJ/IND2/58497/2016 dated 01-09-2016
Appraisal by EAC (Industry-2) on 26-10-2016
Specific and Additional TORs issued vide letter no. J-11011/306/2016-IA II (I) dated 13-12-2016 &Minutes For 14th
Expert Appraisal Committee (INDUSTRY-2) meeting during 26-27th October, 2016 uploaded on official website of
MoEF&CC
For conducting EIA as per the TORs, the project proponent UPL has retained the services of M/s. Siddhi Green
Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar who are NABET accredited EIA Consultant Organization for pesticides sector for
category A. Own Laboratory of Siddhi Green Excellence (Accredited by NABL for ISO 17025 : 2005) has been
utilized for various analytical activities of the EIA study. Relevant documents of accreditation by NABET and NABL
are annexed as annexure – 1A & 1B respectively in EIA –EMP report.
All proposed products are agrochemicals, intermediates and specialty chemicals, therefore their demand in export as
well as domestic market is growing at a reasonably good rate. The proposed project for manufacturing of various
products is based on detailed market survey by research team of UPL Limited.

Executive Summary)
Sr.
Summary Point
No.
1. Project Name and Location
Name: UPL Ltd.
Address: Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial estate (within PCPIR region),
Village: Kadodara, Taluka - Vagra, Dist. Bharuch, State - Gujarat, India
2. Products & Capacities. If expansion proposal then existing products with capacities and reference to early EC.
Manufacturing of Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty chemicals @ 307000 MT/Annum .i.e Pesticide
(Technical @ 119500 MT/annum (EC required) + Intermediate & Specialty Chemicals @ 147500 MT/Annum (EC
required) + Pesticide Formulation @ 40000 MT/Annum ( EC not required)
3. Requirement of Land, Water, Power, Fuel with Source of supply (quantitative)
Land Requirement: The proposed project shall be set up at Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III - Industrial estate (within PCPIR
region) of Vagra Taluka, Dist: Bharuch, State: Gujarat, India which is acquired by GIDC for industrial use and allotted
to project proponent in a state of barren land. Total plot area of 755495.16 sq.m
Water: Water will be supplied from GIDC reservoir.Total water requirement is @ 9313 KLD.As per Additional TOR No.
II, proponent has reduced GIDC water requirement by 21% from initial applied 9313 KLD to 7795 KLD which shall be
supplied from GIDC reservoir.
Power:
Continuous Power
4 MWPH electricity power shall be obtained from Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (DGVCL) & for remaining power
requirement Captive power plant of 55 MWPH operated on Crushed coal or Briquettes or Natural gas or Furnace Oil
will be installed for power generation.
add Captive Power Plant shall be installed
Captive Power plant shall be installed according to as per GPCB/CPCB guidelines and in three phases - 55 MWPH
(Phase-1 : 20 MWPH + Phase-2 : 20 MWPH + Phase-3 : 15 MWPH)
Standby Power Power
There will be four (4) nos. of DG sets (2000 KVA), as standby source of electricity in case of power supply failure.
Fuel:
Fuel Name Fuel Consumption Quantity
Natural Gas for Thermic heater 5813 Nm3/day
Natural Gas for Boiler or Coal/ Briquette or Furnace 1026037.4 Nm3/Day or 2180.3 MT/day or 969
Oil MTPD respectively
Natural Gas for Process 24591 Nm3/day
Natural Gas for Incineration 5860 Nm3/day
HSD 847 L/h
4. Process Description in brief, specifically indication the gaseous emission, liquid effluent and solid/hazardous
waste
Process Description:
Many of the proposed products are already manufactured in other units of UPL. UPL has a dedicated R&D team
working continuously on modifying the process for optimizing resource consumption, recovery of valuables, increasing
process safety, reducing waste generation.
For the new products, few are developed by UPL’s own R&D department whereas for few products, reliable and proven
technology shall be purchased from globally reputed supplier.
In general manufacturing processes include reaction and separation processes mainly by Hydrogenation, Hydrolysis,
Distillation, neutralization, acidification, Chlorination, condensation, washing, crystallization, flaking, palletization &
drying.
Some products are in liquid & some are solid therefore drying or solid-liquid separations are involved.
The reaction temperatures vary from chilled temperatures to 200 °C while distillation processes are carried out at
atmospheric pressure as well as vacuum with primary and secondary condensers operating on chilled brine or chilled
water.
All unit processes and unit operations shall be carried out under stringent controls and monitoring systems as well as
Executive Summary)
interlocks, safety devices and instrumentation. Safety system – DCS/PLC. Auto shutdown, interlock system shall be
provided wherever necessary.
Flue Gas Emission from Proposed Plant:
 PM < 150 mg/NM3, SO2 < 100 ppm and NOx< 50 ppm will be emitted from the proposed boilers, D. G. Sets
&thermic fluid heaters.
After proposed expansion, 3 nos. boilers are proposed for captive power plant (2 nos. 130 TPH each and one no. 100
TPH). 8 nos. boilers are proposed for process steam generation. These boilers shall be fueled with ready-to-use
crushed coal or briquettes or natural gas or furnace oil.
Power plant boilers shall be equipped with ESP and water scrubber as APCM while other boilers shall be provided with
Multi Cyclone separator, Bag filter & water Scrubber for controlling PM concentrations within permissible limits specified
by MoEF&CC / SPCB. Proponent is committed to follow all the guidelines given by solid fuel policy (Office order no.
GPCB/ANK-C992/215695 DATED 07/06/2014. Details of boiler and attached ESPs are given in chapter 2.
There shall be 3 nos. thermic fluid heaters operated on Natural gas and 4 nos. D.G sets for standby during power
failure.
Process Gas Emission from Proposed Plant:

Chemical Particulate Matter (PM), Ammonia (NH3), Hydrochloric acid (HCl), Phosgene, Phosphorus Trichloride (PCl3),
Sulphur dioxide (SO2), phosphine, Phosphorus Pentoxide (P2O5) and Bromine (Br2) are the process emissions which
are subjected to scrubbing for controlling their exit concentrations in ambient air.
Pollutant Proposed Control measure

Chemical Particulate matter (PM) from Spray Dryer and Rotary Bag filter
Vacuum Dryers
Chemical Particulate matter (PM) from Captive Incinerator& Reactor Caustic & Water scrubber
Furnace
Ammonia (NH3) emissions during reaction Single or 2-Stage Water scrubber / Acid
absorber
Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) emissions during reaction Single or 2-Stage Water scrubber / Acid
absorber
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) emission during reaction Caustic scrubber
Bromine emission during reaction Alkali (Potassium Hydroxide) Scrubber
Phosphorus Trichloride (PCl3) emission during reaction Caustic scrubber
Phosgene emission during reaction 1st solvent +2nd water+3rd caustic
scrubber
Phosphine emission during mfr. Of Aluminium phosphide and Single or 2-Stage Water scrubber
Magnesium Phosphide
Phosphorus Pentoxide emission during mfr. Of Single or 2-Stage Water scrubber
Aluminium Phosphide, Magnesium Phosphide, Zinc Phosphide
HC and VOC emissions during reaction Carbon Absorption Tower
HC and odorous vapors during manufacture of Acrolein, 1- Thermal destruction in fume incinerator (2
Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2-Nitroethene, Sodium Cyanide, Potassium nos.)
Cyanide and Cyanuric Chloride
Emissions from captive incinerator for solid and liquid wastes Bag filter and Caustic scrubber
Packed column scrubber systems with sufficient packed bed and suitable packing along with cooling systems are
proposed for scrubbing of process gases.
43 nos of process stacks will be installed. Adequate size and No. of Air Pollution Control Measures (APCM) will be
provided to achieve the statutory norms.

Executive Summary)
Liquid Bio-degradable Effluent to ETP:
Proposed Bio-degradable effluent quantity will be 2537 KLD. Proposed Sewage generation quantity will be 90 KLD.
Proposed High TDS effluent generated from process will be 1148 KLD.
To comply with additional TOR no. ii, the quantity of biodegradable effluent to be treated in ETP and discharged into
deep sea has reduced from previously estimated 2537 KLD to 2134 KLD.
Adequate ETP shall be provided for providing primary, secondary and tertiary treatment to effluent to be discharged
into deep sea through u/g pipeline of GIDC. High TDS effluent from process will be sent to MEE. Generated MEE salt
/solid shall be recovered as By-products or send to common TSDF facility. MEE condensate shall be partially recycled
and partially treated in RO plants.RO permeate shall be reused for cooling tower makeup. Sewage to be treated in
proposed STP @ 100 KLD & treated water to be used for gardening & utility.
Solid and Hazardous Waste generated after expansion are as follows:
Total 17 no. of hazardous wastes covered in 12 categories of the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, excluding by-products, shall be generated from proposed production activities.
Proponent is committed to provide adequate facilities for collection, storage and disposal of Hazardous and solid
wastes inline with the requirements of Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)
Rules, 2016 and authorization granted by GPCB.
Landfilling waste generated (ETP sludge/STP Sludge@ 5200 MT/Yr, Inorganic Salts from Evaporation / Process@
128690MT/Yr, Insulation Waste@ 40 MT/Yr, Non recyclable Plastic waste@45 MT/Yr, Used PPE@10 MT/Yr,
Incineration ash@ 4000 MT/Yr) will be send to TSDF site of M/s. BEIL at Dahej for landfilling, Incineration waste
generated (Organic Residue@ 52378 MT/Yr, Aqueous Waste@ 4243 MT/Yr, Date -expired and off specification
pesticides@ 150 MT/Yr, Spent filter Material@ 120 MT/Yr, Spent solvent@ 6500 KL/Yr, Contaminated cotton waste@
30 MT/Yr, Spent Catalyst@ 50 MT/Yr) will be send to CHWIF site of M/s. BEIL at Ankleshwar for Incineration / captive
incineration, Used Oil@ 250 KL/Yr will be sold to CPCB registered re-processor / recycler, Discarded Containers -
21666 Nos./Yr(435 MT/Yr) /Bags - 21666 Nos./Yr (217 MT/Yr) /Liners - 21666 Nos./Yr (435 MT/Yr) will be recycle/reuse
into process or sale to GPCB authorized dealers and scrap processors or contaminated drums to M/s. BEIL at Dahej,
Used Batteries@300 Nos./Yr will be Sale to MoEF&CC authorized recycler, HCl sol. (28-32%)@ 99894 MT/Yr will be
sent to end user
As per Hazardous and Other Waste (MANAGEMENT HANDLING AND TRANSBOUNDARY) rules – 2016, unit is ready
to take applicable by products in hazardous Waste category. All by products will be sent to end users only.
5. Measures for mitigating the impact on the environment and mode of discharge or disposal
Proposed Bio-degradable effluent quantity will be 2537 KLD.To comply with additional TOR no. ii, the quantity of
biodegradable effluent to be treated in ETP and discharged into deep sea has reduced from previously estimated 2537
KLD to 2134 KLD.
 Treated waste water from ETP is/will be sent to GIDC drainto deep sea for further disposal. Generated sewage will
be 90 KLD. It will be treated in STP and will be recycled back to gardening & utility.
 High COD and toxic concentrated effluent is being/will be treated in the common incinerator of BEIL, Ankleshwar
 High TDS effluent streams will be 1148 KLD and will be treated in Multiple Effect Evaporation (MEE) System.
 Solid and hazardous wastes generated at the end of manufacturing process or waste treatment process will be
stored on impervious floor having roof and boundary wall. Management of generated wastes will be done as per
Hazardous and Other Waste (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
6. Capital Cost of the Project, Estimated time of completion
The estimated approx. cost of the project shall be Rs. 2388.19 Crore out of which approximately Rs. 209 Crore shall be
invested in Environmental Management System (EMS) constituting proposed ETP, MEE plant, RO, STP, Incineration
plants, Solid / hazardous waste management and disposal facilities, green belt development, Air pollution control
measures.
and it is estimated that approx. 5 years will be required for completion after getting Environmental Clearance.
7. Site selected for the project- Natural of land – Agricultural (Single/double crop), barren, Govt. /Private land,
status of is acquisition, nearby (in 2-3 km) water body, population, with in 10 km other industries, forest. Eco-
sensitive zones, accessibility.

Executive Summary)
 The proposed manufacturing site is located in Dahej – III Industrial estate of GIDC which is a newly developed
industrial estate of GIDC(within the PCPIR area). GIDC and PCPIR are actively promoting this zone and
hence infrastructure and resource availabilities shall be favourable for the progress of the unit. No sanctuaries
or protected archeological sites are located in the vicinity of the area.No rehabilitation or resettlement of local
people. Co-ordinates of Centre of Project Site : Latitude : 21°46'31.21"N, Longitude : 72°38'32.07"E. Land is
already in possession with UPL Ltd.
 Total 27 villages are located in the 10 km radius study area.Total population of rural settlements is 36076. The
male population is 20061 and female population is 16015.
 Major industries located in the study area are:Pidilite Industries Limited, Adani Power Dahej Ltd., Firmenich
Aromatic Production (India) Pvt. Ltd., Indofil Industries Limited, Bharat Rasayan Ltd., ONGC petro additions Ltd.,
Linde india limited., Meghmani Organics Limited, Gujarat Alkalis and chemicals limited, Welspun Corp. Ltd.
8. Baseline environmental data – Air quality, Surface and Ground water quality, Soil characteristic, Flora and
Fauna, Socio-Economic condition of the nearby population.
 Ambient Air quality monitoring was carried out twice a week at 8 locations for one season from 1 st October 2016 to
31st December 2016. As per the baseline study results of study area gaseous parameters (PM 2.5: 18- 38 µg/m3,
PM10: 77-89 µg/m3, SOx20-31 µg/m3, NOx 20-33 µg/m3,CO 0.7- 0.8 mg/m3, NH3 was less than 34 g/m 3etc.) are
below the standard norms prescribed by CPCB.
 Surface water monitoring was done for 5 villages (pH: 8.12-8.45, TDS: 267-2614 mg/l, Total Hardness: 108-302
mg/l, Total Alkalinity: 138-508.2 mg/l etc)
 Ground water monitoring was done for 8 villages (pH: 7.61-8.65, TDS: 453-3660 mg/l, Total Hardness: 70-454
mg/l, Total Alkalinity: 109.68-1244 mg/l etc) for all locations meet the standard IS 10500 – 2012.
 As per soil analysis data (pH: 8.11-9.42, Conductivity: 361.7-3280µ mhos/cm,Available Phosphorous: 2.16-
7.82mg/kg, Exchangeable Calcium: 1760-4160mg/kg, Exchangeable Magnesium: 225-1273.2 mg/kg,
Exchangeable Sodium: 1125-3740 mg/kg, Exchangeable potassium: 259.7-615 mg/kg)
 No rare, endangered and threatened (RET) species of flora or fauna was reported with 10 Km radius study area.
There is no ecological sensitive area like national park, wildlife sanctuary within 10 km radius study area.
9. Identification of hazards in handling processing and storage of hazardous material and safety system provided
to mitigate the risk.
After identifying hazards in handling processing and storage of hazardous material both Qualitative and Quantitative
risk has been analyzed. Mitigation measures like periodical training on fire drill and using SCBA, conducting emergency
response drill on yearly basis, training drivers for transportation of hazardous goods, providing fire extinguishers etc.
10. Likely impact of the project on Air, Water, Land, Flora-fauna nearby population.
 Flue gas and process gas emission will be controlled by dust collector, bag filter, water scrubbers, Alkali scrubber,
HCl scrubber, etc. hence impact will be negligible on nearby population.
 No impact on surface water as fresh water will be sourced from GIDC, Waste water will be treated adequately by
making separate streams (high COD, High TDS and normal effluent). Final treated effluent from the ETP will be
send to deep sea for disposal.
 Positive impact on flora and fauna due to development of total approx. 263005.16 sq m of green belt within the
factory premises i.e. 34.81% of total plot area
11. Emergency preparedness plan in case of natural or in plant emergencies.
On- Site and Off- Site emergency plan has been prepared by including Safety committee along with their roles and
responsibilities, mutual aids arrangements, roles and responsibilities of stake holders including stake holders, etc.
12. Issues raised during public hearing (if applicable) and response given
Not Applicable - Project site is located within the GIDC Industrial Estate (within PCPIR)
13. Occupational Health Measures
 OHC will be provided with emergency care equipment, emergency medicines, Ambulance, Documentation
Facilities etc at the site.

Executive Summary)
 Medical Facilities will be provided inside the factory will be sufficient in case of First Aid only. Company takes
services from outside medical facilities. An ambulance and other transport modes will be provided for transfer the
victim fast.
 Personnel protective equipment such as safety shoes, safety goggles, hand gloves, gum boots, safety helmet, and
breathing apparatus set kit will be given to all workers and staff. Additional PPEs will be readily available at the
workplace.
 Periodic medical checkups (once in six month) will be carried out of employees.
 Safety awareness programs will be conducted.
 An OHS policy statement, aim of the program and the responsibilities for health and safety
 Regular inspection of premises, machinery, tools, equipment and work practices
 Periodic management meetings to discuss health and safety
14. Post Project Monitoring Plan
Post project environmental monitoring will be done as per MoEF&CC/CPCB/GPCBguidelines by following
recommended/standard method approved by MoEF&CC/CPCB.
Rs. 209 Crore shall be invested in Environmental Management System (EMS) constituting proposed ETP, MEE plant,
RO, STP, Incineration plants, Solid / hazardous waste management and disposal facilities, green belt development, Air
pollution control measures.Lab will be established for monitoring.

Executive Summary)
Proposed Products and their capacity MT/ Annum

CAS LC50 LD50 Category as per EC
Production
Name of Number Notification 2006
Sr. No Capacity
Products
MT/Annum
Pesticide (Technical)- EC Required as per EIA Notification 2006
Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat - 2672 A-5(b)
1 S Metolachlor 5000
87392-12-9 2.61 mg/L mg/kg Pesticide (Herbicide)
Rainbow trout) - Oral - Rat - 1267 A-5(b)
2 Dicamba 5000
1918-00-9 28 mg/l mg/kg Pesticide (Herbicide)
Rat - >5000 Oral - Rat - >2500 A-5(b)
3 Propanil 10000
709-98-8 mg/kg mg/kg Pesticide (Herbicide)
114420-56- Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat -1829 A-5(b)
4 Clodinafop 2000
3 2.325 mg/m3 mg/kg Pesticide (Herbicide)
Inhale 6 H - Rat > Oral - Rat - >4000 A-5(b)
5 Asulam 4000
3337-71-1 1.8 mg/l mg/kg Pesticide (Herbicide)
131860-33- Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat > 5000 A-5(b)
6 Azoxystrobin 2000
8 0.96 mg/L mg/kg Pesticide (Fungicide)
A-5(b)
Daphnia- 48 hr- Oral - Rat 54.5
7 Bifenthrin 500 Pesticide
0.00015 mg/l mg/kg
82657-04-3 (Insecticide)
A-5(b)
Inhale-4H- >15 Oral - Rat - 1447
8 Acephate 30000 Pesticide
mg/L mg/kg
(Insecticide)
30560-19-1
9 Pilot Plant /multi 1000 A-5(b)
purpose plant Pesticide
Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat > 5000
(MPP)
0.96 mg/L mg/kg
(As 131860-33-
Azoxystrobin) 8
Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat >3000 A-5(b)
10 5000
Atrazine 1912-24-9 5.8mg/L mg/kg Pesticide (Herbicide)
51276-47-2 Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat -2000 A-5(b)
11 Glufosinate 10000
1.26 mg/L mg/kg Pesticide (Herbicide)
Sulphur WDG Oral - Rat - >2000
(Wettable mg/kg A-5(b)
12 Not Listed 30000
Dispersible Dermal - Rabbit > Pesticide (Fungicide)
Granule) 7704-34-9 2000 mg/Kg
13 A-5(b)
Aluminium Oral - Rat -8.7
Not Listed 12000 Pesticide
Phosphide mg/kg
20859-73-8 (Rodenticide)
14 A-5(b)
Magnesium Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat - 11.2
600 Pesticide
Phosphide 0.015 ppm mg/kg
15 A-5(b)
Oral - Rat -
Zinc Phosphide Not Listed 2400 Pesticide
910mg/kg
A. Pesticide (Technical)Total Quantity 119500
Intermediate & Specialty Chemicals- EC Required as per EIA Notification 2006
A-5(b)
Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat - 29
16 Acrolein 2000 Intermediate
8.3 mg/m3 mg/kg
107-02-8 Chemical
Oral - Rat - 1200
A-5(f)
Ethylenediamin Inhale 4 H - Rat - mg/kg
17 30000 Intermediate
e (EDA) 14.7 mg/m3 Dermal - Rabbit -
Chemical
107-15-3 560 mg/Kg
Dimethyl A-5(b)
Inhale - Rat- 980
18 Phosphoroamid Not Listed 30000 Intermediate
mg/kg
othioate 17321-47-0 Chemical

Executive Summary)

Production
Sr. No Capacity
Products
MT/Annum
(DMPAT)
Isocyanates / Chloroformates
3-4 dichloro
Phenyl Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat - 91
19.1
isocyanate Or/ 2700 mg/m3 mg/kg
and 102-36-3
Oral - Rat - 4200
3-Chloro Phenyl
Inhale 4 H - Rat - mg/kg
19.2 Isocyanate Or/
42 mg/m3 Dermal - Rabbit -
and
2909-38-8 Not Listed
M-Tolyl
19.3 Isocyanate Or/ Not listed Not Listed
and 621-29-4
Oral - Rat - 800
Phenyl
Inhale 4 H - Rat - mg/kg
19.4 Isocyanate Or/
22 mg/m3 Dermal - Rabbit -
and
103-71-9 7130 mg/Kg
3-Chloro-4
Methyl Phenyl
19.5 Not listed Not listed
Isocyanate Or/
and 28479-22-3
Isopropyl
Phenyl
19.6 Not listed Rat- 5045 mg/kg
Isocyanate Or/
and 31027-31-3
Benzofuranol
20000
19.7 Chloroformate 1637460- Not listed Not listed
(either or / and A-5(b)
Or/ and 55-9
19 combined Intermediate
Para Chloro
capacity) Chemical
Phenyl Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat - 138
19.8
Isocyanate Or/ 113 mg/m3 mg/kg
and 104-12-1
Hexa Methylene
Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat - 746
19.9 Diisocyanate
120-350 mg/m3 mg/kg
Or/ and 822-06-0
3,5 dichloro
phenyl
19.10 Not listed Not Listed
isocyanate Or/
and 34893-92-0
2,6 Di Isopropyl
phenyl
19.11 Not Listed Oral - 13 mg/kg
isocyanate Or/
and 2162-74-5
Cyclo hexyl
19.12 isocyanate Or/ Not listed Not listed
and 3173-53-3
Ortho Chloro
Phenyl Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat > 2000
19.13
Isocyanate Or/ 0.05 mg/L mg/kg
and 3320-83-0
Para
Toluenesulfoyny
l Isocyanate Or/
and 4083-64-1
Para nitro
benzyl 4457-32-3
Executive Summary)

Production
Sr. No Capacity
Products
MT/Annum
chloroformate
Or/ and
Hexyl
and 2525-62-4
Phenyl
Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat - 1745
19.17 ChloroFormate
280 mg/m3 mg/kg
Or/ and 1885-14-9
Para nitro
phenyl
chloroformate
Or/ and 7693-46-1
Oral - Rat - 270
Ethyl
Inhale 4 H - mg/kg
19.19 ChloroFormate
Rat72.5 mg/L Dermal - Rabbit -
Or/ and
541-41-3 7120 mg/Kg
Methyl
Inhale 4 H - Rat - Oral - Rat -60
19.20 Chloroformate
44 ppm mg/kg
Or/ and 79-22-1
N-Methyl
Phenyl carbonyl
Chloride Or/
and 4285-42-1
2,6-Difluoro
benzoyl
isocyanate Or/
and 60731-73-9
2-Methoxy
Carbonyl
19.23 Benzylsulphonyl Not available Not available
Isocyanate Or/
and 74222-95-0
Cyclo Hexyl
Alkyl Di
isocyanate Or/
and 10347-54-3
Oral - Mouse-
2895 mg/kg
19.25 Benzophenone Not Listed
Dermal - Rabbit -
119-61-9 3535 mg/Kg
Tri Methyl 121-45-9 / Not Listed TMP- Oral - Rat -
Phosphite 1600 mg/kg
(TMP) / Dermal - Rabbit -
2600 mg/Kg/
TEP- Oral - Rat - A-5(b)
20 122-52-1 1840 mg/kg Intermediates
chemicals
Tri Ethyl
Phosphite
(TEP) 5000
Meta Phenoxy A-5(f)
Oral - Rat - 1222
21 Benzaldehyde Not Listed 3000 Intermediate
mg/kg
(MPBAD) 39515-51-0 Chemical
A-5(f)
Methoxy Methyl
22 Not listed Not Listed 1000 Intermediate
Acrylate (MAM)
34846-90-7 Chemical
Executive Summary)

Production
Sr. No Capacity
Products
MT/Annum
Aminoacetonitril A-5(f)
23 e Sulfate 1000 Intermediate
270 mg/m3 mg/kg
(AANS) 5466-22-8 Chemical
Acid Chloride
Oral - Rat - 220
Chloroacetyl mg/kg
24.1 Not listed 3000
Chloride Dermal - Rabbit -
79-04-9 662 mg/Kg
Oral - Rat - 2.465
Methoxyacetyl Inhale 4 H - Rat mg/kg
24.2 400
Chloride 4.1 mg/l Dermal - Rabbit -
A-5(f)
38870-89-2 2.0 mg/Kg
24 Intermediate
2-Chloro-3, 3-tri
Chemical
fluoropropen-
1,2
24.3 Not Listed Not Listed 600
dimethylcyclopr
opane Carbonyl
chloride 78246-90-9
DV Acid
Chloride
52314-67-7
CS2 Based Product
Potassium Ethyl 140-89-6
Oral - Rat - 1700
Xanthate Or/ Not Listed
mg/Kg
and
Sodium
Isopropyl Oral - Rat - 1500
Not Listed
Xanthate Or/ mg/Kg 5000 (either or /
25.1 and 140-93-2 and combined
Potassium capacity)
Isopropyl
Not Listed Not Listed
Xanthate Or/
and 140-92-1 A-5(f)
Potassium Amyl Oral- Rat- 1000 Intermediate
25 Not Listed Chemical
Xanthate 2720-73-2 mg/kg
Dimethyl
Cyanoiminodithi
ocarbonate
(CCITM) 10191-60-3
1,6-Bis (N,N- 151900-44-
dibenzylthiocarb 6
amyldithio)
hexane
1-Methylamino- 61832-41-5
25.4 1-Methylthio-2- Not Listed Not Listed 2000
Nitroethene
67-68-5 A-5(b)
Di Methyl Oral - Rat - 14500
26 Not Listed 10000 Intermediate
Sulfoxide mg/kg
Chemical
Oral - Rat - 4.7
27. mg/kg A-5(f)
Not Listed 5000
1 Dermal - Rabbit - Specialty Chemical
27 Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 10.4 mg/Kg
Oral - Rat - 5
27. A-5(f)
Potassium Not Listed mg/kg 500
2 Specialty Chemical
Cyanide 151-50-8 Dermal - Rabbit -

Executive Summary)

Production
Sr. No Capacity
Products
MT/Annum
5 mg/Kg
27. Inhale 4 H - Oral - Rat - 485 A-5(f)
15000
3 Cyanuric Chloride 108-77-0 mouse- 2.7 ppm mg/Kg Specialty Chemical
27. 59-51-8 A-5(f)
DL-Methionine Not Listed Not Listed 10000
5 Specialty chemical
B. Intermediate & Specialty
Chemicals Total Quantity 147500
28 Captive Power - 55 MWPH A-1(d)

Plant (3 Nos) (Phase-1 (20) + Power plant
Phase-2 (20) +
Phase-3 (15)
MWPH)
Total quantity (A+B) (EC required) 267000
# Pesticide Formulation- EC Not required #
Liquid -
29 20000
formulations Pesticide
Solid - Formulation
30 20000
Formulations
C. # Pesticide Formulation Total EC not applicable
40000
quantity #
TOTAL (A+B+C) 307000
List of By Products
State of By MT/Annu By product from
Sr No. Name of By product
Product m (source)
1. Piperazine (PIP) Solid 9510
2. Diethylenetriamine (DETA) - (95-99%) Liquid 3300
3. Amino Ethyl Piperazine (AEP) - (95-99%) Liquid 1650
4. Amino Ethyl Ethanol Amine (AEEA) - (95-99%) Liquid 990
Ethylenediamine (EDA)
5. Hydroxy Ethyl Piperazine (HEP) - 98% Liquid 660
6. Ammonium Sulphate Solution- 10-20% Liquid 18435
Ammonia Solution – 10%
7 Liquid 5979.6
8. Aluminium Hydroxide Solid 579.96 Benzophenone
9. Potassium Chloride (25-30%) Liquid 1749.96 Dicamba
Azoxystrobin,+
10. Methyl acetate - (95-99%) Liquid
3810 Azoxystrobin Pilot Plant
1266 Asulam, +Azoxystrobin,
11. Methanol (98-99 %) Liquid
Pilot Plant+Azoxystrobin
12. Anhydrous Ammonia or Gas 2075.04
13. 20% aqs. Ammonia Liquid 10379.04
Tri Methyl
14 Ammonium Chloride soln - 15-20% Liquid 43521.24
Phosphite(TMP) / Tri
15. Calcium chloride solution 30% or Liquid 24000
Ethyl Phosphite (TEP)
16. Calcium Chloride powder Solid 8000.04
17. Di Calcium Phosphate (DCP) Sludge Solid 540
18. Aluminium Chloride solution –(20-25%) Liquid 8454
Meta Phenoxy
19. Meta Bromo Benzaldehyde - (95-99%) Liquid 1290
Benzaldehyde (MPBAD)
20. Aqs. Potassium Chloride (20-25%) Liquid 7770
21. Dimethoxy methane - (95-99%) Liquid 722.04 Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate

Executive Summary)
(AANS)
22. Ammonium acetate (28-35%)or Liquid 70680
23. Acetic Acid & Ammonium sulphate - (95-99%) Liquid 83400 Acephate
24. Ammonium sulphate & Sodium Acetate (30%) Liquid 106560
Hexa methylene
25. Hydrochloric Acid sol. (28-32%) Liquid
65817.96 diisocyanate
1-Methylamino-1-
26. Methyl Mercaptan Gas
710.04 Methylthio-2-Nitroethene
27. Steam Gas 1382400 Power Plant
28. 30% Hydrochloric Acid Solution Liquid 3156 Chloroacetyl Chloride
29. 30% Hydrochloric Acid Solution Liquid 440.04 Methoxyacetyl Chloride
2-Chloro-3, 3-tri
fluoropropen-1,2
30. 30% Hydrochloric Acid Solution Liquid
dimethylcyclopropane
276 Carbonyl chloride
31. 30% Hydrochloric Acid Solution Liquid 527.04 Acid Chloride
32. 31% Sodium Sulphite Solution Liquid 14377.8 Scrubbing of SO2
33 Ethyl Acetate sol. (90-95%) Liquid 6000
34 Ammonia sol.-20% Liquid 600
35 Ammonnium Chloride Solid 26559.96 Glufosinate
36. Magnesium Chloride Sol. (25-28%) OR Liquid 33159.96
37. Magnesium chlorate -50% Liquid 33159.96
38. Phosphoric Acid (60%) Liquid 1800 Aluminium Phosphide
39. Phosphoric Acid (60%) Liquid 120 Magnesium Phosphide
40 Phosphoric Acid (60%) Liquid 386.4 Zinc Phosphide
41. 40% Ammonium sulphate Liquid 1061.04 Sodium Cyanide
42. 40% Ammonium sulphate Liquid 79.8 Potassium Cyanide
43. 40% Ammonium sulphate Liquid 2415
Cyanuric chloride
44. 30% Hydrochloric Acid solution Liquid 29676
By-product management: Major by-products which shall be generated from this project are already being generated
from other units of UPL. Actual buyers are available with valid authorization for these by-products. These users have
agreed to purchase by-products from this proposed project also.
New by-products shall be generated from proposed products, for which proponent has identified potential actual
users. Proponent is committed to obtain necessary authorization of by-products as hazardous wastes as per Rule 9
of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and ensure that the
actual users have valid authorization for utilization of the same as per the rules.
UPL has committed to provide adequate storage facilities for these by-products and keep their inventory minimum

Contents
CONTENTS
UNDERTAKING FROM PROJECT PROPONENT FOR OWNERSHIP OF THIS EIA – EMP REPORT ..........3
UNDERTAKING BY EIA CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION .............................................................................4
DECLARATION BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THIS EIA - EMP REPORT............................................5
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS..................................................................................................................................9
TERMS OF REFERENCES (TORS) AND THEIR COMPLIANCES..................................................................10
LIST OF TABLES..............................................................................................................................................34
LIST OF FIGURES ............................................................................................................................................36
LIST OF ANNEXURES......................................................................................................................................37
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS USED IN THIS REPORT .........................................................................38
1 INTRODUCTION.......................................................................................................................................40
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT .................................................................................................................40
1.2 DETAILS OF PROJECT ........................................................................................................................40
1.2.1 Type of the project in context to EIA notification 2006...........................................................40
1.2.2 Size of the project..................................................................................................................40
1.2.3 Project Cost...........................................................................................................................40
1.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT ...................................................................................................................40
1.3.1 Demand for the new products ...............................................................................................41
1.4 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION ............................................................41
1.5 PROMOTING COMPANY HISTORY .......................................................................................................42
1.5.1 Manufacturing facilities in India & Worldwide ........................................................................42
1.6 ABOUT THE PROJECT ........................................................................................................................43
1.6.1 Environmental Management Policy and system....................................................................43
1.7 SOCIO-COMMERCIAL BACKGROUND OF PROMOTERS OF THE PROJECT ................................................44
1.8 APPLICABILITY OF EIA NOTIFICATION 2006 ........................................................................................44
1.9 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK OF THE INDUSTRY ...................................................................................45
1.10 SCOPE OF THE STUDY ......................................................................................................................46
1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (INTRODUCTION) ...................................................................46
1.12 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY .......................................................................................46
1.13 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT ...........................................................................................................47
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................49
2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT ....................................................................................................................49
2.1.1 List of products ......................................................................................................................49
2.1.2 End use of products...............................................................................................................59
2.1.3 Management of By-products .................................................................................................59
2.2 COMPONENTS OF THE PROJECT .......................................................................................................61
2.3 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ...............................................................62
2.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT .............................................................................................................62
2.5 ABOUT BHARUCH DISTRICT ...............................................................................................................62
2.6 ABOUT DAHEJ-III GIDC.....................................................................................................................62
2.6.1 Layout of the Project Site ......................................................................................................64
2.6.2 Salient Features of the Project Site .......................................................................................66
2.6.3 History of activities at the project site ....................................................................................67
2.7 RAW MATERIALS ...............................................................................................................................67
2.7.1 Consumption (per kg of product as well as per month) .........................................................67

Contents
2.7.2 Hazardous Chemicals Inventory............................................................................................67

2.8 PLANT FACILITIES..............................................................................................................................73
2.9 MANUFACTURING PROCESS ..............................................................................................................75
2.10 UTILITIES ..........................................................................................................................................79
2.11 WATER CONSUMPTION .....................................................................................................................79
2.11.1 Additional TOR No. ii - Reduce the water requirement with comprehensive plan. ................79
2.12 POWER REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED PROJECT ...............................................................................82
2.13 FUEL REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED PROJECT ..................................................................................82
2.14 WASTEWATER STORAGE, TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL ARRANGEMENT .................................................82
2.14.1 Wastewater: Sources, Quantities, Characteristics.................................................................82
2.14.2 Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant .......................................................................................87
2.14.3 Proposed Effluent Treatment Scheme ..................................................................................88
2.14.4 Proposed Sewage Treatment Plant.......................................................................................89
2.14.5 Proposed MEE plant..............................................................................................................90
2.14.6 Proposed RO plant................................................................................................................96
2.14.7 Block diagram for batch evaporation for salt solutions ..........................................................97
2.14.8 Captive Incineration Plant Details..........................................................................................98
2.15 AIR EMISSIONS : SOURCES, QUANTITIES, CONCENTRATIONS, CONTROL MECHANISM...........................99
2.15.1 Flue Gas Emissions & proposed control measures...............................................................99
2.15.2 Electro Static Precipitator Technical Specification.................................................................101
2.15.3 Process gas emissions & proposed control measures ..........................................................102
2.15.4 Details of Scrubber systems for Process emission control....................................................105
2.15.5 Spin Flash Dryer Circuit for CaCl2 treatment ........................................................................108
2.15.6 Fume Incinerator ...................................................................................................................108
2.15.7 Air pollution control measures for Captive Incinerator ...........................................................109
2.16 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS ........................................................................................................................109
2.16.1 Control of Coal dust...............................................................................................................109
2.16.2 Sources of Fugitive Chemical Vapors & their control ............................................................109
2.17 HAZARDOUS / NON-HAZARDOUS WASTES MANAGEMENT ...................................................................111
2.17.1 Fly Ash Utilization..................................................................................................................114
2.17.2 Method for de-contamination and disposal of discarded containers and its record keeping. 114
2.18 ONLINE MONITORING ARRANGEMENTS ...............................................................................................115
2.19 SOLVENT RECOVERY ........................................................................................................................115
2.20 HOUSEKEEPING ................................................................................................................................119
2.21 FIRE FIGHTING FACILITIES .................................................................................................................119
2.22 INFRASTRUCTURE AVAILABILITY ........................................................................................................119
2.23 PROJECT COST ................................................................................................................................120
2.24 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT ...............................................................................................................121
2.25 SUMMARY OF RESOURCES AND IMPACT – ASPECT RELATIONS W.R.T PROJECT ....................................122
2.25.1 Impact aspect analysis ..........................................................................................................122
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................124
3.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................124
3.2 BEM PROGRAM ................................................................................................................................125
3.3 DEMARCATION OF IMPACT BOUNDARY ...............................................................................................125
3.4 RESIDENTIAL AREAS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA ....................................................................................126
3.5 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE & STUDY AREA .................................................................126
3.5.1 About Dahej-III GIDC where the project site is located .........................................................126
3.6 PREVAILING ENVIRONMENT QUALITY STANDARDS ..............................................................................131
3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES FOR BASELINE DATA COLLECTION.........................................................131
3.7.1 Parameters monitored...........................................................................................................131
3.7.2 Study Period..........................................................................................................................132
3.8 MICRO METEOROLOGY .....................................................................................................................132
3.9 SITE SPECIFIC HOURLY MEAN METEOROLOGICAL DATA .....................................................................133

Contents
3.9.1Specifications of Weather Monitoring system........................................................................133

3.9.2Temperature..........................................................................................................................134
3.9.3 Relative Humidity...................................................................................................................134
3.9.4 Wind Speed and Wind Direction............................................................................................134
3.9.5 Wind rose diagram ................................................................................................................134
3.9.6 Inference ...............................................................................................................................138
3.10 AIR ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................................138
3.10.1 Selection of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring stations .............................................................138
3.10.2 Siting of station......................................................................................................................139
3.10.3 Frequency & Period of Monitoring .........................................................................................139
3.10.4 Parameters for monitoring .....................................................................................................139
3.10.5 Presentation of Results .........................................................................................................141
3.10.6 Baseline status of Air Environment........................................................................................143
3.11 WATER ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................143
3.11.1 Drainage................................................................................................................................143
3.11.2 METHODOLOGY ..................................................................................................................144
3.11.3 Data collection.......................................................................................................................144
3.11.4 Geo Hydrology.......................................................................................................................144
3.11.5 Water Level ...........................................................................................................................144
3.11.6 Groundwater & Surface water Quality ...................................................................................146
3.12 ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES..............................................................................147
3.12.1 Analysis results of Borewell/Openwell (not used as drinking water source) ..........................147
3.13 ANALYSIS RESULTS OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLES .............................................................................148
3.13.1 Analysis result of Pond water (surface water) .......................................................................148
3.13.2 Analysis result of GIDC reservoir water sample (used as drinking water source) .................149
3.13.3 Summary of Hydrology and Groundwater survey..................................................................150
3.14 LAND ENVIRONMENT .........................................................................................................................150
3.14.1 Geology .................................................................................................................................150
3.14.2 Geomorphology.....................................................................................................................150
3.14.3 Soils.......................................................................................................................................151
3.14.4 Primary data collection – Soil sampling and analysis ............................................................151
3.14.5 Baseline Status of Soil Quality ..............................................................................................155
3.15 NOISE ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................................................155
3.15.1 Methodology..........................................................................................................................155
3.15.2 Measured Noise levels in the study area...............................................................................156
3.15.3 Baseline Status of Noise Environment ..................................................................................156
3.16 LAND USE & LAND COVER .................................................................................................................156
3.16.1 Areas of Different Land Use Patterns within the Study Area .................................................159
3.16.2 Baseline status of Land use Pattern......................................................................................159
3.17 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION ...............................................................................................................160
3.17.1 About Study area:..................................................................................................................160
3.17.2 Objective: ..............................................................................................................................162
3.17.3 Methodology..........................................................................................................................162
3.17.4 Survey Results: .....................................................................................................................162
3.17.5 Aquatic Biology Studies:........................................................................................................171
3.17.6 Conclusions on Baseline Study: ............................................................................................171
3.18 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................................173
3.18.1 About Vagra Taluka from Census 2011 ................................................................................173
3.18.2 Demographic Data from Census 2011 for Study area Villages .............................................177
3.18.3 Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes ...........................................................................................179
3.18.4 Occupational Structure..........................................................................................................179
3.18.5 Status of Civic Amenities.......................................................................................................180

Contents
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ..........................................184

4.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................184
4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTING ACTIVITIES .........................................................................................184
4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES ...........................................................................185
4.4 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES..............................................................................185
4.5 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS..............................................................................................................185
4.6 TOOLS FOR PREDICTION OF IMPACTS ................................................................................................190
4.7 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES .......................................................................190
4.8 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS FROM STACK EMISSIONS & MITIGATION MEASURES ..........206
4.8.1 Flue gas emissions................................................................................................................206
4.8.2 Dispersion Modeling for estimation of GLC of air pollutants from flue gas emissions ...........206
4.8.3 Basis of Computer simulation using ISCST3 Air Dispersion Model.......................................206
4.8.4 Process emissions.................................................................................................................210
4.8.5 Dispersion Modelling for estimation of GLC of air pollutants from process emissions ..........216
4.8.6 Inference for Process emissions from Dispersion modeling..................................................218
4.8.7 Fugitive emissions and their control ......................................................................................218
4.8.8 Prediction & Mitigation of Impacts on Ambient Noise during construction phase ..................219
4.8.9 Noise prediction during construction phase within premises .................................................219
4.8.10 Prediction & Mitigation of Impacts on Ambient Noise during operational phase....................221
4.9 ASSESSMENT OF WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL ...............................................................223
4.9.1 Process Effluent Characteristics............................................................................................225
4.9.2 Disposal of treated effluent....................................................................................................226
4.10 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS.................................................................................................................226
4.10.1 Environmental Impact Evaluation Matrices............................................................................227
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES..............................................................................................................233
5.1 ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS & JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT ................................................................233
5.1.1 For Project selection..............................................................................................................233
5.1.2 For Site selection...................................................................................................................234
5.1.3 For technology / process selection ........................................................................................235
6 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM ............................................................................................236
6.1 PROPOSED ARRANGEMENTS FOR CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF EFFLUENT AND EMISSIONS ................238
7 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN....................................................................239
8 PROJECT BENEFITS...............................................................................................................................240
8.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BENEFITS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE .............................................................241
8.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BENEFITS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE ...............................................................241
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS.....................................................................................242
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................................................243
10.1 NEED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANNING .......................................................................243
10.1.1 Objectives of Environmental Management Plan....................................................................243
10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM...........................................................................................243
10.2.1 Environmental Policy.............................................................................................................243
10.2.2 Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Cell ..........................................................................243
10.3 EMP FOR CONSTRUCTION & ERECTION PHASE OF THE PROJECT ......................................................244
10.3.1 EMP for Impacts on Air Environment ....................................................................................244
10.3.2 EMP for Impacts on Water Environment ...............................................................................245
10.3.3 EMP for Impacts on Noise levels...........................................................................................245
10.3.4 EMP for Impacts on Land Environment.................................................................................245
10.3.5 EMP for impacts on Human (social) Environment .................................................................245
10.3.6 EMP for impacts on Ecological Environment.........................................................................245

Contents
10.3.7 EMP for use of fuel resources ...............................................................................................245

10.4 EMP FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................246
10.4.1 EMP for Stack Emissions ......................................................................................................246
10.4.2 EMP for fugitive emission ......................................................................................................246
10.4.3 Odour Management Plan (additional TOR No. iv) .................................................................247
10.5 EMP FOR WATER ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT ................................................................................248
10.5.1 Water consumption................................................................................................................248
10.5.2 Water conservation measures...............................................................................................248
10.5.3 Wastewater generation, treatment and disposal ...................................................................249
10.6 EMP FOR IMPACTS ON NOISE LEVELS ...............................................................................................250
10.7 EMP FOR IMPACTS ON LAND ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................250
10.7.1 Hazardous/Non Hazardous Waste Management ..................................................................250
10.7.2 Fly ash utilization...................................................................................................................251
10.7.3 EMP for impacts on Human (social) Environment .................................................................251
10.8 EMP FOR IMPACTS ON HUMAN (ECONOMICAL) ENVIRONMENT ............................................................252
10.9 EMP FOR IMPACTS ON ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ...........................................................................252
10.10 EMP FOR USE OF FUEL RESOURCES ..................................................................................................252
10.11 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT THROUGH HOUSEKEEPING ....................................................................252
10.12 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HAZARD MANAGEMENT .........................................................................253
10.12.1 Control of Exposure levels of hazardous chemicals ..............................................................253
10.12.2 Occupational Health centre (OHC)........................................................................................253
10.12.3 Onsite Medical treatment.......................................................................................................254
10.12.4 Medical examination practice ................................................................................................254
10.12.5 Training .................................................................................................................................255
10.12.6 Fund allocation for Occupational Health and Safety measures .............................................256
10.13 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT ..............................................................................................................257
10.13.1 Green belt development proposal .........................................................................................257
10.13.2 Plantation areas.....................................................................................................................259
10.13.3 Action plan for Green belt development ................................................................................260
10.13.4 Type of plantation..................................................................................................................263
10.13.5 Road side Plantation .............................................................................................................264
10.14 RAIN WATER HARVESTING ................................................................................................................265
10.15 ENVIRONMENT BUDGET ALLOCATION.................................................................................................265
10.16 CP TECHNIQUES TO BE IMPLEMENTED ...............................................................................................266
10.17 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES.....................................................................................266
10.17.1 Preliminary Draft CSR activities for this project .....................................................................270
10.18 COMPLIANCE TO CREP GUIDELINES ..................................................................................................272
10.18.1 Segregation of waste streams ...............................................................................................272
10.18.2 Improvement in solvent recovery...........................................................................................272
10.18.3 Hazardous Air pollutant control .............................................................................................272
10.18.4 Control of fugitive emissions / VOCs .....................................................................................272
10.18.5 Upgrade of incinerators .........................................................................................................272
10.18.6 Replacement of bioassay test by toxicity factor.....................................................................273
10.18.7 Minimum scale of production to afford cost of pollution control .............................................273
10.19 LONG TERM STRATEGIES FOR REDUCTION IN WASTE...........................................................................273
10.20 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES.................................................................................................273
11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS.................................................................................................................274
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION ENGAGED............................................................276
12.1 NABET ACCREDITATION STATUS OF M/S. SIDDHI GREEN EXCELLENCE PVT. LTD. ...............................277
12.2 NABL ACCREDITATION OF LAB OF M/S. SIDDHI GREEN EXCELLENCE PVT. LTD....................................277

List of Tables
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1 Products and their capacity (MT/A).......................................................................................................... 49
Table 2-2 Names of Existing manufacturing units of UPL in India ........................................................................... 58
Table 2-3 List of Hazardous chemicals .................................................................................................................... 68
Table 2-4 The List of Proposed Facilities for Utility............................................................................................ 79
Table 2-5 Revised GIDC Water Consumption ......................................................................................................... 81
Table 2-6 Fuel Requirements................................................................................................................................... 82
Table 2-7 Waste Water Generation (For Proposed project)..................................................................................... 82
Table 2-8 Proposed flue gas stacks......................................................................................................................... 99
Table 2-9 Proposed process stacks....................................................................................................................... 102
Table 2-10 Details of Scrubber systems for Process emission control .................................................................. 105
Table 2-11 Sources of Fugitive Dust...................................................................................................................... 109
Table 2-12 Sources of Fugitive Chemical vapors................................................................................................... 109
Table 2-13 Hazardous/ Non-Hazardous Waste Generation................................................................................... 111
Table 2-14.2 Non Hazardous Waste Generation................................................................................................ 114
Table 2-15 Details of solvent recovery................................................................................................................... 116
Table 2-16 Break up of different land use of factory (for proposed project) ........................................................... 119
Table 2-17 Project Cost Breakup ........................................................................................................................... 120
Table 2-18 Valued Environmental Components..................................................................................................... 122
Table 3-1 Major Residential areas within the study area ....................................................................................... 126
Table 3-2 Salient Features of the Project Site & Study area covered within 10 km radius............................ 127
Table 3-3 Industries within 10 km radius of UPL-D3.............................................................................................. 129
Table 3-4 IMD Surat data for the year 2016....................................................................................................... 132
Table 3-5 Site Specific Meteorological Data .......................................................................................................... 133
Table 3-6 Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations .............................................................................. 139
Table 3-7 List of parameters & their test methods for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring........................................... 139
Table 3-8 Summary of Ambient Air Quality Results............................................................................................... 141
Table 3-9 Locations of water level measurement.............................................................................................. 145
Table 3-10 Locations of Ground Water sampling................................................................................................... 146
Table 3-11 Locations of Surface Water sampling .................................................................................................. 146
Table 3-12 Location of Soil sample collection........................................................................................................ 152
Table 3-13 Results of Physical Analysis of Soil Samples ................................................................................ 152
Table 3-14 Chemical Characteristics of Soil .......................................................................................................... 154
Table 3-15 Locations of noise level measurement in study area ........................................................................... 155
Table 3-16 Noise levels at ambient air monitoring stations.................................................................................... 156
Table 3-17 Land use Pattern of the study area...................................................................................................... 159
Table 3-18 Summary of Village ponds observed in the study area........................................................................ 161
Table 3-19 Checklist of Flora & Fauna of study area ............................................................................................. 166
Table 3-20 Checklist of phytoplankton and zooplankton from the village ponds.................................................... 171
Table -3-21 List of villages covered for primary data collection ............................................................................. 176
Table-3-22 Primary data for Occupational status................................................................................................... 179
Table 4-1 Baseline Environmental Indicators of Environmental Attributes............................................................. 185
Table 4-2 The Activity – Impact Matrix ............................................................................................................... 186
Table 4-3 Impacts during Construction phase and their mitigation measures .............................................. 191
Table 4-4 Impacts during erection and commissioning phase and their mitigation measures ............................... 195
Table 4-5 Impacts during operational phase and their mitigation measures ................................................. 199
Table 4-6 Receptor stations selected for Dispersion simulation ............................................................................ 206
Table 4-7 First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for PM10 ............................................................... 209
Table 4-8 Expected level of PM10 at receptor locations after proposed Project ..................................................... 209
Table 4-9 First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for Process emissions ......................................... 216
Table 4-10 Expected level of process emissions at receptor locations after proposed Project.............................. 217
Table 4-11 Estimation of fugitive losses from storage tanks (Fixed roof tanks at atmospheric conditions)............ 218
Table 4-12 Waste Water Generation (For Proposed project)................................................................................. 223

List of Tables
Table 4-13 Environmental Attributes...................................................................................................................... 226

Table 4-14 The Environmental Impact Evaluation Matrix ................................................................................. 228
Table 4-15 Cumulative Impact Matrix .................................................................................................................... 232
Table 6-1 Proposed Environmental Monitoring Plan.............................................................................................. 236
Table 6-2 Work Place Monitoring Plan................................................................................................................... 238
Table 10-1 Photographs of greenbelts at other units of UPL ................................................................................. 257
Table 10-2 Areas Green Belt for Development within the plant site....................................................................... 259
Table 10-3 Suitable Tree and shrubs for Green Belt development ........................................................................ 260
Table 10-4 Environment Budget Allocation Sheet for the proposed project........................................................... 265
Table 10-5 CSR activities – preliminary plan ......................................................................................................... 270

List of Figures
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1 Map showing location of the Project site in India............................................................................. 62
Figure 2-2 Study Area Map (Area within 10 km radius from centre of project site) ......................................... 64
Figure 2-3 Project Site Co-ordinates on Google imagery................................................................................... 65
Figure 2-4 Photographs of surroundings of the site ................................................................................................. 65
Figure 2-5 Water Balance Diagram for proposed project......................................................................................... 85
Figure 2-6 Schematic diagram of ETP ..................................................................................................................... 88
Figure 2-7 Flow diagram of proposed STP .............................................................................................................. 89
Figure 2-8 Flow diagram of RO plant ...................................................................................................................... 97
Figure 3-1 Study Area Map (Area within 10 km radius from the project site)................................................. 125
Figure 3-2: Location Map of Study area................................................................................................................ 127
Figure 3-3 Weather monitoring station................................................................................................................... 133
Figure 3-4 Hourly average temperature for study period ....................................................................................... 134
Figure 3-5 Wind Rose Diagram.............................................................................................................................. 135
Figure 3-6 Wind rose diagram for study period (1st Oct 2016 to 31st Dec 2016) .................................................... 137
Figure 3-7 Wind class Frequency distribution ........................................................................................................ 137
Figure 3-8 Drainage map of study area ................................................................................................................. 144
Figure 3-9 Geological Map of study area ........................................................................................................... 150
Figure 3-10 Digital Elevation Model of Study area ............................................................................................ 151
Figure 3-11 Soil Map of study area ........................................................................................................................ 151
Figure 3-12 Satellite Imagery obtained from NRSA ............................................................................................... 157
Figure 3-13 Landuse & Landcover Map of Study area...................................................................................... 158
Figure 3-14 Land use pattern of study area ........................................................................................................... 159
Figure 10-1 Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Cell ....................................................................................... 244

List of Annexures
LIST OF ANNEXURES
Sr. No. Annexure

1A. NABET accreditation Certificate and Re-accreditation letter
1B. NABL certificate (T-2245) of laboratory for ISO 17025:2005 compliance
2. National Ambient Air Quality Standards ( NAAQS ) (2009 )
3. Indian Standards For Drinking Water IS : 10500:2012
4. Environmental Standards for Pesticides Industry & General Standards for effluents (EPA, 1986)
5. Ambient Noise Standards As Per The Noise Pollution Rules, 2000
6. Damage Risk Criteria For Hearing Loss (OSHA)
7. Copy of Plot allotment from GIDC & name transfer letter from GIDC
8. Confirmation letter from GIDC for water supply and wastewater discharge
9. Contour maps of results of Air dispersion modeling using AERMOD
Final TORs issued by EAC (Industry-2) for EIA-EMP Preparation and documents related to TOR
10.
amendment
11. Photographs of baseline monitoring and sampling
12. Letter of acceptance from M/s. Ambuja Cements Ltd. for Co-processing of organic waste
13. Dates of AAQM monitoring – station wise
14. List of Directors of M/s. UPL Limited
15. Census 2011 & 2001 sub district profile and civic amenities of Vagra Taluka
16. Site layout plan of the project site with demarcation of Green belt area
17. Toposheet of the study area
18. Letter of Intent from Adani Enterprises Ltd. for supply of coal
Sampling and analytical methods adopted for AAQM, GW and SW analysis, Floral ,Faunal & Micro
19.
Biota documentation
20. Google map showing GPS marking of sampling location for AAQM, GW, SW & soil
21. List of Antidotes for major chemicals
Applications to Petroleum & Explosives Safety Organization (PESO) for licences & approvals from
22.
Chief Controller of Explosives (CCOE)
23. Details of FAAs and team members involved in the EIA
24. Raw materials & their consumption with CAS no. of product
25. Details of Manufacturing of each product
26. Chemical, Physical and Hazardous properties of chemicals
Letter of acceptance for membership of M/s. BEIL for Solid/Hazardous waste disposal at their TSDF
27.
site at Dahej and incineration facility at Ankleshwar
28. Group SHE policy of company
29. Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) used at other units of UPL for handling hazardous chemicals
30. Undertaking for commitment that no banned pesticides shall be manufactured
31. Letter of intent from brick manufacturer for purchase of fly ash
32. MSDS of Hazardous Chemicals
33. Copy of grant of Environmental and CRZ clearance to PCPIR

Abbreviations and Symbols used in the report
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS USED IN THIS REPORT

Organization abbreviations
Abbreviation Full form
APHA American Public Health Association
BEIL Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd.
BPCL Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CDC Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
DGVCL Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd.
EAC Expert Appraisal Committee
GAIL Gas Authority of India Limited
GIDC Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation
GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board
IOCL Indian Oil Corporation Ltd.
MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NABL National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories
NABET National Accreditation Board for Education and Training
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NRSA National Remote Sensing Centre
PESO Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization
SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee
SGEPL Siddhi Green Excellence Private Limited
UPL UPL Limited
PCPIR Petroleum, Chemical & Petrochemical Investment Region
Project specified abbreviations

Abbreviation Full form Abbreviation Full form
AAQ Ambient Air Quality HT & LT High Tension and Low tension
AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ID Induced Draft
APCD Air Pollution Control Devices IDLH Immediately dangerous to life or health
APCM Air Pollution Control & Management ISO International Organization for Standardization
BLEVE Boiling liquid expanding vapor explosion KL Kilo Liter
BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand KLD Kilo Liter per day
Metric Tons per Annum & Metric Tons per
BTX Benzene Toluene Xylene MT/A & MT/M
Month
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand MTPH Metric Tons per Hour
CEMS Continuous Emission Monitoring System NG Natural Gas
CFM Cubic feet per minute OHC Occupational Health Center
Common Hazardous Waste Incineration
CHWIF PCC Power Control Center
Facility
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility PLC Programmable Logic Controller
CTE Consent to Establish PPE Personal Protective Equipment
D-3 Dahej-3 ppm Parts per million
DCS Distributed Control System PSF Pressure sand filters
DG Diesel Generator PSV Pressure Safety Valve
DMF Dual media filter PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene
DMP Disaster Management Plan QC Quality control
EC Environment Clearance RO Reverse Osmosis
ECC Emergency Control Center RT Room Temperature
EMP Environmental Management Plan RVD Rotary Vacuum Dryers
EMS Environmental Management System SCADA Supervisory control and data acquisition
EPA Environment Protection Act SEZ Special Economic Zone
ESP Electrostatic Precipitator SH State Highway
ETP Effluent Treatment Plant SPD Spray dryer
FD Forced Draft STP Sewage Treatment Plant
GLC Ground Level Concentration STEL Short-Term Exposure Limit
GW Ground Water SW Surface Water
HAP Hazardous air pollutants TN Total Nitrogen

Abbreviations and Symbols used in the report
Project specified abbreviations
HAZOP Hazard and operability study TDS Total Dissolved Solids
KVA Kilo volt ampere TSS Total Suspended Solids
LDAR Leak Detection and Repair TPH Tons per Hour
LEL Lower explosive limit TR Ton of refrigeration
MCC Motor control center TPD Tons per day
MEE Multiple Effect Evaporator TSDF Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility
MOC Material of Construction TOC Total Organic Carbon
MP Manufacturing Plant ToR Terms of References
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet TWA Time weighted average
MWPH Mega Watt Per Hour UG Under ground
HSD High speed diesel VOC Volatile organic compound
HSE Health, Safety & Environment MAH Major Accident Hazard
EPC Engineering Procurement Construction BEM Baseline Environmental Monitorng
Chemical name Abbreviations & Chemical Formulas

Abbreviation Full form Abbreviation Full form
AANS Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate H2S Hydrogen sulfide
AEEA Amino ethyl ethanol amine H2SO4 Sulfuric acid
AEP Amino ethyl piperazine K2CO3 Potassium carbonate
Al2O3 Aluminum Oxide KOH Potassium hydroxide
AlCl3 Aluminum Chloride MAM Methoxy Methyl Acrylate
Al(OH)3 Aluminum Hydroxide MEG Mono Ethylene Glycol
As Arsenic Mn Manganese
CaCl2 Calcium chloride MPBAD Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde
Dimethyl
CCITM MPP Multi Purpose Plant
Cyanoiminodithiocarbonate
V Vanadium NaOH Sodium Hydroxide
Co Cobalt NH3 Ammonia
CO2 Carbon dioxide NH4Cl Ammonium Chloride
Cr Chromium (NH4)2SO4 Ammonium Sulphate
CS2 Carbon Disulphide Ni Nickel
Cu Copper Pb Lead
CuCl2 Copper chloride PCl3 Phosphorus tri chloride
Cu2O Copper oxide PIP Piperazine
DCP Dicalcium phosphate PM Particulate Matter
DETA Diethylenetriamine P2O5 Phosphorus pentoxide
Dimethyl
DMPAT Sb Antimony
Phosphoroamidothioate
EDA Ethylenediamine SO2 Sulfur dioxide
HC Hydro carbon TEP Tri Ethyl Phosphite
HCl Hydrochloric Acid TMB Tri Methyl Benzene
HEP Hydroxy ethyl piperazine TMP Tri Methyl Phosphite
H2O2 Hydrogen Peroxide

Chapter 1. Introduction
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT
This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) – Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Report is prepared to comply
with Terms of Reference given by the Expert Appraisal Committee – Industry-2 (EAC), New Delhi, vide their letter no.
letter no. J-11011/306/2016-IA II (I) dated 13-12-2016 for setting up proposed new unit of agrochemicals, intermediates
and specialty chemicals of UPL Limited at Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial estate (within PCPIR region),
1.2 DETAILS OF PROJECT

Name of the Industrial Unit M/s. UPL Limited – henceforth referred to as UPL
Proposed production activity Manufacturing of Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty chemicals @
307000 MT/Annum
Location of project site Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial estate (within PCPIR region),
Address of correspondence M/s. UPL Limited
Plot No. 117/118, Ankleshwar GIDC Industrial estate,
Dist. Bharuch,State - Gujarat,India.
Corporate Headquarters UPL Limited
address UPL House, 610 B/2, Bandra Village, Off Western Express Highway,
Bandra (East), Mumbai 400 051, State – Maharashtra, India
1.2.1 Type of the project in context to EIA notification 2006

The proposed new unit of UPL at Dahej-III GIDC Industrial estate area shall comprise of manufacturing of
Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty Chemicals & is applied for approval under following sectors as per
Schedule of EIA Notification of the Government of India, Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, New Delhi,
vide S.O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006.
2. Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug
formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical
intermediates) at Sr. No. 5(f)
Project site is located at Dahej III GIDC Industrial Estate which is covered under PCPIR region (Petroleum, Chemical &
Petrochemical Investment Region ) & PCPIR has obtained Environmental and CRZ clearance vide file no. 21-49/2010-
IA-III dated 14th September, 2017. EC copy of PCPIR is attached as Annexure-33.
Category : ‘A’ as per categorization of projects in EIA notification dated 14th September, 2006
1.2.2 Size of the project

Proposal : to set up manufacturing facilities for Manufacturing of Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty
chemicals @ 307000 MT/Annum
1.2.3 Project Cost

Project Cost : Rs. 2388.19 Crore
1.3 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Proposed project is needed to serve increasing demand for agrochemicals, intermediates and specialty chemicals in the
Indian and international markets. Most of the proposed products are already in the product basket of UPL Limited and
the Company proposes to meet additional requirements through new plants at proposed site.

Demand-Supply Gap.
Indian Pesticides is one of the rapidly growing markets and has emerged a strong export oriented business. Out of the
present business of 180 Billion markets, the export accounts 100 billion and is steadily growing at a rate of 6.7%. This is
2.5 times more than the world market. With the introduction of genetically modified crops in India, the consumption of
Insecticides decreased marginally. But the other sectors such as weedicides & herbicides, fungicides etc. are rapidly
growing. UPL focuses on the sectors of Fungicides and herbicides and strong in export of these group molecules
Intermediate chemicals and specialty chemicals are also getting increased demand. The requirements are indigenous
and also for exports.
Imports vs. Indigenous production.

Company is always focusing on manufacturing all products locally with backward integration so that Country will get
benefits like Growth, employment, infrastructure etc. UPL R & D team is constantly engaged in identifying & evaluating
new molecules. After a very careful scrutiny of the developments of R & D, the proponent is ready to launch new
intermediates as well as several new pesticides. Company is importing only such products for which, either the
technology is not available in India or, the manufacturing cost is higher than the import cost.
40% Raw materials will be imported to manufacture proposed products.
Export Possibility.
Pesticide Product-
The products of UPL are mainly used for rice, wheat, cotton, vegetables, fruits, tea, tobacco etc which are the main
crops in India and in many countries as well. That’s why these products have worldwide market. The global marketing
network of UPL is mainly, America sales 37%, Europe & Africa 28.%, Indian subcontinent & Asia Pacific 35 %.
Intermediates & specialty Chemicals -

Indian Specialty Chemicals poised to be $ 80-100 billion industry by 2020. Asia-Pacific region now is nearly 42 % of the
global market for chemicals.
India is emerging as manufacturing and export hub for specialty and knowledge chemicals .Key advantages include re-
engineering capabilities and relatively low cost of production. Innovation and Scale will be the key differentiators, going
forward. The continuous growth of this sector saw demand – supply gap and some times, molecules are not available
both for the domestic and export market. Like the above many products are made in India and exported to all the
European Countries and all other countries. Continuous growth of exports and increase in the Indian market demand off
set the local competitions. Some manufacturing capacities cleared for the manufacture are neither installed nor
operated. Some products are not available at the peak demand time of the local season. To support the above
projections, promoters have propelled to set up new manufacturing facility in chemical zone.
Domestic / export Markets.

Rest of the approx. 20-30 % of total production will be sold to domestic market.
1.3.1 Demand for the new products

Molecules mentioned in the product list are already manufactured at some of the sites within the group. Demand for the
proposed products already exists in the world markets and this project is envisaged to meet the expanding global
demand for these molecules.
1.4 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION

Its importance to the country can be accounted by
 Add to foreign exchange generated by Exports.
 Employment Generation (Direct and Indirect) due to the project.
 The project will create employment to about 600 permanent employees and also about 800 nos. on contractual
basis directly and indirectly during operational phase. Besides temporary jobs shall be created during the
construction phase. Proponent is committed to give employment to land losers and local affected people as
per Government rules and regulation. Priority shall be given to local affected people according to skill and
academic qualification.
 Ample trade and commerce opportunities shall also be generated in the field of supply and services, both
industrial as well as commercial and domestic due to the project.
 Reduce dependence on Imports hence reducing Forex risks.

1.5 PROMOTING COMPANY HISTORY

"UPL Limited " are a global generic crop protection, chemicals and seeds company, headquartered in India (Mumbai).
UPL Limited and Adventa have merged in December 2015. The revenue of the Company has grown at a CAGR of 26%
over the last 5 years.
UPL Group is leading Company manufacturing wide variety of Chemicals including Agrochemicals. Caustic Soda,
Chlorine, Specialty Chemicals, etc. UPL was established in 1969 by Mr. Rajjubhai D. Shroff, Chairman and Managing
Director. The Company has received various Awards like ICMA Aditya Birla Award for Best Responsible Care
Committed Company for the year 2003 – 2004; Gujarat State Safety Award for the year 2004 from Gujarat Safety
Council. UPL is the first amongst three chemical industries in India, allowed to use Responsible Care logo by Indian
Chemical Council (formerly known as Indian Chemical Manufacturers Association).
UPL have a strong manufacturing base supported by engineers and scientists. The R&D team of the Company
develops various products as per the market requirements. The company has central R&D and also separate R&D at
units. Most of the products manufactured are agrochemicals used by the farmers.
UPL ACHIEVEMENT (AWARDS)
• 1971 Gold Shield for Red Phosphorus - Board on Awards for Import Substitution
• 1985 Certificate of Merit AIP, PCL3 - Ministry of Commerce
• 1990 Top Export Award - CHEMEXCIL
• 1992 Innovative Technology Award for TMP - ICMA
• 1993 Corporate Excellence Award - Dalal Street Journal
• 1993 Consistent Export Award - FGMI Association
• 1993 First Export Award – CHEMEXCIL
• 1994 The analyst Award - Investor Friendly Company - CFAI
• 1994 Outstanding Export Performance Award - Ministry of Commerce
• 1995 Accorded the status of TRADING HOUSE
• 1996 Outstanding Export Performance Award - ministry of Commerce
• 1997 Gujarat Govt.’s Award for Outstanding Export Performance
• 1997 Award for “Social Responsibility” - Indian Chemical
• 2004 Frost Sullivan Award in Silver category for Process consistency & Social Responsible Company.
• 2005 National Energy Conservation Award
• 2006 Green Tech Safety Award – 2006 from Green Tech Foundation, New Delhi.
• 2007 National Award for Outstanding Research & Development on Pollution Control & Environmental Protection
• 2012 & 2013 Green Manufacturing Excellence Award.
• 2013 Mr. Rajju Shroff, CMD-UPL received the Award as Ernst & Young Enterpreneur of the year
• 2013 CSR Excellence & Leadership Award in Global Summit Competition for Best Waste Water Mgmt. Practices
• 2015 Shri. Rajju Shroff, Chairman and MD of UPL was bestowed with the LIFE TIME ACHIEVEMENT AWARD by
AGROW
• 2016 first position in the Agrochemical Sector awarded by Dun & Bradstreet India's Top 500 Companies
• 2016 National level Golden Peacock awards for OH&S
• 2017 Silver category for OH&S in EXCEED (EKDKN)
• 2017 OSHAI awards for “’ Innovative EHS product of the year”
1.5.1 Manufacturing facilities in India & Worldwide

The Company has 25 manufacturing sites all over the world (11 in India, 4 in France, 2 in Spain, 3 in Argentina, 1 each
in UK, Vietnam, Netherlands, Italy, China)
In India, the manufacturing units are located at Vapi, Ankleshwar, Halol and Jhagadia, Jammu, Haldia.

1.6 ABOUT THE PROJECT

The company proposes to set up a manufacturing site at Dahej-III Industrial Estate (within PCPIR region) of GIDC for
production of various Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty chemicals.
Along with the production facilities, necessary support infra-structure like Waste Water Treatment plant, Hazardous
Waste storage and required Utilities will be setup as per requirement.
The proposed project of manufacturing agrochemicals and specialty chemicals has many local, state level and national
level benefits.
Proposed project is needed to serve increasing demand from export market.
With this intention, the management of the unit has undertaken procedures for fulfilling the requirements of various
statutory regulations of the state and central government with regard to set-up of the industry.
1.6.1 Environmental Management Policy and system

UPL has developed own standards for factory management and SHE management which is followed in all its
manufacturing sites. There exists an Environmental Policy approved by the Board of Directors, which mentions about
its commitment and diligence towards compliance to rules and regulations and it is also uploaded on company’s
website. The Country head office of the unit is located at Mumbai.
In compliance with the requirement of EPA and Factories Act, the unit shall have an EHS cell to keep a close watch on
the performance of the pollution control equipments, emissions from the sources and the quality of surrounding
environment in accordance with the monitoring program. The cell shall include the safety cell for observing, inspecting
and regulating the safety measures inside the plant campus.
The factory management shall comprise of qualified professionals having sufficient expertise for handling all operations.
Proposed Organogram shall be as under :
The EHS cell shall report directly to site head for environmental issues including non-compliances and the board of
directors are appraised through emails. Six monthly compliance reports shall be submitted to MoEF&CC on timely
basis.

1.7 SOCIO-COMMERCIAL BACKGROUND OF PROMOTERS OF THE PROJECT

Key Personnel for the given project is -
 Mr. Shankar M. Karhale (GM – Environment at UPL)
The list of Board of Directors is annexed as Annexure – 14
Directors’ Profile
Mr. Rajju Devidas Shroff (Executive Chairman & Managing Director Promoter-Director)
Mr. Rajju Devidas Shroff, a scientist, innovator and developer, founded UPL to produce import substitutes and export-
oriented agrochemical products. Mr. Shroff has been instrumental in the successful execution of 26 acquisitions in the
last decade, thereby expanding UPL’s customer base in 123 countries. As a business leader he was associated with
large number of industrial development organizations. He was on the Board of GIDC (Gujarat Industrial Development
Corporation) for six years.
He has been awarded Entrepreneur Of The Year India 2013 – Manufacturing by EY
Mrs. Sandra R. Shroff (Promoter-Director)

Mrs. Sandra R. Shroff is the Vice Chairman of UPL Limited, one of the fastest growing Agrochemical Company in India
today. She is also a Director in Enviro Technology Limited, Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Limited.
She has actively taken up the provision of Social Infrastructure such as Hospitals and Schools. She is the Trustee of the
GnyanDhamVapi Charitable Trust, Ankleshwar Industrial Development Society, Sandraben Nursing College and
Ankleshwar Rotary Educational Society. These trusts have established Schools, Colleges and Hospitals – amongst the
best in South Gujarat.
Mrs. Shroff has adopted the Model Eklavya Residential School at Ahwa, which is a school for tribal children in the Dang
district. She is also involved in umpteen social and welfare activities such as building of village schools, providing tube-
wells to villages and helping the tribal farmers with better methods of farming and agriculture.
Mr. Jaidev Shroff (Group CEO Promoter-Director)

Jaidev (Jai) R. Shroff is the Global CEO of UPL Limited & Vice-Chairman of Advanta. He is a well-recognized global
leader in the Agri-Inputs industry with over 28 years experience in India and internationally. Jai believes in the power of
collaboration and inter-sectoral partnerships and is actively involved in the global development agenda, including the
World Economic Forum’s Grow Africa and Grow Asia initiatives, IFPRI’s Sustainable Agriculture and Global Food
Security Initiative, WBCSD, Chicago Council, IGD, ICAR.
Mr. Vikram Shroff (Executive Director Promoter-Director)

Mr. Vikram Shroff is a chemistry graduate from the University of Mumbai, with a professional post-graduate degree from
the Harvard Business School of Management. He is instrumental in making strategic decisions for the company, leads
many of the functions and has been responsible in the execution of several projects of the group. A philanthropist to the
core, Mr. Vikram Shroff is very enthusiastic about the social development projects and the educational endeavors of the
Shroff family that benefit more than 5,600 students annually. He believes in spreading the light of knowledge through
innovative learning methods and leads a team that constantly strives for the same.
The promoter directors can have direct and immediate involvement in the project as well as various project activities viz.
construction, equipment procurement and installation, raw material supply, technology procurement, process know-how,
manufacturing operations, manpower arrangement, storage and handling, finished product transportation, accounts,
marketing etc.
1.8 APPLICABILITY OF EIA NOTIFICATION 2006

The proposed new unit of UPL at Dahej-III (within PCPIR region) GIDC Industrial estate area shall comprise of
manufacturing of Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty Chemicals & is applied for approval under following
sectors as per Schedule of EIA Notification of the Government of India, Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate
Change, New Delhi, vide S.O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006.

2. Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug
intermediates) at Sr. No. 5(f)
Project site is located at Dahej III GIDC Industrial Estate which is covered under PCPIR region (Petroleum, Chemical &
Petrochemical Investment Region ) & PCPIR has obtained Environmental and CRZ clearance vide file no. 21-49/2010-
IA-III dated 14th September, 2017. EC copy of PCPIR is attached as Annexure-33.
Screening Category : A
Application in prescribed Form-1 has been submitted. The proposed project has been appraised by 14th Expert
Appraisal Committee – Industry-2 (EAC) at New Delhi and specific and additional TORs for preparation of EIA have
been prescribed in addition to Generic standard TORs. These TORs have been addressed to completeness and
included in the report, references to each TOR is given in earlier section.
Reference Documents :
Proposal No. : IA/GJ/IND2/58497/2016 dated 01-09-2016
Appraisal by EAC (Industry-2) on 26-10-2016
Specific and Additional TORs issued vide letter no. J-11011/306/2016-IA II (I) dated 13-12-2016 & Minutes For 14th
Expert Appraisal Committee (INDUSTRY-2) meeting during 26-27th October, 2016 uploaded on official website of
MoEF&CC
Proposal No. for TOR Amendment: IA/GJ/IND2/58497/2016 dated 16-09-2017
For conducting EIA as per the TORs, the project proponent UPL has retained the services of M/s. Siddhi Green
Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar who are NABET accredited EIA Consultant Organization for pesticides sector for
category A. Own Laboratory of Siddhi Green Excellence (Accredited by NABL for ISO 17025 : 2005) has been utilized
for various analytical activities of the EIA study. Relevant documents of accreditation by NABET and NABL are annexed
as annexure – 1A & 1B respectively.
1.9 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK OF THE INDUSTRY

The proposed project is that of manufacturing Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty Chemicals. For this sector,
the regulatory framework in India is as under :
 The Environment (Protection) Act 1986 & Rules, 1986 amendments in 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
 The Factories Act 1948 & Rules therein
 Bureau of Indian Standards Act
 Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1981
 Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1974
 Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016
 The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) (Amendment) Rules, 2010
 Manufacture Storage and Import of hazardous chemicals Rules, 1989, amended 2000
 Chemical Accidents (Emergency planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996
 EIA Notification, 2006
 Public Liability Insuarance Act, 1991 amended 1992 & Rules therein
 The Explosive Act, 1884
 The Explosive Rules, 1983
 Petroleum Act 1934
 Petroleum Rules,2002
 The Gas Cylinder Rules, 2004
 The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981
 The Motor Vehicle Act, 1988
 The Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989
 The Custom Act, 1962
 The Merchant Shipping Act, 1958 amended in 2002 & 2003

 Merchant Shipping (carriage of cargo) Rules 1995

 The Insecticides Act 1968 and Rules 1971
 Prevention of Food Adulteration Act 1954
 E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016
 Bio-Medical Waste Management Rules, 2016
 Construction & Demolition Waste (Management) Rules, 2016
1.10 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

This Environmental Impact Assessment was carried out for the various operations and activities which are anticipated
during the construction, commissioning and operational phase of proposed production of agrochemicals, intermediates
and specialty chemicals at new unit of UPL Limited at Dahej - III Industrial Estate (within PCPIR region) of GIDC, Ta.
Vagra, Bharuch. The factory area where the proposed facitlities shall be developed and the study area within 10 km
radial distance is taken into consideration as per prescribed TORs
The specific and additional TORs for preparation of EIA prescribed by EAC have been considered for the study. Copy of
TORs is annexed as Annexure-10. Unit has also applied for TOR amendment for Public Hearing Exemption as Unit is
located within PCPIR region.
1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (INTRODUCTION)

Environmental Impact Assessment is a management tool used to identify, frame and prioritize the environmental issues
so that the required mitigation measures can be worked out at the project planning phase and the negative impacts can
be minimized or avoided during actual operation of the proposed action.
1.12 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE STUDY

A set of Standard procedures for conducting EIA is followed by the EIA team comprising of EIA Co-ordinator and
Functional Area Experts formulated for this EIA by Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. These procedures are prepared
based on the guidelines and manual issued by MoEF&CC and SEAC, latest development in EIA methodologies and the
Assessment Agency’s experience.
The procedure addresses the following main components of the EIA :

1. Detailing the proposal – products proposed, production capacity, raw materials and their consumption, project
site location, TORs issued by SEAC/EAC, study area basemaps and satellite imagery.
2. Determining the pollution potential of the various project activities and various project phases
3. Preparation of Functional Area (FA) wise Activity chart and bar charts with distribution of role and
responsibilities of each individual FA team
4. Site visit and study area visits to collect ground realties of the area and project infrastructure and layout as well
as sources of pollution
5. Baseline Environmental Data generation through primary and secondary sources. Compliance requirements
mentioned in the Guidance manual of MoEF&CC, SEAC guidelines and TORs (applies to selection of
monitoring locations, parameters to be monitored, duration of sampling, methodologies and techniques to be
adopted etc.) is fulfilled. Both primary and secondary data passes through defined procedures for
authentication, completeness, relevance and reliability before use.
6. Identification of Impacting activities of the project during construction, erection and commissioning and
operational phase and their applicability to each FA in impact –activity matrix
7. Prediction of impacts through statistical models, logical reasoning and softwares
8. Assessment and quantification of final impacts and projecting the cumulative impact of the project on
environment
9. Assessment of Adequacy and appropriateness of the mitigation measures proposed by the proponent and
conclusions drawn and suggestions to be made for improvement or modifications.
10. Attempts be made to explore possibilities of eliminating the negative impacts first, then reducing the impacts
and lastly mitigating the impacts.
11. Listing of important components of Environmental Management Plan incorporating monitoring, Green belt
development, standard procedures, pollution control devices and their maintenance etc. Action plans to be
formulated as per requirement.

12. Addressing measures required for Occupational Health Management

13. Conducting Need assessment and suggesting CSR activities in agreement with proponent
References :
 Acts, rules, notifications and publications issued by MoEF&CC
 CPCB guidelines and publications related to pesticides industry
 Technical Guidance Manual (TGM) for Pesticides Industry – prepared by IL&FS Ecosmart Ltd. for The Ministry
of Environment and Forests and Climate Change, GOI
 Factories Act 1948 and amendments thereof
 Gujarat Factory Rules, 1963 and amendments thereof
 Analytical methods for Environmental Sampling and Analysis – IS, EPA & APHA
 EPA guidelines and publications
 AP – 42 (EPA) for Emission Factors
 CPCB guidelines and documents available on its website
 OSHA standards and analytical methods
 NIOSH standards and analytical methods
 Material Safety Datasheets from CDC, and chemical supplier
 Corporate website of UPL Ltd.
Softwares used for this EIA – EMP report :

AERMOD from Lakes Environmental – for Air Quality Modelling for pollutant dispersion and GLC estimation
TANKS (EPA) – for quantification of fugitive emissions from chemical tanks
1.13 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT

This report comprises of twelve (12) chapters inline with the generic structure of EIA report given in Annexure III of the
EIA notification, 2006 as well as to furnish details required in prescribed TORs.
Chapter 1.Introduction - Purpose of the report, Identification of project & project proponent, Brief description of nature,
size, location of the project and its importance to the country, region, Scope of the study, EIA methodology and
information about assessment agency
Chapter 2. Project Description -

 Type of project, Need for the project, Location maps showing general location, specific location, project
boundary & project site layout), size of project,
 Technology and process description
 utilities, resource consumption etc.
 Condensed description of those aspects of the project (based on project feasibility study), likely to cause
environmental effects
 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation,
 Description of mitigation measures incorporated into the project to meet environmental standards,
 Assessment of New & untested technology, if applicable, for the risk of technological failure
Chapter 3.Description of the Environment – Demarcation and description of Study area, study period, components as
identified in the scope & methodology of baseline study, Establishment of baseline for valued environmental
components, results of the study and inferences, Base maps of all environmental components, wherever applicable
Chapter 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures-

 Details of Investigated Environmental impacts due to the project location, possible accidents, project design,
project construction, regular operations
 Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified,
 Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining significance, Assigning significance), Mitigation
measures required for each adverse impact.
 Mitigation measures

Chapter 5. Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) – description of each alternative, its adverse impacts, mitigation
and criteria for selection
Chapter 6. Environmental Monitoring Program – Plan of Actions and activities required for ensuring that mitigative
measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA, including measurement
methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget &
procurement schedules)
Chapter 7. Additional Studies - Risk assessment – This assessment has been carried out by another consultant ECO
CHEM SALES & SERVICES, Surat and is submitted as a separate report.
Chapter 8. Project Benefits - Improvements in the physical infrastructure, Improvements in the social infrastructure,
Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled, Other substantial benefits
Chapter 9. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis – This study is not recommended in specified TORs
Chapter 10 EMP – Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that the mitigative measures are implemented
and their effectiveness monitored after approval of EIA
Chapter 11 Summary and Conclusions -Overall justification for the project and explanation of how adverse effects have
been mitigated
Chapter 12 Disclosure of Consultants engaged : The names of the Consultant/s engaged with their brief resume and
nature of Consultancy rendered

Chapter 2. Project Description
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT
The proposed new unit of UPL at Dahej-III GIDC Industrial estate which is covered within PCPIR area shall comprise
of manufacturing of Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty Chemicals.
Sectors covered as per Schedule of EIA Notification of the Government of India, Ministry of Environment, Forest &
Climate Change, New Delhi, vide S.O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006.
2. Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding
drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and
chemical intermediates) at Sr. No. 5(f)
Category : ‘A’ as per categorization of projects in EIA notification dated 14th September, 2006
Project site is located at Dahej III GIDC Industrial Estate which is covered under PCPIR region (Petroleum, Chemical
& Petrochemical Investment Region ) & PCPIR has obtained Environmental and CRZ clearance vide file no. 21-
49/2010-IA-III dated 14th September, 2017. EC copy of PCPIR is attached as Annexure-33.
The proposed new unit shall be accomplished by putting up product specific manufacturing sections. Whereas along
with the production facilities, necessary support infra-structure like Waste Water Treatment plant –ETP,MEE & Water
recycling system (RO), Air pollution control systems, fume incinerator, Captive Incinerator, Hazardous Waste
storages and required Utilities shall be constructed as per requirement.
Copy of Plot allotment letter from GIDC is annexed at Annexure –7.
2.1.1 List of products

Table 2-1 Products and their capacity (MT/A)
CAS LC50 LD50 Category as per

Number Production EC Notification
Name of
Sr. No Capacity 2006
Products
MT/Annum
Pesticide (Technical)- EC Required as per EIA Notification 2006

A-5(b)
Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat -
1 S Metolachlor 87392-12- 5000 Pesticide
- 2.61 mg/L 2672 mg/kg
9 (Herbicide)
A-5(b)
Rainbow trout) - Oral - Rat -
2 Dicamba 5000 Pesticide
28 mg/l 1267 mg/kg
1918-00-9 (Herbicide)
A-5(b)
Rat - >5000 Oral - Rat -
3 Propanil 10000 Pesticide
mg/kg >2500 mg/kg
A-5(b)
Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat -1829
4 Clodinafop 114420- 2000 Pesticide
- 2.325 mg/m3 mg/kg
56-3 (Herbicide)
A-5(b)
5 Asulam 4000 Pesticide
> 1.8 mg/l >4000 mg/kg
A-5(b)
Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat >
6 Azoxystrobin 131860- 2000 Pesticide
-0.96 mg/L 5000 mg/kg
33-8 (Fungicide)
7 Bifenthrin 82657-04- Daphnia- 48 hr- Oral - Rat 54.5 500 A-5(b)


Name of
Products
MT/Annum
3 0.00015 mg/l mg/kg Pesticide

(Insecticide)
A-5(b)
Inhale-4H- >15 Oral - Rat -
8 Acephate 30560-19- 30000 Pesticide
mg/L 1447 mg/kg
1 (Insecticide)
9 Pilot Plant 1000 A-5(b)
/multi purpose Pesticide
Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat >
plant (MPP)
-0.96 mg/L 5000 mg/kg
(As 131860-
Azoxystrobin) 33-8
A-5(b)
Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat >3000
10 5000 Pesticide
5.8mg/L mg/kg
Atrazine 1912-24-9 (Herbicide)
51276-47- A-5(b)
11 Glufosinate 2 10000 Pesticide
1.26 mg/L mg/kg
(Herbicide)
Sulphur WDG Oral - Rat -
A-5(b)
(Wettable >2000 mg/kg
12 Not Listed 30000 Pesticide
Dispersible Dermal - Rabbit
(Fungicide)
Granule) 7704-34-9 > 2000 mg/Kg
13 A-5(b)
Aluminium Oral - Rat -8.7
20859-73- Not Listed 12000 Pesticide
Phosphide mg/kg
8 (Rodenticide)
14 A-5(b)
Magnesium Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat - 11.2
12057-74- 600 Pesticide
Phosphide 0.015 ppm mg/kg
8 (Rodenticide)
15 A-5(b)
Zinc Oral - Rat -
Not Listed 2400 Pesticide
Phosphide 910mg/kg
D. Pesticide (Technical)Total Quantity 119500
Intermediate & Specialty Chemicals- EC Required as per EIA Notification 2006
A-5(b)
16 Acrolein 2000 Intermediate
- 8.3 mg/m3 mg/kg
107-02-8 Chemical
Oral - Rat -
A-5(f)
Ethylenediami Inhale 4 H - Rat 1200 mg/kg
17 30000 Intermediate
ne (EDA) - 14.7 mg/m3 Dermal - Rabbit
Chemical
107-15-3 - 560 mg/Kg
Dimethyl
A-5(b)
Phosphoroami Inhale - Rat-
dothioate 17321-47- 980 mg/kg
Chemical
(DMPAT) 0
3-4 dichloro 20000 A-5(b)

19 Phenyl Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat - 91 (either or / and Intermediate
19.1
isocyanate Or/ - 2700 mg/m3 mg/kg combined Chemical
and 102-36-3 capacity)
19.2 3-Chloro 2909-38-8 Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat -


Name of
Products
MT/Annum
Phenyl - 42 mg/m3 4200 mg/kg

Isocyanate Or/ Dermal - Rabbit
and - Not Listed
M-Tolyl
and 621-29-4
Oral - Rat - 800
Phenyl
Inhale 4 H - Rat mg/kg
19.4 Isocyanate Or/
- 22 mg/m3 Dermal - Rabbit
and
103-71-9 - 7130 mg/Kg
3-Chloro-4
Methyl Phenyl
Isocyanate Or/ 28479-22-
and 3
Isopropyl
Phenyl
19.6 Not listed Rat- 5045 mg/kg
Isocyanate Or/ 31027-31-
and 3
Benzofuranol
19.7 Chloroformate 1637460- Not listed Not listed
Or/ and 55-9
Para Chloro
Phenyl Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat - 138
19.8
Isocyanate Or/ - 113 mg/m3 mg/kg
and 104-12-1
Hexa
Inhale 4 H - Rat
Methylene Oral - Rat - 746
19.9 - 120-350
Diisocyanate mg/kg
mg/m3
Or/ and 822-06-0
3,5 dichloro
phenyl
isocyanate Or/ 34893-92-
and 0
2,6 Di
Isopropyl
19.11 phenyl Not Listed Oral - 13 mg/kg
isocyanate Or/
and 2162-74-5
Cyclo hexyl
19.12 isocyanate Or/ Not listed Not listed
and 3173-53-3
Ortho Chloro
Phenyl Inhale 4 H - Rat Oral - Rat >
19.13
Isocyanate Or/ - 0.05 mg/L 2000 mg/kg
and 3320-83-0
Para
Toluenesulfoy
nyl Isocyanate
Or/ and 4083-64-1
19.15 Para nitro 4457-32-3 Not listed Not Listed


Name of
Products
MT/Annum
benzyl
chloroformate
Or/ and
Hexyl
and 2525-62-4
Phenyl
19.17 ChloroFormat
280 mg/m3 1745 mg/kg
e Or/ and 1885-14-9
Para nitro
phenyl
chloroformate
Or/ and 7693-46-1
Oral - Rat - 270
Ethyl
Inhale 4 H - mg/kg
19.19 ChloroFormat
Rat72.5 mg/L Dermal - Rabbit
e Or/ and
541-41-3 - 7120 mg/Kg
Methyl
19.20 Chloroformate
-44 ppm mg/kg
Or/ and 79-22-1
N-Methyl
Phenyl
19.21 carbonyl Not listed Not Listed
Chloride Or/
and 4285-42-1
2,6-Difluoro
benzoyl
and 9
2-Methoxy
Carbonyl
19.23 Benzylsulphon Not available Not available
yl Isocyanate 74222-95-
Or/ and 0
Cyclo Hexyl
Alkyl Di
and 3
Oral - Mouse-
Benzophenon 2895 mg/kg
19.25 Not Listed
e Dermal - Rabbit
119-61-9 - 3535 mg/Kg
Tri Methyl 121-45-9 / Not Listed TMP- Oral - Rat
Phosphite - 1600 mg/kg
(TMP) / Dermal - Rabbit
A-5(b)
- 2600 mg/Kg/
20 Intermediates
TEP- Oral - Rat
chemicals
122-52-1 - 1840 mg/kg
5000


Name of
Products
MT/Annum
Tri Ethyl
Phosphite
(TEP)
Meta Phenoxy A-5(f)
Oral - Rat -
21 Benzaldehyde 39515-51- Not Listed 3000 Intermediate
1222 mg/kg
(MPBAD) 0 Chemical
Methoxy
A-5(f)
Methyl
22 Not listed Not Listed 1000 Intermediate
Acrylate 34846-90-
Chemical
(MAM) 7
Aminoacetonit A-5(f)
23 rile Sulfate 1000 Intermediate
270 mg/m3 mg/kg
(AANS) 5466-22-8 Chemical
Acid Chloride
Oral - Rat - 220
Chloroacetyl mg/kg
24.1 Not listed 3000
Chloride Dermal - Rabbit
79-04-9 - 662 mg/Kg
Oral - Rat -
Methoxyacetyl Inhale 4 H - Rat 2.465 mg/kg
24.2 400
Chloride 38870-89- 4.1 mg/l Dermal - Rabbit
2 - 2.0 mg/Kg A-5(f)
24 2-Chloro-3, 3- Intermediate
tri Chemical
fluoropropen-
1,2
dimethylcyclop
ropane
Carbonyl 78246-90-
chloride 9
DV Acid 52314-67-
Chloride 7
CS2 Based Product
Potassium 140-89-6
Oral - Rat -
Ethyl Xanthate Not Listed
1700 mg/Kg
Or/ and
Sodium
Isopropyl Oral - Rat -
Not Listed 5000 (either or
Xanthate Or/ 1500 mg/Kg
/ and A-5(f)
25.1 and 140-93-2
combined Intermediate
Potassium
25 capacity) Chemical
Isopropyl
Not Listed Not Listed
Xanthate Or/
and 140-92-1
Potassium Oral- Rat- 1000
Not Listed
Amyl Xanthate 2720-73-2 mg/kg
Dimethyl
25.2 Cyanoiminodit 10191-60- Not Listed Not Listed 1000
hiocarbonate 3


Name of
Products
MT/Annum
(CCITM)
1,6-Bis (N,N- 151900-
dibenzylthioca 44-6
rbamyldithio)
hexane
1- 61832-41-
Methylamino- 5
1-Methylthio-
2-Nitroethene
67-68-5 A-5(b)
Di Methyl Oral - Rat -
Sulfoxide 14500 mg/kg
Chemical
Oral - Rat - 4.7
27. mg/kg A-5(f)
Not Listed 5000
1 Dermal - Rabbit Specialty Chemical
Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 - 10.4 mg/Kg
Oral - Rat - 5
27. mg/kg A-5(f)
27 Not Listed 500
2 Potassium Dermal - Rabbit Specialty Chemical
Cyanide 151-50-8 - 5 mg/Kg
27. Cyanuric Inhale 4 H - Oral - Rat - 485 A-5(f)
15000
3 Chloride 108-77-0 mouse- 2.7 ppm mg/Kg Specialty Chemical
27. 59-51-8 A-5(f)
DL-Methionine Not Listed Not Listed 10000
4 Specialty chemical
E. Intermediate & Specialty
Chemicals Total Quantity 147500
28 Captive Power - 55 MWPH A-1(d)

Plant (3 Nos) (Phase-1 (20) Power plant
+ Phase-2 (20)
+ Phase-3 (15)
MWPH)
Total quantity (A+B) (EC required) 267000
# Pesticide Formulation- EC Not required #
Liquid -
29 20000
formulations Pesticide
Solid - Formulation
30 20000
Formulations
F. # Pesticide Formulation Total EC not applicable
40000
quantity #
TOTAL (A+B+C) 307000
List of By Products
State of
Sr MT/Annu By product from
Name of By product By
No. m (source)
Product


4. Amino Ethyl Ethanol Amine (AEEA) - (95-99%) Liquid 990
7 Ammonia Solution – 10% Liquid 5979.6

Azoxystrobin,+
14 Ammonium Chloride soln - 15-20% Liquid Tri Methyl
43521.24
Phosphite(TMP) / Tri Ethyl
15. Calcium chloride solution 30% or Liquid 24000 Phosphite (TEP)
Meta Phenoxy
19. Meta Bromo Benzaldehyde - (95-99%) Liquid 1290 Benzaldehyde (MPBAD)
Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate
21. Dimethoxy methane - (95-99%) Liquid
722.04 (AANS)
Hexa methylene
1-Methylamino-1-
26. Methyl Mercaptan Gas
710.04 Methylthio-2-Nitroethene
2-Chloro-3, 3-tri
fluoropropen-1,2


Cyanuric chloride
All applicable by-products will be considered in Hazardous Waste as per Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management
& Trans-Boundary Movement) Rules 2016
Note:
5(b): Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations)
5(f): Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug
intermediates
1(d): Thermal Power plants
# Not applicable as per EIA notification, 2006.
As per the list of CENTRAL INSECTICIDES BOARD & REGISTRATION COMMITTEE, as on 20th October 2015, no
banned pesticides are covered in above proposed product list.
Undertaking for commitment that no banned pesticides shall be manufactured is annexed as Annexure – 30.
Most of the proposed products are already being manufactured at other units of UPL. For the new products, few are
developed by UPL’s own R&D department whereas for few products, reliable and proven technology shall be
purchased from globally reputed supplier.
Sr. Existing Manufacturing Unit where product is
Name of Products
No manufactured
NOC available at U-5, pilot work completed,
1 S Metolachlor
commercial production to start in May / June 2017
2 Dicamba In House R&D Process
3 Propanil U-00
4 Clodinafop U-00
5 Asulam U-9
6 Azoxystrobin U-00 and U-02
7 Bifenthrin U-00
8 Acephate U-2 / U-9 / U-10
9 Pilot Plant /multipurpose plant (MPP) U-00 and U-2


Name of Products
No manufactured
(As Azoxystrobin)
Chongqing Chemical Engineering & Research
10 Atrazine
Institute Co. Ltd.
11 Glufosinate U-5
12 Sulphur WDG (Wettable Dispersible Granule) In House R&D Process
13 Aluminium Phosphide U-0
14 Magnesium Phosphide U-0
15 Zinc Phosphide U-0
16 Acrolein U-5
17 Ethylenediamine (EDA) US technology
18 Dimethyl Phosphoroamidothioate (DMPAT) U-2 / U-5
--19-- Isocyanates / Chloroformates
19.1 3-4 dichloro Phenyl isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.2 3-Chloro Phenyl Isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.3 M-TolylIsocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.4 Phenyl Isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.5 3-Chloro-4 Methyl Phenyl Isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.6 Isopropyl Phenyl Isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.7 BenzofuranolChloroformate Or/ and U-4
19.8 Para Chloro Phenyl Isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.9 Hexa methylene diisocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.10 3,5 dichloro phenyl isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.11 2,6 Di Isopropyl phenyl isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.12 Cyclo hexyl isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.13 Ortho Chloro Phenyl Isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.14 Para ToluenesulfoynylIsocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.15 Para nitro benzyl chloroformate Or/ and U-4
19.16 Hexyl Isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.17 Phenyl ChloroFormate Or/ and U-4
19.18 Para nitro phenyl chloroformate Or/ and U-4
19.19 Ethyl ChloroFormate Or/ and U-4
19.20 Methyl Chloroformate Or/ and U-4
19.21 N-Methyl Phenyl carbonyl Chloride Or/ and U-4
19.22 2,6-Difluoro benzoyl isocyanate Or/ and U-4
2-Methoxy Carbonyl Benzylsulphonyl Isocyanate U-4
19.23
Or/ and
19.24 Cyclo Hexyl Alkyl Di isocyanate Or/ and U-4
19.25 Benzophenone U-4
Tri Methyl Phosphite (TMP) / Tri Ethyl Phosphite U-1 / U-5
20
(TEP)
21 Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde (MPBAD) U-0
22 Methoxy Methyl Acrylate (MAM) In house R&D Process
23 Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate (AANS) U-2
--24-- Acid Chloride
24.1 Chloroacetyl Chloride U-4
24.2 Methoxyacetyl Chloride U-4
2-Chloro-3, 3-tri fluoropropen-1,2 U-4
24.3
dimethylcyclopropane Carbonyl chloride
24.4 DV Acid Chloride U-0
--25-- CS2 Based Product
25.1 Potassium Ethyl Xanthate Or/ and In House R&D Process


Name of Products
No manufactured
25.1 Sodium isopropyl Xanthate Or/ and In House R&D Process
25.1 Potassium isopropyl Xanthate Or/ and In House R&D Process
25.1 Potassium amyl Xanthate In House R&D Process
25.2 Dimethyl Cyanoiminodithiocarbonate (CCITM) In House R&D Process
25.3 1,6-Bis (N,N-dibenzylthiocarbamyldithio)hexane In House R&D Process
25.4 1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2-Nitroethene In House R&D Process
26 Di Methyl Sulfoxide In House R&D Process
27.1 Sodium Cyanide
Institute Co. Ltd.
27.2 Potassium Cyanide
Institute Co. Ltd.
27.3 Cyanuric Chloride
Institute Co. Ltd.
27.4 DL-Methionine
Institute Co. Ltd.
28 Captive Power Plant (3 Nos) U-5
29 Liquid formulations U-3 / U-11 / U-8
30 Solid Formulations U-3 / U-11 / U-8
Table 2-2 Names of Existing manufacturing units of UPL in India

UPL Limited, Unit # 00 UPL Limited, Unit # 01
Plot # 3 – 11, A-2/1, A-2/2, A-2/6 & A-1/2 Plot # 117 / 118, GIDC Notified Industrial Estate
Phase 1, GIDC Notified Industrial Estate Ankleshwar – 393 002
Vapi – 396 195, Dist – Valsad Dist – Bharuch
Gujarat Gujarat
Plot # 3405 / 3406 / 3460-A, GIDC Notified Industrial Plot # 3101/1, 3101/2, 3101/3, GIDC Notified Industrial
Estate Estate
Ankleshwar – 393 002 Ankleshwar – 393 002
Dist – Bharuch Dist – Bharuch
Gujarat Gujarat
S # 224, 225, 226, 227 Plot # 750 & 746, GIDC Notified Industrial Estate
Vill – Gopipura, Tal – Halol, 389 350 Jhagadia – 393 110
Dist – Panchmahals Dist – Bharuch
Gujarat Gujarat
Plot # 50, 51, Phase 1 IndustrialGrowthCenter
GIDC Notified Industrial Estate SIDCO Phase 1
Vapi – 396 195, Dist – Valsad Samba – 184 121
Gujarat Dist – Jammu, Jammu & Kashmir
Durgachak Plot # E-51, 51/2, 52
Haldia – 721 602 MIDC
Dist – East Midnapore Tarapur – 401 506
West Bengal Maharashtra
United Phosphorus (India) LLP United Phosphorus (India) LLP
Plot # 3201-A & 3210, GIDC Notified Industrial Estate Plot # 3101/2, GIDC Notified Industrial Estate
Ankleshwar – 393 002, Dist – Bharuch Ankleshwar – 393 002, Dist – Bharuch
Gujarat Gujarat

2.1.2 End use of products

All proposed products are Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Speciality Chemicals. Details of endues are given
against each product in above table of product list.
2.1.3 Management of By-products

By-Products:
Sr State of By By product from
Name of By product MT/Annum
No. Product (source)
4. Amino Ethyl Ethanol Amine (AEEA) - (95-99%) Liquid 990 Ethylenediamine (EDA)
7 Ammonia Solution – 10% Liquid 5979.6

Azoxystrobin,+
14 Ammonium Chloride soln - 15-20% Liquid Tri Methyl
43521.24
Phosphite(TMP) / Tri
15. Calcium chloride solution 30% or Liquid 24000 Ethyl Phosphite (TEP)
Meta Phenoxy
19. Meta Bromo Benzaldehyde - (95-99%) Liquid 1290 Benzaldehyde (MPBAD)
Aminoacetonitrile
21. Dimethoxy methane - (95-99%) Liquid
722.04 Sulfate (AANS)
Hexa methylene
26. Methyl Mercaptan Gas 710.04 1-Methylamino-1-

Methylthio-2-
Nitroethene
2-Chloro-3, 3-tri
fluoropropen-1,2
Cyanuric chloride
Major by-products which shall be generated from this project are already being generated at other units of UPL.
Actual buyers are available with valid authorization for these by-products. These users have agreed to purchase by-
products from this proposed project also.
New by-products shall be generated from proposed products, for which proponent has identified potential actual
users.
UPL has committed to provide adequate storage facilities for these by-products and keep their inventory minimum.
Proponent is committed to obtain necessary authorization of by-products as hazardous wastes as per Rule
9 of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and ensure
that the actual users have valid authorization for utilization of the same as per the rules and facilities for
handling the by-products and comply to the standards drawn by the group for transportation and handling.
Name of buyers of by-products:

Sr.
Name of by-products Name of customer Place
no.
1. 30% Hydrochloric acid (HCl) solution Rahul Int Panoli
Transwold Furti chem,
2. 40% Ammonium Sulphate Ahmedabad
Gandhidham, Superfalx Chem

Sr.
Name of by-products Name of customer Place
no.
Ammonia Solution – (10%, 20%)& Anhydrous
3. Jackson & Sons , Trikaldarshi Panoli
ammonia gas
Aluminium hydroxide (Al(OH)3) and Aluminium Arkil Chem Sarigam
4.
Chloride solution - 20-25% Phar chem Boisar
5. Potassium Chloride (25-30%) Deven chem Panoli
Ethyl Acetate sol. (90-95%) and Methyl acetate Dayara Ent. Acquire chem,
6. Ankleshwar
- (95-99%) Gayatree chemisynth
Piperazine (PIP), Amino Ethyl Piperazine (AEP)
7. - (95-99%), Hydroxy Ethyl Piperazine (HEP) - Pharma Industry Gujarat
98%, Dimethoxy methane - (95-99%)
Gayatree chem synth & Acquire
8. Methanol (98-99 %) Ankleshwar
chem
Ammonium Chloride (NH4Cl) soln. - 15-20%,
9. Dhanlaxmi Ind. Bhavnagar
Magnesium Chloride Sol. (25-28%)
Calcium chloride solution 30%, Calcium
10. Snow white & Rajeev Chloride Panoli
Chloride powder
11. Amino Ethyl Ethanol Amine (AEEA) - (95-99%) Triveni Chemicals Vapi
Charbhuja Agro, Ankleshwar,
12. Di calcium phosphate (DCP) Sludge
G B Agro, Panoli
13. Meta Bromo Benzaldehyde - (95-99%) Alpha Chem Haryana
Acetic Acid & Ammonium sulphate - (95-99%), For Acetic acid :- Shree Shubh
14. Ankleshwar
Ammonium sulphate & Sodium Acetate (30%) & M Chem corp.
15. 31% Sodium Sulphite Solution Bini chem, & Faiz chem Panoli
Transworld Furti chem, & Kandala
16. Ammonnium Chloride
Chloride India - Dahej
17. Magnesium chlorate -50% M/s. Navkar Ent, Rajkot
Sulux Phosphate, Udaipur &
18. Phosphoric Acid (60%) Vadodara
Shree Shubh chem
Methyl mercaptan shall be reused in process as raw material.
2.2 COMPONENTS OF THE PROJECT

For comprehensive analysis of the proposed production project, the components of the project are summarized
hereunder, detailed study of which is necessary for complete Environmental Impact Assessment study:
 Site development
 Building Construction to accommodate the proposed production activities;
 Installation and commissioning of the Infrastructure facilities i.e. reaction vessels and equipment for
process, scrubbers, boiler and cooling tower, chilling plant, nitrogen plants.
 Use of Natural resources for operation of the Project (water, fuel).
 Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, i.e. raw materials, products and
manufacturing processes;
 Generation, collection, treatment and discharge of industrial effluent;
 Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air i.e. flue gas emissions and
process emissions;
 Production of solid wastes, hazardous waste and non-hazardous waste, during commissioning, operation or
decommissioning;
 Risks during commissioning or operation of the proposed production, which may affect human health or the
environment.
 Impacts on Ecological and social environment
 Employment generation and trade opportunities
 Corporate Social Responsibilities of the proponent and proposed welfare activities

2.3 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The proposed project will be started after getting Environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forests and
Climate change (MoEF&CC) & CTE from Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB). Likely completion time of project
construction/commission is considered approximately five years.
2.4 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The proposed project shall be set up at Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III - Industrial estate of Vagra Taluka, Dist: Bharuch,
State: Gujarat, India which is acquired by GIDC for industrial use and allotted to project proponent. The location of
the project site can be viewed from Figure 2-1.
Project site is located at Dahej III GIDC Industrial Estate which is covered within PCPIR region (Petroleum, Chemical
49/2010-IA-III dated 14th September, 2017. EC copy of PCPIR is attached as Annexure-33.
Figure 2-1 Map showing location of the Project site in India
Project site in
Dahej - III
2.5 ABOUT BHARUCH DISTRICT

Bharuch is located on the banks of River Narmada and is a major sea port and the administrative headquarter of the
district. It is one of the heavily industrialized cities in Gujarat. There are a number of chemical plants here, producing
fertilizers, paints, dyes, cotton, textiles and dairy products. Gujarat's biggest Liquid cargo terminal is also situated
here. Many multinational companies have set up their manufacturing units in and around Bharuch. It is one of the
most densely populated districts in terms of industrial population.
 Bharuch is a formidable industrial base in sectors as diversified as chemicals & petrochemicals, textiles,
drugs & pharmaceuticals and ports & ship building.
 Several private business conglomerates have their presence in Bharuch. Some of them include
 Guardian Corporation, Videocon, Badische Anilin - und Soda- Fabrik (BASF), Reliance, Tatas, Aditya Birla
Group, Welspun-Stahl Rohrren, Aventis, Wockhardt, Rallis, Pfizer, Larson & Toubro (L&T), Bayer,
Glenmark, Lupin and Gujarat Fluorochemicals Ltd.
 Over 11,500 units of small and medium enterprises, involved in different sectors, such as chemicals and
petrochemicals, textiles etc. are present in the district
 With over 70 medium and large scale industries, Ankleshwar is the major industrial center in Bharuch
witnessing a large number of business activities
2.6 ABOUT DAHEJ-III GIDC

Dahej-III Industrial estate is located in Vagra taluka of western part of Bharuch district, Gujarat, India. It is well
connected with National Highway (NH-8). Road and Railway both are having the connectivity to New Delhi, the
National Capital and Mumbai, the commercial capital of India.

It is part of Dahej Petroleum, Chemicals and Petrochemicals Investment Region (PCPIR)
 No sanctuaries or protected archeological sites are located in the vicinity of the area.
 No rehabilitation or resettlement of local people.
Ref.:Industries Commissionerate, Governmrnt of Gujarat.

Study area of 10 km radius from project site has parts of Industrial estate of GIDC – Dahej – I, II and III and Dahej
SEZ (Special Economic Zone). Dahej – III is newly developed estate and plots are acquired by many companies,
however, all projects are either in the approval stage or construction stage.
List of industries having plots in Dahej – III and list of industries already operational in surrounding estates is given in
chapter 3.
2.6.1 Layout of the Project Site

The factory shall be constructed in single Plot no. D-3/6 (within PCPIR region) with total area of 755495.16 sq.m
acquired by GIDC and covered in industrial estate of Dahej-III. It is owned by the proponent in a state of barren land.
The study area of 10 km aerial radius demarcated on Google Earth Imagery is given below.
Figure 2-2 Study Area Map (Area within 10 km radius from centre of project site)
Co-ordinates of Centre of Project Site : Latitude : 21°46'31.21"N, Longitude : 72°38'32.07"E

Figure 2-3 Project Site Co-ordinates on Google imagery
R Q
Google earth image of the area. (date of Imagery –24-04-2016)
Latitude and Longitude of the Corners of the Project site

Description Latitude (N) Longitude (E) Description Latitude (N) Longitude (E)
A 21°46'47.83"N 72°38'33.79"E R 21°46'30.93"N 72°38'34.78"E
B 21°46'47.57"N 72°38'36.43"E S 21°46'27.08"N 72°38'35.10"E
C 21°46'47.14"N 72°38'38.64"E T 21°46'27.12"N 72°38'38.24"E
D 21°46'46.69"N 72°38'41.23"E U 21°46'22.75"N 72°38'41.46"E
E 21°46'45.66"N 72°38'45.32"E V 21°46'12.26"N 72°38'25.16"E
F 21°46'44.89"N 72°38'47.78"E W 21°46'12.44"N 72°38'25.03"E
G 21°46'44.07"N 72°38'50.85"E X 21°46'10.67"N 72°38'22.28"E
H 21°46'40.12"N 72°38'49.90"E Y 21°46'21.49"N 72°38'12.34"E
I 21°46'40.34"N 72°38'48.84"E Y’ 21°46'22.84"N 72°38'11.61"E
J 21°46'36.84"N 72°38'48.34"E Z 21°46'34.15"N 72°38'10.89"E
K 21°46'35.71"N 72°38'52.21"E AA 21°46'37.08"N 72°38'18.25"E
L 21°46'33.83"N 72°38'51.39"E AB 21°46'36.70"N 72°38'27.42"E
M 21°46'33.26"N 72°38'53.65"E AC 21°46'35.82"N 72°38'27.65"E
N 21°46'29.09"N 72°38'52.54"E AD 21°46'35.66"N 72°38'28.61"E
O 21°46'22.58"N 72°38'42.43"E AE 21°46'41.42"N 72°38'28.62"E
P 21°46'27.89"N 72°38'38.52"E AF 21°46'44.10"N 72°38'32.94"E
Q 21°46'30.99"N 72°38'38.17"E
Site layout plan of the project site showing proposed plant facilities is annexed as Annexure – 16.
Figure 2-4 Photographs of surroundings of the site

Northern boundary Southern boundary

(Adjacent to SH-6 & Padariya village at 0.5 km to NW (Kadodara village at the distance of 0.6 km from project
from project boundary) boundary)
Eastern boundary Western boundary

(Open land outside D-3 estate) (SH-6 and Open land of Plot no. D-3/5)
2.6.2 Salient Features of the Project Site

The salient features, of the location of the industry, can be described through the natural and commercial resources
and / or facilities available in a particular area, which have been presented at Table below.
Salient Features of the Project Site

Details (Nearest aerial distance measured from center of
Sr.
Particulars the plot, in km)
No.
Lat long of center point: 21°46'31.21"N, 72°38'32.07"E
Kadodara at 0.6 km to S and Padariya at 0.5 km to NW from
1. Village
project boundary
2. Taluka Vagra
3. District Bharuch
Adjacent to SH-6 & Padariya village at 0.5 km to NW from
4. Northward overview
project boundary
Kadodara village at the distance of 0.6 km from project
5. Southern overview
boundary, Kadodara water tank
6. Western overview SH-6 and Open land of Plot no. D-3/5
7. Eastern overview Open land outside D-3 estate
Padariya Pond – 0.26 km to NNW from project boundary,
8. Nearest water bodies
Kadodara pond – 0.77 km to SSE from project boundary

Details (Nearest aerial distance measured from center of

Sr.
Particulars the plot, in km)
No.
Lat long of center point: 21°46'31.21"N, 72°38'32.07"E
Bhukhi river – 14.32 km to SEE
9. National Highway NH-8 - 39.6 km to E
State Highway (Aerial distance SH-06 Bharuch Amod road - 0.02 km to NNW
10.
from project boundary) SH-206 –Dahej Ferry point road-near SEZ 7.27 km to SSW
Dahej Railway Station - 9.12 km to SW
11. Nearest Railway station
Bharuch Railway Station - 37.57 km to SEE
Surat (Domestic) airport - 73.23 km to S
12. Nearest Airport/ Airbase Vadodara airport - 85.48 km to NE
Ahmedabad airport - 143.79 km to N
2.6.3 History of activities at the project site

The plot D-3/6 has been acquired by Dahej GIDC as industrial plot and purchased by M/s. UPL Limited as first
owner. Land possession documents are attached as Annexure – 7. The plot was allotted in the former name of
United Phosphorus Ltd. which has been transferred in the name of UPL Limited The relevant documents are
annexed in Annexure – 7.
2.7 RAW MATERIALS

2.7.1 Consumption (per kg of product as well as per month)
The raw materials comprise of chemicals as liquids, solids as well as compressed gases. Details of product-wise
consumption is given as Annexure – 24.
Mode of transport :- The raw materials required for the proposed unit of production shall be either imported or
procured from domestic market and transported conveniently by road/ship. As being in Dahej, mode of transport
would be via road or Water.
The chemical and physical properties as well as hazardous and toxic information of these chemicals is annexed as
Annexure – 26.
2.7.2 Hazardous Chemicals Inventory

Unit shall store and handle flammable as well as toxic chemicals in the form of solids, liquids and gases. Many of
the products as well as raw materials as well as intermediate products are hazardous and shall be handled in such
inventory that unit shall be an MAH installation.
UPL has submitted applications for licences and approvals from CCOE (PESO) for storages and inventory that come
under the purview of following Explosive Act, 1884, Petroleum Act 1934, The Gas Cylinder Rules, 2004, The Static
and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981and rules therein. Copies of applications are annexed as
Annexure – 22.
Carcinogenic Substances : Benzene, Dimethyl Sulphate, Ethanol, Ethylene Dichloride, Ethylene oxide, Iso propyl
alcohol, Methyl Chloride, Nitromethane
There shall be few odorous chemicals handled namely : Methyl mercaptan, Acephate, Triethyl phosphite, Trimethyl
phosphite, Sulphur, Thionyl Chloride, Phosphorus Chloride, Triphosgene, Carbon Disulphide, Hydrogen Sulphide,
methyl chloride. Proponent has developed systems for odour control at existing units and the same shall be applied
in new unit at D-3/6 also. Proponent is committed to maintain odour control in the unit. Details of measures to be
taken can be referred at chapter 10 of this report.
All chemicals shall be stored and handled in accordance with Material Safety Datasheet and ensured to maintain
safety and occupational health of workers. MSDS of few important chemicals are annexed as Annexure – 32.

Table 2-3 List of Hazardous chemicals

Storage in Drums and bags
State i.e, Storage Total
Sr. solid / Equipment Parameters inventory
Name of the chemical MOC
No. Liquid / Considered Temp Pressure in MT
Gas °C kg/cm2
1 1-Methoxy-2- Propanol Liquid Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 30
2. 3,4 Di Chloro Aniline Solid Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 250
3. 2-Coumaranone Solid Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 40
4. Turkey Red oil Liquid Drum MS RT. Atm. 0.5
5. Copper chloride (CuCl2) Solid Drum MS RT. Atm. 5
6. Hyflow Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 0.5
7. Methyelene amino aceto nitrile Solid Drum MS RT. Atm. 15
8. Monochloro Acetic acid Solid Drum MS RT. Atm. 75
9. White Phosphorus Solid Drum MS RT. Atm. 700 Drum
10 Red Phosphorus Solid Drum MS RT. Atm. 100 Drum
11. Aluminum chloride (AlCl3) Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 40
12. Lime Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 180
13. Sodium Thiosulfate Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 10
14. P-toluene sulphonilic acid Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 1
15. Sodium Sulphate Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 10
16. Calcium Cyanamide Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 30
17. Ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 250
18. Sodium Cyanide (Solid) Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 350
19. Magnesium Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 35
20. Calcium Ligno Sulphate Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 130
21. Aluminium Powder Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 70
22. Urea Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 20
23. Ammonium Carbamate Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 50
24. Zinc Stearate Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 20
25. Graphite Powder Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 25
26. Magnesium Oxide Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 0.5
27. Zinc Dust Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 300
28. Hydro Quinone Liquid Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 20
29. Sodium Bisulfite Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 5
30. Sodium hydrosulfite Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 5
31. Potassium carbonate (K2CO3) Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 60
32. Sulfanilamide Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 20
33. Sodium Methoxide Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 35
34. 4,6-Dichloropyrimidine (4,6-DCP) Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 50
36. 2-Methyl 3-Biphenyl Methanol Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 10
37. Sodium Carbonate Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 10
38. Orthocyanophenol Solid Bag Plastic RT. Atm. 10
Dimethyl Trifluoro Cyclopropane
39. Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 20
Carboxylic acid (MTH acid)
4% Copper oxide/Aluminum
40. Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 0.5
Oxide (4% Cu2O/Al2O3)
41. Tri Phosgene Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 250
42. Mono Chloro Aniline Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 200
43. 3-chloro- 4 methyl aniline Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 300
44. Iso propyl aniline Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 160
45. Para Chloro Aniline Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 160
46. Hexa Methylene Di amine Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 150
47. 3,5 Di Chloro Aniline Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 200

State i.e, Storage Total

Sr. solid / Equipment Parameters inventory
Name of the chemical MOC
No. Liquid / Considered Temp Pressure in MT
Gas °C kg/cm2
48. Para Toluene Sulphonamide Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 160
49. Para Nitro Benzyl Alcohol Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 150
50. Para Nitro Phenol Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 225
51. 2,6-Difluorobenzamide Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 280
52. 1,2-Benzisothiazol-3(2H) Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 250
53. p-Chloro amino phenol Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 150
54. Potassium hydroxide (KOH) Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 120
55. Cyclo Hexyl di aniline Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 150
56. SodiumThiosulphatepentahydrate Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 50
57. Paraffin Wax Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 20
58. Cyanuric Chloride Solid Bag/Drum Plastic RT. Atm. 130
Storage in Cylinder & Bank

Equipment considered &
Qty. in
Sr. State i.e, solid size at site No. of
Name of the chemical one
No. / Liquid / Gas Equipment Containers
MT container
Considered
Liquified gas
1. Carbon dioxide (CO2) Cylinder 6.0 30 kg 200 nos.
under pr.
2. Per Fluoro Methyl vinyl ether Gas Cylinder 32 0.8 MT 40 nos.
Liquified gas
3. Chlorine Cylinder 270 900 kg 300 nos.
under pr.
4. Hydrogen Gas under pr. Bank 0.02 1.5 kg 15 nos.
Storage in Tank (Underground)

No. of container
& unit size at Storage Parameters
Sr. Name of the State i.e, solid/
Equipment considered site
No. chemical Liquid/ Gas
Pressure
No. MT Temp °C
kg/cm2
1. Toluene Liquid Horizontal storage tank 3 58 RT. Atm.
2. Xylene Liquid Horizontal storage tank 1 35 RT. Atm.
3. Methanol Liquid Horizontal storage tank 3 170 RT. Atm.
4. Hexane Liquid Horizontal storage tank 1 40 RT. Atm.
5. Ethanol Liquid Horizontal storage tank 1 200 RT. Atm.
Storage in Tank (Mounded)

No. of container
& unit size at Storage Parameters
Sr. Name of the State i.e, solid/
Equipment considered site
No. chemical Liquid/ Gas
Pressure
No. MT Temp °C
kg/cm2
1. Propylene Liquid Horizontal storage tank 1 50 RT. 14
2. Methyl Chloride Gas Horizontal storage tank 2 135 RT. 8

Storage in Tank (Aboveground):

Raw material tanks
Tank MOC No. of
State i.e, container Storage
Sr. solid/ & unit size Parameters
Name of the chemical Equipment considered
No. Liquid/ at site
Gas Temp Pressure
No. MT
°C kg/cm2
1. Aniline Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 5 100 RT. Atm.
2. Chloroacetyl chloride Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 50 RT. Atm.
3. 2,5-dichloro phenol Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank MSGL 2 40 RT. Atm.
Hydrochloric acid (HCl)
4. Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank PPFRP 3 117 RT. Atm.
30% soln.
5. 100% Propionic Acid Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 60 RT. Atm.
6. 48% Caustic Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS 2 60 RT. Atm.
7. B-2 chloroPropanic acid Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank MSGL 1 25 RT. Atm.
8. Methyl iso butyl ketone Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 12 RT. Atm.
9. Dimethylformamide Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 10 RT. Atm.
2-3 di floro 5-chloro Vertical fixed roof Storage tank Below
10. Liquid SS316 1 20 Atm.
pyridine with limpet 2
11. Propargyl chloride Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank MSGL 1 20 RT. Atm.
12. Isopropyl alcohol Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 2 60 RT. Atm.
13. Dimethyl Carbonate Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS 1 20 RT. Atm.
14. Acetic Anhydride Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 2 300 RT. Atm.
15. Trimethylorthoformate Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS304 1 50 RT. Atm.
Di Methyl
16. PhosphoroAmidoThioat Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 2 400 RT. Atm.
e
Vertical fixed roof Storage tank Below
17. Dichloromethane Liquid SS316 1 30 Atm.
with limpet 15
18. Di Methyl sulphate Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 2 40 RT. Atm.
19. Sulphuric Acid Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS 2 75 RT. Atm.
20. 20% Ammonia solution Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS 2 250 RT. Atm.
21. Ethyl Acetate Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 50 RT. Atm.
22. Monoethanol Amine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 2 450 RT. Atm.
23. Phosphorus trichloride Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS+lead 2 200 RT. Atm.
Vertical fixed roof Storage tank
24. Sulphur Liquid CS 2 125 130 Atm.
with limpet
25. Methylene Dichoride Liquid SS316 1 30 Atm.
with limpet 15
32% Sodium hydroxide
26. Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS 3 250 RT. Atm.
(NaOH)
27. Mono Chloro Benzene Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 280 RT. Atm.
28. M- Toluidine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS304 1 100 RT. Atm.
29. Ethylene Dichloride Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS 1 100 RT. Atm.
30. Benzofuranol Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 150 RT. Atm.
Ortho Di chloro
31. Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 30 RT. Atm.
Benzene
32. 2,6 Di Iso propyl Amine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 200 RT. Atm.
33. Cyclohexyl amine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS304 1 150 RT. Atm.
34. Ortho chloro Aniline Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS 1 170 RT. Atm.
35. Hexylamine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS304 1 150 RT. Atm.
Vertical fixed roof Storage tank
36. Phenol Liquid SS316 1 225 55 Atm.
with limpet
37. Tri Ethyl Amine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 10 RT. Atm.
38. Di Methyl Formamide Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 30 RT. Atm.
Heavy Normal Parafin
39. +Di Ethyl Aniline +Tri Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 1 RT. Atm.
Methyl Phosphite

Tank MOC No. of

No. Liquid/ at site
Gas Temp Pressure
No. MT
°C kg/cm2
40. Benzaldehyde Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 40 RT. Atm.
Vertical with both dishend
41. Bromine Liquid MSGL 1 20 RT. Atm.
Storage tank
42. Formic Acid Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 10 RT. Atm.
Mono Ethylene Glycol
(MEG)
44. Methyl acrylate Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS304 1 50 RT. Atm.
Vertical with both dishend
45. Thionyl Chloride Liquid MSGL 2 35 RT. Atm.
Storage tank
46. Methoxyacetic acid Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 10 RT. Atm.
Cypermethric Acid
Choride (DV Acid)
Carbon disulphide Horizontal tank under water
48. Liquid CS 2 150 RT. Atm.
(CS2) blanket
49. Amyl Alcohol Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 50 RT. Atm.
50. Dibenzylamine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 40 RT. Atm.
51. 1,6-Dichlorohexane Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 20 RT. Atm.
52. Sodium Hypochlorite Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS 1 50 RT. Atm.
53. Dimethylsulphate Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 60 RT. Atm.
54. Nitromethane Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank CS 1 30 RT. Atm.
50% Hydrogen Vertical fixed roof Storage tank Below
55. Liquid SS316 1 80 Atm.
Peroxide (H2O2) with limpet 15
56. Acrolein Liquid SS316 2 60 Atm.
with limpet 15
57. Triethyl Phosphite Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 2 250 RT. Atm.
Solvent –A -Tri Methyl
Benzene (TMB)
59. Tetrahydrofuran Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 30 RT. Atm.
60. Acetic Acid Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 150 RT. Atm.
61. Groundnut Oil Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank MS 1 3 RT. Atm.
62. Ethylamine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 50 RT. Atm.
63. Iso Propyl amine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 50 RT. Atm.
Liquified Vertical with both dishend Below
64. Methyl Mercaptan SS316 1 40 3
Gas Storage tank with limpet 15
Liquified
65. Anhydrous Ammonia Horizontal storage tank CS 2 50 RT 14
Gas
Liquified Horizontal storage tank with Below
66. Ethylene Oxide SS316 1 40 2
Gas limpet 15
Liquified Vertical with both dishend Below
67. Methyl amine SS316 1 50 3
Gas Storage tank with limpet 15
Product storage tanks

Tank MOC No. of
No. Liquid/ at site
Gas Temp Pressure
No. MT
°C kg/cm2
1. S Metolachlor Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 75 RT. Atm.
2. Asulam Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 60 RT. Atm.
3. Isocyanates Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 3 100 RT. Atm.
Meta Phenoxy 45
4. Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 RT. Atm.
Benzaldehyde

Tank MOC No. of

No. Liquid/ at site
Gas Temp Pressure
No. MT
°C kg/cm2
(MPBAD))
Methoxy Methyl 15
Acrylate (MAM)
6. Chloroacetyl Chloride Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 45 RT. Atm.
7. Methoxyacetyl Chloride Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 10 RT. Atm.
2-Chloro-3, 3-tri 10
fluoropropen-1,2
Carbonyl chloride
9. DV Acid Chloride Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 10 RT. Atm.
Dimethyl 15
10. Cyanoiminodithiocarbo Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 RT. Atm.
nate (CCITM)
11. Di Methyl Sulfoxide Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 3 50 RT. Atm.
12. Atrazine Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 1 75 RT. Atm.
13. Liquid formulaions Liquid Vertical fixed roof Storage tank SS316 3 100 RT. Atm.
Solid Product storage in bags

State i.e, Storage Parameters Total
Sr. Equipment
Name of the chemical solid / Pressure inventory in
No. Considered Temp °C
Liquid / Gas kg/cm2 MT
1. Dicamba Solid Bag RT. Atm. 75
2. Propanil Solid Bag RT. Atm. 150
3. Clodinafop Solid Bag RT. Atm. 30
4. Azoxystrobin Solid Bag RT. Atm. 30
5. Bifenthrin Solid Bag RT. Atm. 10
6. Acephate Solid Bag RT. Atm. 450
Pilot plant / Multi Purpose Plant (MPP)
7. Solid Bag RT. Atm. 15
(Azoxystrobin)
8. Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate (AANS) Solid Bag RT. Atm. 15
Potassium Ethyl Xanthate Or/ and
Sodium isopropyl Xanthate Or/ and
Potassium isopropyl Xanthate Or/ and
Potassium amyl Xanthate
1,6-Bis (N,N-
dibenzylthiocarbamyldithio)hexane
1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2-
Nitroethene (Pharma Intermediates)
12. Sodium Cyanide Solid Bag RT. Atm. 75
13. Potassium Cyanide Solid Bag RT. Atm. 10
14. Cyanuric Chloride Solid Bag RT. Atm. 225
15. DL-Methionine Solid Bag RT. Atm. 150
16. Glufosinate Solid Bag RT. Atm. 150
Sulphur WDG (Wettable Dispersible
Granule)
18. Aluminium Phosphide Solid Bag RT. Atm. 180
19. Magnesium Phosphide Solid Bag RT. Atm. 10
20. Zinc Phosphide Solid Bag RT. Atm. 40
21. Solid Formulations Solid Bag RT. Atm. 300

By product storages in tanks (Vertical fixed roof Storage tank)

Sr. No. of
State i.e, Proposed Storage
No container &
solid / Storage Qty. Parameters
. Name of the chemical unit size at site
Liquid /
Temp Pressure
Gas No. MT MT
°C kg/cm2
1. DiethyleneTriamine (DETA) - (95-99%) Liquid 1 50 50 RT. Atm.
2. Amino Ethyl Piperazine (AEP) - (95-99%) Liquid 1 25 25 RT. Atm.
3. Amino Ethyl Ethanol Amine (AEEA) –
Liquid 1 15 15 RT. Atm.
(95-99%)
4. Hydroxy Ethyl Piperazine (HEP) - 98% Liquid 1 10 10 RT. Atm.
5. Ammonium Sulphate (NH4)2SO4 Solution -
10-20%
6. Ammonia Solution – 10% Liquid 1 90 90 RT. Atm.
7. Potassium Chloride (25-30%) Liquid 1 30 30 RT. Atm.
8. Methyl acetate - (95-99%) Liquid 1 60 60 RT. Atm.
9. Ammonium Chloride (NH4Cl) soln - 15-20% Liquid 2 200 400 RT. Atm.
10. Calcium chloride solution 30% or Liquid 2 200 400 RT. Atm.
11. Aluminium Chloride solution - 20-25% Liquid 3 50 130 RT. Atm.
12. Meta Bromo Benzaldehyde - (95-99%) Liquid 1 20 20 RT. Atm.
13. Aqs. Potassium Chloride (KCl) (20-25%) Liquid 1 120 120 RT. Atm.
14. Dimethoxy methane - (95-99%) Liquid 1 15 15 RT. Atm.
15. 28-35% Ammonium acetate or Liquid 5 250 500 RT. Atm.
16. Acetic Acid & Ammonium sulphate - (95-
99%)
17. Ammonium sulphate & Sodium Acetate
(30%)
18. Sodium Sulphite Solution ~31% Liquid 2 100 200 RT. Atm.
19. Ethyl Acetate sol. (90-95%) Liquid 2 100 100 RT. Atm.
20. Magnesium Chloride Sol. (25-28%) OR
Magnesium chlorate -50%
21. Phosphoric Acid (60%) Liquid 1 50 50 RT. Atm.
22. 40% Ammonium sulphate Liquid 1 60 60 RT. Atm.
By-products stored in bags

Sr. State i.e, Proposed Storage temperature and
No. Name of the chemical solid / Storage Qty. in conditions
Liquid / Gas MT
1. Piperazine (PIP) Solid 150 Ambient
2. Aluminium Hydroxide (Al(OH)3 ) Solid 5 Ambient
3. Calcium Chloride powder Solid 150 Ambient
4. Dicalcium Phosphate (DCP) Sludge Solid 10 Ambient
5. Ammonium Chloride Solid 400 Ambient
2.8 PLANT FACILITIES

Sr. Plant Specifications
1 Manufacturing Plant Reactor, Filter, Chlorinator, Condensate, Distillation column, Crystallizer & Dryer shall be
used for production.
Sr.
Plant Product name Category
No.
S Metolachlor
1 MP-1 Pesticide
Dicamba


Propanil
Clodinafop
Asulam
Glufosinate
Atrazine
Bifenthrin
2 MP-2
Acephate
Sulphur WDG (Wettable Dispersible Granule)
Azoxystrobin
3 MP-3 Aluminium Phosphide
Magnesium Phosphide
Zinc Phosphide
Acrolein
Dimethyl Phosphoroamidothioate (DMPAT)
Tri Methyl Phosphite (TMP) / Tri Ethyl Phosphite
(TEP) Intermediate
Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde (MPBAD) chemicals
4 MP-4
Methoxy Methyl Acrylate (MAM)
Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate (AANS)
Acid Chloride
CS2 Based Product
Di Methyl Sulfoxide
Speciality
DL-Methionine
chemicals
Sodium Cyanide
Speciality
5 MP-5 Potassium Cyanide
chemicals
Cyanuric Chloride
6 MP-6 Liquid & Solid formulations Pesticide
Pilot Plant /Multi Purpose Plant (MPP)
7 MP-7 --
(As Azoxystrobin)
2 Utilities
(Boiler house, Sr. Proposed
Type of Utility
cooling towers, No. No. Capacity
utility block, water 1 Air Compressors 35 6675 CFM
storage tank) 2 Nitrogen Plant 9 6740 Nm3/h
3 Chilled Water system (other) 29 8999 TR
4 Thermic Fluid Heater 3 17.5 Kcal/h
5 Multi Fuel Boiler 11 562 MTPH
6 Cooling Towers 34 65550 TR
7 Raw water tank Capacity 5 5000 KL
8 DM Water 2 5000 KL
9 Fume Incinerators 2 500000 k cal/hr
10 Waste Incinerator 2 60 TPD each
11 Dryers – Spray Dryers (5 nos.) and
22 --
Rotary Vacuum Dryers (17 nos.)
12 D.G. set 4 2000 KVA
13 2 20MW
Captive Power Plant
1 15 MW
- ESPs + Water scrubber for powerplant boilers
- Mulitcyclone + Bag filter + water scrubber for other Multi Fuel Boilers


- Scrubber systems for reactor emissions
3 Tank Farms Adequate dykes and separations as well as drain shall be provided.
All atmospheric tanks with fixed roof with breather valves, flame arresters, anti-siphon dips.
Pumps with IP 55, flame proof motors & fittings for flammable tank farms.
All areas shall have LEL detectors wherever required. All tank farm shall be covered with
fire hydrant system.
4 Special storages As per PESO - Propylene, Toluene, Xylene, Hexane, Methanol and Ethanol, Ethylene
oxide, hydrogen, Anhydrous Ammonia & Methyl chloride – in tanks, cylinders and tonners
Sulphur storage
Phosphorus storage
5 Coal handling and Coal storage - bunker for Ready to use crushed coal preferably imported coal (Indonesian
preparation unit coal)
 Boiler ash silos
6 Warehouses Warehouses shall be covered, naturally ventilated, flameproof area, with drum storage
facility, fixed rack stands with battery operated fork lift trucks. All flammable storages shall
have water sprinklers, smoke detectors and fire hydrant lines and fire tenders.
Garland drains to prevent spilled material from mixing into storm water line. Spill control
procedures and kits shall be provided wherever required.
7 Hazardous waste Sufficient as minimum quantity shall be stored at site, waste shall be sent regularly to TSDF
storage areas or CHWIF site.
8 Incinerator Fume Incinerator (2 nos.), running on natural gas, one chamber, with gas cleaning
arrangement and 30 m stack.
Incinerator (2 nos.) for solid and liquid waste running on natural gas, two chambers, with
gas cleaning arrangement and 30 m stack.
Runs on PLC based system with CEMS (continuous emission monitoring system) of stack
emissions and data connected to CPCB portal in compliance with CPCB guidelines.
9 ETP, MEE, RO New ETP with 2700 m3/day capacity in two modules of 1350 KLD each, primary, secondary
and tertiary treatment, Treated effluent from ETP shall be discharged into GIDC drainage
network for final disposal into deep sea through common effluent conveyance pipeline line.
MEE with capacity 1200 KLD consisting of stripper, 4 stages.
4 nos. RO with capacity 1000 KLD each.
10 HT/LT substations, Sr. Transformer
Capacity Qty. Area required No. Of Switchyard
Switchyards No. details
4 nos. (it is consist
66 KVA / 4 of CP, PT, SF6
1 20 MVA 60 X 120 m
11 KVA HT Nos. breaker & Lighting
Arrestor)
11 Admin building, Shall be provided
technical building,
QC lab and control
room, Engineering
store, OHC and
ECC, Canteen
12 Other infrastructure Internal roads (paved), Four gates, storm water and containment drainages, lightification,
piperacks, offices and control rooms etc.
13 Green belt Green belt development will be 263005.16 sq m. (approx. 34.81 % of total plot area)
14 Open area 70661 sq. m
2.9 MANUFACTURING PROCESS

Many of the proposed products are already manufactured in other units of UPL. UPL has a dedicated R&D team
working continuously on modifying the process for optimizing resource consumption, recovery of valuables,
increasing process safety, reducing waste generation. At the proposed project at Dahej-III, these modified

processes shall be employed as they have been successfully implemented at other units, summary is as given
below.
Products at our
Sr. No Name of Products Any change Justification
other units -status
1 S Metolachlor UPL-5 Jhagadia- Same process route Not applicable
Applied for EC considered at UPL-5
Application & Dahej.
2 Dicamba New Product New Product Not applicable
3 Propanil UPL-0 Vapi Same process route Not applicable
considered at UPL-0
& Dahej.
4 Clodinofop New Product New Product Not applicable
5 Asulam UPL-9,Haldia No effluent In manufacturing process
generation of UPL-Dahej, there is no
effluent generation.
Improved productivity
(purity)
6 Azoxystrobin UPL-2, Ankleshwar No methanol in Unit 2& Vapi , Methanol
&UPL – 00 Vapi process used as solvent and in
Dahej it is solvent less
process. Less Effluent
generation
7 Bifenthrin New Product New Product Not applicable
8 Acephate UPL-2, Ankleshwar Same process route Higher Solvent recovery
considered at UPL-2
& Dahej.
9 Pilot Plant /multi purpose UPL-2, Ankleshwar No methanol in Unit 2& Vapi , Methanol
plant (MPP) &UPL – 00 Vapi process. used as solvent and in
(As Azoxystrobin) Dahej it is solvent less
process. Less Effluent
generation
10 Atrazine New Product New Product Not applicable
11 Glufosinate UPL -5, Jhagadia Same process route EO elimination project is
under trial
12 Sulphur WDG (Wettable New Product New Product Not applicable
Dispersible Granule)
13 Aluminium Phosphide UPL- 00, Vapi Same process route Effluent generation is
slightly less in Dahej
14 Magnesium Phosphide UPL- 00, Vapi Same process route Effluent generation is
slightly less in Dahej
15 Zinc Phosphide UPL- 00, Vapi Same process route Not applicable
16 Acrolein UPL-5 Jhagadia- Same process route Not applicable
Applied for EC considered at UPL-5
Application & Dahej.
17 Ethylene Di amine (EDA) New Product New Product Not applicable
18 Di Methyl UPL-5 Jhagadia- Same process route Slightly less MDC
PhosphoroAmidoThioate Applied for EC considered at UPL-5 solvent consumption.
(DMPAT) Application & Dahej.
19 Isocynates / Chloroformates UPL Unit#4, Halol Same process route At UPL Dahej less toxic
19.1 3-4 dichloro Phenyl isocynate considered at UPL-4 RM. i.e
Or/ and & Dahej.. Unit#4 Unit#4 Uses Phosgene
19.2 3-Chloro Phenyl Isocyanate Uses Phosgene as as RM at Dahej uses Tri
Or/ and RM at Dahej uses Phosgene OR

Products at our
other units -status
19.3 M-TolylIsocynate Or/ and Tri Phosgene OR Air/Charcol /Cl2
19.4 Phenyl Isocyanate Or/ and Air/Charcol /Cl2
19.5 3-Chloro-4 Methyl Phenyl
Isocyanate Or/ and
19.6 Isopropyl Phenyl Isocynate
Or/ and
19.7 BenzofuranolChloroformate
Or/ and
19.8 Para Chloro Phenyl
Isocyanate Or/ and
19.9 Hexa methylene diisocyanate
Or/ and
19.10 3,5 dichloro phenyl
isocyanate Or/ and
19.11 2,6 Di Isopropyl phenyl
isocyanate Or/ and
19.12 Cyclo hexyl isocyanate Or/
and
19.13 Ortho Chloro Phenyl
Isocyanate Or/ and
19.14 Para Toluene
SulphynylIsocyanate Or/ and
19.15 Para nitro benzyl
chloroformate Or/ and
19.16 Hexyl Isocyanate Or/ and
19.17 Phenyl ChloroFormate Or/
and
19.18 Para nitro phenyl
chloroformate Or/ and
19.19 Ethyl ChloroFormate Or/ and
19.20 Methyl Chloroformate Or/ and
19.21 N-Methyl Phenyl carbonyl
Chloride Or/ and
19.22 2,6-Difluoro benzoyl
isocyanate Or/ and
19.23 2-Methoxy Carbonyl
Benzylsulphonyl Isocynate
Or/ And
19.24 Cyclo Hexyl Alkyl Di
isocyanate Or/ and
19.25 Benzophenone
20 Tri Methyl Phosphite(TMP) / UPL Unit#1 Same process route At Dahej Unit considered
Tri Ethyl Phosphite (TEP) Ankleshwar considered at UPL-1 recovery of Solid
& Dahej. Ammonium Chloride
At Dahej Unit
considered recovery
of Solid Ammonium
Chloride
21 Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde UPL -00, Vapi Same process route Reduction in effluent
(MPBAD) quantity at Dahej unit.
22 Methoxy Methyl Acrylate New Product New Product Not applicable
(MAM)
23 Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate UPL -00, Vapi Same process route Not applicable

Products at our
other units -status
(AANS)
24 Acid Chloride
24.1 Chloroacetyl Chloride New Product New Product Not applicable
24.2 Methoxyacetyl Chloride New Product New Product Not applicable
24.3 2-Chloro-3, 3-tri fluoropropen- New Product New Product Not applicable
1,2 dimethylcyclopropane
Carbonyl chloride
24.4 DV Acid Chloride UPL -00, Vapi Same process route Same process routeonly
in Vapi process route
started from CTC and in
Dahej from DV Acid.
CS2 Based Product
25 25.1 Potassium Ethyl Xanthate Or/ UPL -5, Jhagadia Same process route Not applicable
and
Sodium isopropyl UPL -5, Jhagadia Same process route Not applicable
Xanthate Or/ and
Potassium isopropyl UPL -5, Jhagadia Same process route Not applicable
Xanthate Or/ and
Potassium amyl Xanthate Or/ UPL -5, Jhagadia Same process route Not applicable
and
25.2 Dimethyl UPL -5, Jhagadia Same process route Not applicable
Cyanoiminodithiocarbonate
(CCITM)
25.3 1,6-Bis (N,N- UPL -5, Jhagadia Same process route Not applicable
dibenzylthiocarbamyldithio)he
xane
25.4 1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio- UPL -5, Jhagadia Same process route Not applicable
2-Nitroethene
26 Di Methyl Sulfoxide UPL -5, Jhagadia Same process route Not applicable
27 27.1 Sodium Cyanide New Product New Product Not applicable
27.2 Potassium Cyanide New Product New Product Not applicable
27.3 Cyanuric Chloride New Product New Product Not applicable
27.4 DL-Methionine New Product New Product Not applicable
28 Captive Power Plant (3 Nos) UPL-5, Jhagadia Same Not applicable
29 Liquid formulations Unit 8,11,3 Same Same
30 Solid Formulations Unit 8,11,3 Same Same
Please refer to Annexure – 25 for details of manufacturing of each product including:

1. Brief process description:
2. Chemical reactions:
3. Mass balance:
4. Block diagram:
In general manufacturing processes include reaction and separation processes mainly by Hydrogenation, Hydrolysis,
Distillation, neutralization, acidification, Chlorination, condensation, washing, crystallization & drying.
Some products are in liquid & some are solid therefore drying or solid-liquid separations are involved.
The reaction temperatures vary from chilled temperatures to 200 °C while distillation processes are carried out at
atmospheric pressure as well as vacuum with primary and secondary condensers operating on chilled brine or
chilled water.
There is high temperature, high pressure reactions involved in few products wherein process control is critical.
interlocks, safety devices and instrumentation. Safety system – DCS/PLC. Auto shutdown, interlock system shall be
provided wherever necessary.

Captive Power Plants (3 nos.)

requirement Captive power plant of 55 MWH will be installed for power generation.
2.10 UTILITIES
The utility facilities for proposed project, have been tabulated at Table below along with their capacities.
Table 2-4 The List of Proposed Facilities for Utility
Sr. Proposed
Type of Utility
No. No. Capacity
1 Air Compressors 35 6675 CFM
2 Nitrogen Plant 9 6740 Nm3/h
3 Chilled Water system (other) 29 8999 TR
4 Thermic Fluid Heater (Natural gas based) 3 17.5 Kcal/h
5 Multi Fuel Boiler 11 562 MTPH
6 Cooling Towers 34 65550 TR
7 Raw water tank Capacity 5 5000 KL
8 DM Water 2 5000 KL
9 Incinerators 2 500000 k cal/hr
10 Waste Incinerator 2 60 TPD each
11 a. Spray dryers 5 --
b. Rotary Vacuum Dryers (RVD) 17 --
12 D.G. set 4 2000 KVA
2 20MW
13 Captive Power Plant
1 15 MW
2.11 WATER CONSUMPTION

For estimating the water balance for the proposed new project, the water quantity has been worked out based on
material mass balance for the proposed products, literature available to estimate theoretical water consumption, and
experience from existing production at other units of UPL.
Water will be supplied from GIDC reservoir. For different water usages explained hereunder.
2.11.1 Additional TOR No. ii - Reduce the water requirement with comprehensive plan.
After 3140 KLD Recycle water through RO, GIDC water consumption was estimated to be 9313 KLD and applied in
prior EC application for TOR proposal.
During appraisal of the proposal during 14th meeting of EAC (Industry – 2) held on 26-10-2016, additional TOR (No.
ii) was accorded by the committee to reduce the water requirement with comprehensive plan.
Initial GIDC water consumption as applied in TOR proposal is as given below :
Water Consumption Details -In KLD Proposed GIDC water consumption - In kL / day
(i) Domestic : 150
(ii) Industrial : (a) Processing : 1451

(b) Boiler : 4118
(c) Cooling : 3048 + (3140 recycle water through RO)
(d) Washing : 20
(e) APCM : 476
(e) Gardening : 50
DOMESTIC : 150

INDUSTRIAL : 9163 + (3140 recycle water through RO)

TOTAL : 9313 + (3140 recycle through RO)
To comply with this TOR, proponent has explored further areas of water usages where recycle and reuse have been
applied and has reduced GIDC water consumption up to 21%.
Following measures shall be applied to reduce GIDC water consumption :

1. Use 90 KLD treated water from STP for Washing, Gardening & APCM
2. Recycle 50% MEE condensate back to process and send only 50% for RO treatment
3. Install RO plant capable of giving 90% permeate instead of previous estimation of 80%
4. Effluent recycling from Dicamba, Ethylene diamine, TMP/TEP, Sodium Cyanide, Potassium cyanide,
cyanuric chloride
5. Steam condensate to be recycled upto 60% instead of initial estimation of 50% recycling.
(1) Domestic Water

 Consumption : The average quantity of domestic water shall be approximately 150 KLD consumption
considering max. 1400 populations per day consuming per capita ~107 liter/day water in three shifts by way of
drinking, flushing, bathing, dishwashing and other usages related to catering.
 Sewage Generation : The sewage generation is estimated to be 90 KLD considering max. 1400 populations per
day generating per capita ~64 liter/day water in three shifts by way of sanitary, bathing, dishwashing and other
usages related to catering.
 Treatment and Disposal of sewage water : sewage effluent shall be treated in STP and treated water-90 KLD
shall be used for gardening, washing, and scrubbing.
(2) Industrial Water

(a) Process Water:
Total GIDC water requirement for manufacturing of products is estimated to be 1451 KLD.
Recycled water shall be available from following :
 1033 KLD MEE condensate shall be 50 % recycled in RO (517 KLD) and 50 % back in process(516 KLD)
 Effluent recycling back to process from Dicamba, Ethylene diamine, TMP/TEP, Sodium Cyanide, Potassium
cyanide, cyanuric chloride i.e. ~201 KLD
Thus, total recycled amount available shall be 516 from MEE condensate + 201 from process = 717 KLD
Hence, GIDC water quantity for process after recycling shall be : 1451 – (516 from MEE condensate + 201 from
process) =734 KLD
(b) Boiler
Considering 24 h operation of 11 nos. steam boilers capacity of 562 TPH, steam requirement per hour is 343.2 TPH.
Total requirement of water per day is 8236.8 MTD.
Initial Scenario : As per previous consideration of 50% recycle of steam condensate, 50% of 8236.8 MTD
requirement was to be fulfilled by GIDC water. This quantity was 4118.4 KLD.
Revised scenario :
Proponent has investigated with boiler manufacturer that upto 60% steam condensate can be recycled and hence
GIDC water consumption shall be required only for 40% of 8236.8 MTD which works out to be 3294.72 KLD.
Hence, GIDC water consumption in boilers shall be further reduced by = 4118.4 KLD - 3294.72 KLD
= 823.68 KLD ~824 KLD
Total GIDC water quantity for Boiler feed = 4118 – (824 from steam condensate) = 3294 KLD
Boiler blowdown works out to be 250 KLD. Boiler blow down water shall be treated in RO & then treated water shall
be used in cooling tower.
(c) Cooling Tower : Cooling tower makeup water from 34 nos. of cooling towers (Total Capacity- 65550 TR).
The water requirement for cooling towers works out to be 6188 KLD.

RO permeate shall be used for cooling water makeup and balance quantity shall be used
Previous scenario : 3048 KLD GIDC water + (3140 KLD recycle water through RO)
Revised scenario :
Unit will increase RO efficiency from 80% to 90% by installing more efficient RO system. However, MEE condensate
going to RO shall be reduced by 50%. Hence, there shall be reduction in RO permeate quantity.
Initial estimation of RO permeate as per 80 % of total w/w to RO (3363 KLD) = 3363 * 0.8 = 2690.4 KLD
~ 2690 KLD
Revised estimation of RO permeate as per 90 % of total w/w to RO (3363 KLD) = 3363 * 0.9 = 3026.7
KLD ~ 3027 KLD
Total GIDC water Reduction through efficient RO system = 3027 KLD - 2690 KLD = 337 KLD
Total GIDC water quantity for Cooling Tower = 3161 KLD GIDC water + (3027 KLD recycle water through RO)
KLD
536 KLD blowdown water shall be treated in RO & then treated water shall be used in cooling tower.
(d) Washing
Previous scenario : 20 KLD water consumption
Revised scenario : No GIDC water shall be used for washing. STP treated water shall be used for washing purpose
& then sent to ETP.
(e) APCM:
Previous scenario : 476 KLD GIDC water consumption for APCM (Scrubbing systems)
Revised scenario : 456 KLD GIDC water requirement & 20 KLD shall be used from STP treated water.
(f) Green belt development:

No GIDC water shall be used for Green belt development. STP treated water (50 KLD) shall be used for green belt
development.
Revised water balance table and diagram has been prepared and presented hereunder.
Table 2-5 Revised GIDC Water Consumption

GIDC water Previous GIDC
Final GIDC
consumption water Further Recycling and
Type Description water
without consumption reuse proposed
requirement
recycle with recycling
KLD KLD KLD KLD
(i)
150 150 150
Domestic
516 KLD from MEE
(a) condensate + 200.53 KLD
: 1451 1451 734
Processing from process effluent = 717
KLD
4118 824 KLD From steam
(b) Boiler : 4118 3294
condensate
(ii)
6188 3048 + (3140
Industrial 3027 KLD From RO
(c) Cooling : recycle water 3161
permeate (90%)
through RO)
20 KLD From STP treated
(d) Washing : 20 20 00
water
(e) APCM : 476 476 456
water
(f) Gardening : 50 50 00
water

TOTAL : 12453 9313 1968 7795

Reduction in GIDC water consumption 1968
Further % reduction in GIDC water consumption 21.1
2.12 POWER REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED PROJECT

Continuous Power
Total power requirement will be 57 MWPH ( 10,000 KVA).
Captive Power plant shall be installed according to GPCB/CPCB guidelines and in three phases - 55 MWPH (Phase-
1 : 20 MWPH + Phase-2 : 20 MWPH + Phase-3 : 15 MWPH)
Standby Power
2.13 FUEL REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED PROJECT

Table 2-6 Fuel Requirements
Sr. No. Fuel Name Fuel Consumption Quantity
1 Natural Gas for Thermic heater 5813 Nm3/day
1026037.4 Nm3/Day or 2180.3 MT/day or 969
2 Natural Gas for Boiler or Coal/ Briquette or Furnace Oil
MTPD respectively
3 Natural Gas for Process 24591 Nm3/day
4 Natural Gas for Incineration 5860 Nm3/day
5 HSD 847 L/h
 Ready to use crushed coal (Indonesian coal – Gross Calorific Value - 4200 ± 50 kcal/kg ) shall be supplied
by Adani Enterprises Ltd. Letter of Intent from supplier is annexed as Annexure – 18.
 Briquettes shall be supplied by Madhuram Traders & Furnace oil shall be supplied by local dealer of
BPCL/IOCL.
 Natural gas shall be obtained from GAIL.
2.14 WASTEWATER STORAGE, TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL ARRANGEMENT

2.14.1 Wastewater: Sources, Quantities, Characteristics
There shall be segregation of Effluent streams based on COD, TDS and toxicity.
Table 2-7 Waste Water Generation (For Proposed project)

Sr. Waste stream Source of generation Quantity in Treatment Final Disposal of treated
No. Details of effluent KLD Methodology effluent
1. Low COD Process 1778 Effluent treatment Because of various
and Low TDS Plant of capacity 1350 recycle and reuse
washing 20 KLD x 2 modules proposed for reduction
RO reject and RO 336 in GIDC water
washing consumption the
quantity of
TOTAL 2134 biodegradable effluent
to be treated in ETP
and discharged into
deep sea has reduced
from previously
estimated 2537 KLD to
2134 KLD.

Treated effluent
conforming to specified
norms shall be
discharged into u/g GIDC
drainage network for final
disposal into deep sea
through final pumping
station of common
effluent conveyance
pipeline line of GIDC.
ETP Sludge to be sent to

TSDF site of M/s. BEIL,
Dahej
2. High COD Process Chemical Treatment (Neutralization Treated effluent to be
and Low TDS and Fenton treatment as per further treated in ETP
requirement) in treatment plant Sludge to be sent to
having 20 KLD capacity & followed TSDF site of M/s. BEIL,
by ETP Dahej
3. Low COD, Process Cyanide treatment followed by ETP Treated effluent to be
low TDS and further treated in ETP
having Sludge to be sent to
cyanide TSDF site of M/s. BEIL,
toxicity Dahej
4. High COD / Process Incineration at CHWIF site of M/s. Incineration Ash to be
TDS and BEIL, Ankleshwar or captive sent to TSDF site of M/s.
Toxic Incineration plant or co-processing at BEIL, Dahej
cement industry.
5. Low COD Process 1148 Evaporation in Multi MEE condensate @
and High Effect Evaporator 1033 KLD, out of which
TDS (MEE). (1200 kLD – 50% recycled in process,
3 Nos. x 400 kLD) 50% further treated in
RO MEE salt to be
disposed at TSDF site of
M/s. BEIL, Dahej
6. Low TDS, Cooling Tower 536 Treatment in RO RO permeate @ 3027

Low organic Blowdown KLD to be used as
COD cooling tower makeup
Boiler Blowdown 250 RO reject @ 336 KLD to
MEE Condensate 517 be sent to ETP
Contaminated steam 2060

condensate
Total 3363
7. Sewage Domestic uses 90 Sewage Treatment Treated effluent to be

effluent plant having capacity reused in washing,
100 KLD gardening and scrubbing
8. Inorganic salt Process Details are given in table below
solutions
Inorganic salt solutions

Sr. Solid Feed per Solid output Treatment
Component End use Details
No. concentration day, MT/day MT/day facility
Spin flash
1 CaCl2 20.00% 22.000 4.400 Byproduct 5.8 m x 12 m
dryer
Batch
32.00% 42.850 13.712 Byproduct Evaporation/
Filtration 25 KL - 2 nos.
Batch of reactor for
2 KCl 15.00% 17.920 2.688 Byproduct Evaporation/ drying
Filtration 16 M2 ANF
Batch For filtration
15.00% 17.920 2.688 Byproduct Evaporation/
Filtration
Lanfilling
7.00% 40.900 2.863 MEE
(TSDF)
NaCl Lanfilling
27.19% 15.600 4.242 MEE
(Average (TSDF)
Concentration Lanfilling 4 Stage MEE
15.04% 6.034 0.908 MEE
by addding all (TSDF) followed by
3
stream is Lanfilling hydrocyclon &
16.35% 779.380 127.429 MEE
17%, we can (TSDF) dryer.
treat in 4 Lanfilling
stage MEE) 17.10% 4.950 0.846 MEE
(TSDF)
Lanfilling
42.00% 22.290 9.362 MEE
(TSDF)
4 Stage MEE
followed by
4 Na2SO4 20.00% 54.870 10.974 Byproduct MEE
hydrocyclone
& dryer.

Figure 2-5 Water Balance Diagram for proposed project
Note: All values are in KLD Total Water Demand (7795 + 4658 recycle water)
+ 201 from process Industrial 7645 + 4608 recycle water

Green belt development (50)
Domestic (150) + 516 from MEE condensate from STP treated water
Process (734) Utility 6911 +(3871 recycle water)

Washing (20) from
STP tretaed water
Boiler (3294) + 824 from Cooling Tower (3161 + 3027

For APCM (456)
steam condensate recycle through RO)
(2926) + 20 from STP
treated water
(90) to MEE (1148) 2060 from Contaminated

to ETP (1778) (20)
steam condensate
1033 MEE condensate recycle
(50 % to Process-516)
(50% to RO-517) (250) (536) LEGENDS
Fresh water requirement

from GIDC
Proposed STP Capacity : Recycling stream
3363 to RO
(100)
To be treated in RO
Waste Water generation

Treated water shall be used in 336 RO reject & 3027 RO
Wahing (20), gardening (50) & washing permeate
To be treated in ETP
APCM (20)
Final discharge
Treated effluent from ETP shall be discharged

TO BE TREATED IN ETP into GIDC drainage network for final disposal
(2134) into deep sea through common effluent
conveyance pipeline .

Arrangements for Performance monitoring of treatment systems
For Performance monitoring of treatment systems, proponent shall provide following measures:
 Install online TOC/TN meter, pH meter and TSS meter on discharge line. Server connection of online
system at company’s website as well as at GPCB xgn portal shall be provided.
 Provide and maintain separate electric meter, operational logbook for effluent treatment systems.
 Inhouse analytical laboratory for analysis of basic parameters of raw effluents as well as effluent quality at
various treatment stages shall be developed.
 Third party sampling and analysis shall also be carried out.

2.14.2 Proposed Effluent Treatment Plant

Design capacity : 2700 KLD (in two modules of 1350 KLD each)
SR. UNIT
DESCRIPTION QTY. SERVICE DIMENSIONS /SIZE TOTAL CAPACITY
NO. CAPACITY
1 Collection tanks 1 To receive raw effluent 6.5 m x 6.5 m x 3.6 m LD + 0.5 m FB 150 150
To receive raw effluent & for oil/grease
2 Oil & grease trap 1 7.25 m long x 2.8 m wide x 2.7m LD + 0.5m FB 55 55
separation
To receive raw effluent from Oil /grease tanks
3 Equalization tanks 2 13 m x 8.5 m x 5.5 m LD +0.5m FB for each 607 1214
& make contents homogeneous by air agitation
4 Neutralization tank-I &II 2 To neutralize effluent Tank-I : 4 m x 4 m x 3.3 m LD +0.5 m FB for each 53 106
5 Primary Clarifier 1 To clarified lime treated neutralized effluent 13.5 m dia x 3.5 m LD + 0.5 m FB 501 501
Lime dosing tanks/poly
6 1/1 To prepare lime slurry 3 m x 2.5 m x 3 m LD +0.5 m FB 22 22
Alum
7 PLC room (FF) 1 To locate PLC panel - - -
To receive the primary sludge from clarifier
8 Sludge sump 1 3 m x 3 m x 3 m LD + 0.5 m FB 27 27
bottom
Bio-Reactor (Aeration
9 2 Aeration 24 x13 x5.5 LD+0.5FB for each 1716 3432
Tanks)
10 Secondary Clarifier 2 To clarified final treated effluent 10 Diax3.5SWD+0.5FB for each 274.75 549.5
11 Outlet tank 1 Collection tank 10 m x 10 m x 3 m LD + 0.5 m FB 300 300
To filter clarified effluent prior to feed to Carbon
12 Pressure sand filters (PSF) 1 105 M3 105 M3 105 M3
tower
13 Carbon Tower 1 To remove organic SS & Toxicity. 105 M3 105 M3 105 M3
14 Filter press 2 To dewatered lime treated sludge slurry - - -
Circulation pumps, transfer pumps, piping, instrumentation – as required

Figure 2-6 Schematic diagram of ETP

FLOW DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED ETP AT UPL-
Lime Alum/Poly
Industrial/
Domestic
Equalizatio Neutralization Primary
effluent
Tanks
n And Clarifier
Precipitation
Filter
Press
Secondary Aeration
Clarifier Aeration Secondary Tank # 1
Tank # 2 Clarifier
Filter
Press
Treated
Effluent Sand/Activated Treated To GIDC drain
Pit Carbon Effluent
Filter Tank
2.14.3 Proposed Effluent Treatment Scheme

for Low COD and Low TDS stream (Biodegradable effluent)
Unit shall provide own Effluent treatment plant consisting of Primary, Secondary & Tertiary treatments facilities.
The capacity of ETP shall be 2700 m3/day, shall be set up in modules of 1350 m3/day capacity. The ETP shall be
augmented as per requirement. The details of proposed ETP are given below:
A) PRIMARY TREATMENT
1) Collection tank
Two nos. collection tanks shall be provided to receive raw effluent from plants.
2) Oil & Grease trap
One no. of Oil & grease trap shall be provided to separate out floating oil & grease (if any) from effluent.
3) Equalization tanks :
Oil & grease overflowed into Equalization tank-I or II. These equalization tanks shall serve the purpose
of equalizing the Effluent in terms of flow & strength, hence improving efficiency of downstream
treatment units.
4) Neutralization tank
Equalized effluent shall be pumped to Neutralization tank. Here, acidic effluent gets neutralized by
addition of lime slurry solution. Effective mixing period for lime slurry solution is 30-60 min. Here,
polyelectrolyte sol. will be dosed to aid in big settle able flocs formation.
5) Primary Clarifier :
pH raised Effluent from above neutralization tank outlet shall be lead to Primary clarifier. These flocs
shall travel down towards hopper bottom whereas clear water shall travel upward & then overflow into
the outlet launder. Clarified effluent shall be lead to Aeration tanks. Sludge withdrawal shall be
periodically at regular intervals, depend on sludge generation rate & filter press cycle, so that operating
torque in the Clarifier mechanism does not increase beyond the designed value.

B) SECONDARY TREATMENT:
Biological treatment:
The primary treated effluent is to be given secondary treatment in the two aeration tanks. This treatment works
on principle of activated sludge system. Suitable bacterial mass is kept developed in the aeration tanks. In
these aeration tank, the organic material present is decomposed by bacteria taking oxygen supplied by Fine
Bubble air diffusers. The overflow goes to secondary clarifiers. In secondary clarifier the Biomass is separated
and recycled back to bio reactor. Generated Excess Biomass sludge is taken to filter press for dewatering .
C) TERTIARY TREATMENT
Clear water overflow of secondary clarifier is taken to Pit & feed through Sand bed filter & Carbon Tower.
Treated effluent conforming to permissible limits specified by GPCB shall be discharged through Magnetic flow
meter, online pH, TOC-TN meter, TSS meter into GIDC underground drainage system connected to Final
Pumping station from where it shall be finally disposed into deep sea through u/g common conveyance
pipeline of GIDC. Provision shall be made for re-routing treated effluent back into ETP if found non-
conforming by online systems or laboratory results.
Letter of acceptance for discharge quantity is obtained from GIDC and annexed as Annexure – 8.
Effluent Characteristics (estimated) at ETP inlet and outlet:

For the proposed project, the R & D team of UPL have conducted treatability studies and estimated the primary
characteristics of each process steam and also the combined effluent quality.
TREATED EFFLUENT
PARAMETER Inlet to ETP
Performance Limit
pH 4.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5
Temperature 32 °C 30°C 40°C
Suspended Solids 500 mg/l 80 mg/l < 100 mg/l
BOD 1500 mg/l 30 mg/l < 100 mg/l
COD 3500 mg/l 200 mg/l < 250 mg/l
Oil & Grease 10 mg/l 3 mg/l < 10 mg/l
Heavy metals 10 mg/l 2 mg/l < 3 mg/l
Cyanides Nil Nil < 0.2 mg/l
Phenolic Compounds 0.5 mg/l 0.1 mg/l < 1 mg/l
Ammonical Nitrogen 30 mg/l 20 mg/l < 50 mg/l
2.14.4 Proposed Sewage Treatment Plant

SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT (ACTIVATED SLUDGE PROCESS)
Capacity @ 100 KLD
Figure 2-7 Flow diagram of proposed STP
Raw Water Aeration Tank

Collection
Tank
Pressure Sand
Settler 1
Filter
Air Blower
Sludge generated to
BEIL for Land filling
Treated Water
Treated water for Collection Tank
Recycling in gardening
or process
Flow Diagram of STP System

STP process description : The sewage collected from the various streams shall be taken into a collection tank
where it shall undergo an anaerobic treatment. From there the sewage shall be taken into aeration tank where it
shall be treated with the help of aerobic bacteria and then it shall be passed to settling tank. From settling tank, the
mixed liquor shall be allowed to set and the supernatant liquid to be overflowed into the holding tank. The water in
the holding tank shall be passed through a dual media filter (DMF) and to be taken in treated water collection tank.
From where it shall be pumped for gardening, drum washing, APCM etc.
2.14.5 Proposed MEE plant

High TDS effluent generated from process will be 1148 KLD sent to MEE. Capacity of MEE shall be 1200 KLD (the
MEE can be set up in three modules with standard capacity as per requirement). MEE consisting pretreatment,
stripper, 4 stages. Generated MEE salt /solid shall be recovered as By-products or send to common TSDF facility
of M/s. BEIL, Dahej.
MEE Raw water feed parameters as follows :

Parameter Raw water
pH 6.5 to 8.5
TDS 10%
TSS 200 mg/l
COD 2000 mg/l
Cl 2%
Sulphates 8%
Low Volatile Negligible
High Volatile 0.2%
Ammonical Nitrogen 50 mg/l
Specifications of Multi Effect Evaporator System (MEE)

Sr. No. Component of MEE Material of Construction Qty.
1. Block Type Calandria – 1 1 No.
Intermediate Blocks Impervious Graphite (Phenolic)
End Blocks Impervious Graphite (Phenolic)
End Plates Mild Steel Fabricated
Supporting Plates Mild Steel Fabricated
Gasket (Process) P.T.F.E
Gasket (Service) Synthetic Rubber
Flanges As per ANSI B 16.5 type 150#
Nut & Bolt GI
2. Shell & Tube Type Calandria – 2 & 3 2 Nos.
Main Shell SS 316
Top Cover MSRL
Bottom Cover MSRL
Tube Sheet SS 316 with Titanium Explosion Bonding
Tubes Titanium Gr. 2 (0.9 mm Thickness)
Flanges – Shell Side SS 316 Stub end / Lined with MS Backing Flange
Nozzles – Shell Side SS 316
Flanges – Tube Side MSRL
Nozzles – Tube Side MSRL
Gaskets NAF
Nut & Bolt GI
3. Feed Pump – 1 with Base frame, Coupling, Coupling guard, Oil cup, Foundation 1 No.
Bolts, Gland Pusher etc.
 Non-flameproof Electric Motor (IP – 55 , 415 V, 50 Hz, 3 Phase)
 Mechanical Seal


Feed Pump Casing – CD4MCu
Impeller – CD4MCu
Shaft – SS 316
Sleeve – CD4MCu
4. Recirculation Pumps with Base frame, Coupling, Coupling guard, Oil cup, 3 Nos.
Foundation Bolts, Gland Pusher etc.
 Mechanical Seal with set of Seal Water Supply Flexible Hose
Recirculation Pump Casing – CD4MCu
Impeller – CD4MCu
Shaft – SS 316
Sleeve – CD4MCu
Transfer Pump with Base frame, Coupling, Coupling guard, Oil cup, Foundation 2 Nos.
5.  Mechanical Seal with set of Seal Water Supply Flexible Hose
Transfer Pump Casing – CD4MCu
Impeller – CD4MCu
Shaft – SS 316
Sleeve – CD4MCu
6. Concentrate Outlet Pump with Base frame, Coupling, Coupling guard, Oil cup, 1 No.
Concentrate Outlet Pump Casing – CD4MCu
Impeller – CD4MCu
Shaft – SS 316
Sleeve – CD4MCu
7. ML Transfer Pump with Base frame, Coupling, Coupling guard, Oil cup, 1 No.
Concentrate Outlet Pump Casing – CD4MCu
Impeller – CD4MCu
Shaft – SS 316
Sleeve – CD4MCu
8. Condensate Outlet Pump with Base frame, Coupling, Coupling guard, Oil cup, 1 No.
Condensate Outlet Pump Casing – CF8M
Impeller – CF8M
Shaft – SS 316
Sleeve – CF8M
9. Vapour Separators 3 Nos.
Shell MSRL


Flanges MSRL
Nozzles MSRL
Gaskets NAF
Nut & Bolt GI
Oslo Type Crystallizer 1 No.
Shell MSRL
10. Flanges MSRL
Nozzles MSRL
Gaskets NAF
Nut & Bolt GI
11. Shell & Tube Type Primary & Secondary Condenser 2 Nos.
Main Shell SS 316
Top Cover Carbon Steel
Bottom Cover Carbon Steel
Tube Sheet SS 316
Tubes SA 249 TP 316 (1.2 mm Thickness)
Flanges – Tube Side Carbon Steel
Nozzles – Tube Side Carbon Steel
Gaskets NAF
Nut & Bolt GI
12. 1st Stage Steam Jet Ejector 1 No.
Body SS 316
Diffuser SS 316
Nozzle SS 316
Flanges SS 316 Stub end / Lined with MS Backing Flange
13. Feed Tank / Concentrate Tank / ML Tank (MSRL) 3 Nos.
Shell Carbon Steel
Nozzle Carbon Steel
Flanges Carbon Steel
Lining Ebonite Elastomer Rubber (Shore ‘D’)
Gaskets NAF
Nut & Bolt GI
14. Condensate Collection Pot 1 No.
Shell SS 316
Nozzle SS 316
Gaskets NAF
Nut & Bolt GI
15. Electrical Panel (Non-compartmentalized, Non-flameproof) (Common for 1 No.
Evaporator & Stripper Unit)
Electrical Panel MS with 14 / 16 SWG Sheet, RAL 7035 Powder
coated
16. Feed and Transfer Line Piping and Fittings (Valves, Bends, Reducers, Flanges etc.) 1 Lot
Pipe Big Bore: MSRL; Small Bore: PPH
Flanges Big Bore: MSRL; Small Bore: PPH
17. Vapour Piping and Fittings (Valves, Bends, Reducers, Flanges etc.) 1 Lot
Pipe Big Bore: MSRL; Small Bore: PPH
Flanges Big Bore: MSRL; Small Bore: PPH
18. Noncondensable Piping and Fittings (Valves, Bends, Reducers, Flanges etc.) 1 Lot


Pipe SS 316
Valves Contact Parts SS 316
19. Condensate Piping and Fittings (Valves, Bends, Reducers, Flanges etc.) 1 Lot
Pipe SS 316
20. Recirculation Piping and Fittings (Valves, Bends, Reducers, Flanges etc.) 1 Lot
Pipe MSRL
Flanges MSRL
21. Water Ring Vacuum Pump with Coupling, Coupling Guard, Base Frame, Suction 1 No.
and Discharge Matching Flange, Foundation Bolts etc.
Casing CI
Side Covers CI
Impeller SS 316
Control Plates SS 316
Shaft SS 410
22. Closed Loop system for Water Ring Vacuum Pump comprising of Seal Water Tank 1 No.
(SS 304), Seal Water Cooler (PHE), Vacuum Pot, Seal Water Piping etc.
Seal Water Cooler CS with SS 304 Plates
(Plate Type Heat Exchanger) 1 No.
Seal Water Tank SS 304 1 No.
Vacuum Pot SS 304 1 No.
Seal Water piping & Fittings SS 304 1 Lot
23. Seal Water System for Mechanical Seal
Seal Water Cooler (Plate Frame – Carbon Steel 1 No.
Type Heat Exchanger) Plates – SS 304 Plates
Gaskets – EPDM
Seal Water Tank HDPE 1 No.
Seal Water Pump with Base Plate, Coupling, Coupling guard, Foundation Bolts etc. 1 No.
 Single Mechanical Seal
Seal Water Pump Casing – CI
Impeller – CI
Shaft – EN-8
Seal Water piping & Fittings SS 304 1 Lot
24. Dosing Pump with Non-flameproof Electric Motor 2 Nos.
Dosing Pump Poly Propylene
25. Dosing Tank FRP 2 Nos.
26. Salt Settler MSRL 1 No.
27. Pusher Centrifuge SS 316 with Screen Duplex 1 No.
28. Local Mountings (i.e. Pressure Gauge, Temperature Gauge, Vacuum Gauge)
Pressure Gauge SS 304 Dial, 4” Size 1 Lot
Temperature Gauge SS 304 Dial, 4” Size 1 Lot


Vacuum Gauge SS 304 Dial, 6” Size 1 Lot
STRIPPER UNIT
Flash Stripper Column with Tower Packing, Liquid Distributor, Packing Holding 1 No.
Tray, Bed Limiter & Flash Vessel
Main Shell SS 316
Packing Material SS 316
Baffles SS 316
29. Flash Vessel SS 316
Flanges – Vessel Side SS 316 Stub end / Lined with MS Backing Flange
Nozzles – Vessel Side SS 316
Gaskets NAF
Nut & Bolt GI
Shell & Tube Type Flash Condenser 1 No.
Main Shell SS 316
Top Cover Carbon Steel
Bottom Cover Carbon Steel
Tube Sheet SS 316
30. Tubes SA 249 TP 316 (1.2 mm Thickness)
Flanges – Tube Side Carbon Steel
Nozzles – Tube Side Carbon Steel
Gaskets NAF
Nut & Bolt GI
Shell & Tube Type Re-Boiler 1 No.
Main Shell Carbon Steel
Top Cover SS 316
31. Bottom Cover SS 316
Tube Sheet SS 316
Tubes Titanium Gr. 2 (0.9 mm Thickness)
Flanges – Shell Side Carbon Steel
Nozzles – Shell Side Carbon Steel
Flanges – Tube Side SS 316 Stub end / Lined with MS Backing Flange
Nozzles – Tube Side SS 316
Gaskets NAF
Nut & Bolt GI
Recirculation Pump with Base frame, Coupling, Coupling guard, Oil cup, 1 No.
 Flameproof Electric Motor (IP – 55 , 415 V, 50 Hz, 3 Phase)
Recirculation Pump Casing – CF8M
Impeller – CF8M
Shaft – SS 316
Sleeve – CF8M
Reflux Pump with Base frame, Coupling, Coupling guard, Oil cup, Foundation 1 No.


 Flameproof Electric Motor (IP – 55 , 415 V, 50 Hz, 3 Phase)
Reflux Pump Casing – CF8M
Impeller – CF8M
Shaft – SS 316
Sleeve – CF8M
Reflux Pot 1 No.
34. Shell SS 316
Nozzle SS 316
Piping and Fittings for Process (Valves, Bends, Reducers, Flanges etc.) 1 Lot
35. Pipe SS 316
Piping and Fittings for Vapors (Valves, Bends, Reducers, Flanges etc.) 1 Lot
36. Pipe SS 316
Local Mountings (i.e. Pressure Gauge, Temperature
37. Gauge)
Pressure Gauge SS 304 Dial, 4” Size 1 Lot
Temperature Gauge SS 304 Dial, 4” Size 1 Lot
INSTRUMENTS
38. Feed Flow Transmitter with Totalizer 1 No.
Body PTFE Lined
Electrode SS 316
39. Feed Flow Control Valve 4 Nos.
Control Valve CF8M
40. Ultrasonic Type Level Transmitter for Transfer Tank 2 Nos.
41. Ultrasonic Type Level Transmitter for Concentrate Tank 1 No.
42. Level Transmitter for Oslo Type Crystallizer 1 No.
43. Condensate Flow Transmitter with Totalizer 1 No.
Body PTFE Lined
Electrode SS 316
44. Condensate Flow Control Valve 1 No.
Control Valve CF8M
45. Condensate Pot Level Transmitter (Capacitive Type) 1 No.
46. Vortex Type Steam Flow Transmitter 1 No.
47. pH Controller 2 Nos.
48. PLC Panel 1 No.
49. Printer & PC 1 No.
50. SCADA (Runtime) 1 No.

2.14.6 Proposed RO plant

Feed streams: Unit shall take effluent for RO feed from 1. Condensate from MEE, 2. Cooling Tower Blow Down,
3. Boiler Blow Down, 4. Contaminated Steam Condensate.
RO permeate will recycle back into cooling tower/ process and RO Reject will be sent to ETP/MEE.
Nos. of RO Plant – 4 nos. Capacity: 1000 KLD each. Total Capacity-3895 KLD
RO Inlet parameters:
PH – 6.5- 8.5
COD- Below 70 mg/L
TDS- Below 2000 mg/L
AN- Below 10 mg/L
SS- below 100 mg/L

Figure 2-8 Flow diagram of RO plant
2.14.7 Block diagram for batch evaporation for salt solutions

2.14.8 Captive Incineration Plant Details

From the manufacturing of various pesticides and intermediates and specialty chemicals, organic waste (Liquid &
solid waste - High COD/ TDS and Toxic effluent) shall be generated. The Company proposes the following treatment
options :
 Co-processing at cement kiln – various waste streams are permitted to be used as alternative fuels at
cement kilns. We will explore utilization of waste streams in cement kiln for fuel value utilization
 Incineration – the company proposes to utilize the common incineration facility available for treatment of the
waste, balance waste after co-processing. The company will take membership of common treatment
storage and disposal facility. However, the company can set up a captive incineration facility as per the
guideline for incinerator for pesticide sector.
Captive Incinerator Details :

Incinerator plants: 2 nos. Capacity: 60 MTPD each
The incineration system is Primary Combustion Chamber type with post combustion chamber, Evaporative cooler,
dry scrubber, bag filter, wet scrubber, ID fan and stack with continuous monitoring. The system can treat solid
wastes/liquid waste/sludge generated by the industries.
List of Incinerator Equipments

1. Waste feeding/charging facility;
2. Primary Combustion
3. Post combustion Chamber
4. Air Pollution Control System (Quencher/scrubber/Bag Filtrer etc.)
5. Stack with Continuous Monitoring System
6. ID Fan
7. Chimney
8. Ash Handling System
9. Control Panel
10. Emergency Power Supply
11. MCC Panel
Sr.No. Particulars Details
I Type of Waste Generated from : Combination of Process waste and Waste streams from
different industries, (solid/liquid/sludge)
II The Thermal Capacity : 7 Million Kcal/hr.
III Waste details :
Average net calorific value : 3200 kcal/kg.
Chlorine Less than 25 g/kg (system can take up to 50 g/kg as a
surge) The utility figures are for 25 g/kg
Sulphur : Less than 16 g/kg
Fluorine : Less than 3 g/kg
Cd + Th (and its compounds) : Less than 1.7 mg/kg
Hg (and its compounds) : Less than 1.7 mg/kg
Sb+As+Pb+Cr+Co+Cu+Mn+Ni+V : Less than 1.25 mg/kg
(and its compounds)
IV Fuel : Natural Gas
This can be replaced with liquid waste having high
calorific value.
V Maximum Possible Capacity : 1.1 MT/Hour of waste-liquid/solid
980 liters/hour aqueous waste
500 liters/hour liquid waste as fuel
i.e. Total approximately 2.5 MT/Hour
VI Connected Load : 881 HP
VII Continuous Monitoring System : CO, SO2, NOX, Cl2, HCl, H2S & opacity
VIII Operation Parameters : As per the norms prescribed by CPCB

Flow diagram of Captive incineration System for liquid & solid waste feed
Water Lime
Incinerator
Wastes Primary &
Post Evaporative Bag Filter
Fuel Combustion Cooler
Natural Chamber
gas
Carbon
Ash Ash
Caustic
Solution
ID Fan Demister Packed

Column
Bleed Back To
Continuous Primary chamber
Monitoring Stack or
System Sent to ETP
2.15 AIR EMISSIONS : SOURCES, QUANTITIES, CONCENTRATIONS, CONTROL MECHANISM

2.15.1 Flue Gas Emissions & proposed control measures
Table 2-8 Proposed flue gas stacks
Stack Fuel used and Control
Sr. Permissible
Stack Attached to Height in Rate of Parameter Measures
No. Limits
Meter consumption provided
Boiler 130 TPH x 2 nos.- for 100 x 2 Particulate 100 mg/Nm3
1. ESP + water
captive power plant (20 MW) nos. Matter
Briquettes/ Coal- scrubber for
Boiler 100 TPH – for captive SO2 100 ppm
2. 100 2180.3 MT/day each boiler
power plant (15 MW) NOx 50 ppm
Or
55 x 2
3. Boiler 31 TPH x 2 nos. Natural gas-
nos.
1026037.4 Multi Cyclone
31 x 2
4. Boiler 20 TPH x 2 nos. NM3/day separator,
nos.
Or Bag filter &
55 x 2 Furnace Oil
5. Boiler 40 TPH x 2 nos. water
nos. Particulate 150 mg/Nm3
969 MTPD Scrubber
31 x 2 Matter
6. Boiler 10 TPH x 2 nos.
nos. SO2 100 ppm
Thermic fluid heater-1 Natural gas-1329 NOx 50 ppm
7.
(4 lakh Kcal/ Hr) NM3/day
Thermic fluid heater-1 Natural gas-3986
8. 30 x 3 -
(12 lakh Kcal/ h) NM3/day
nos.
Thermic fluid heater-1 Natural gas-498
9.
(1.5 lakh Kcal/ h) NM3/day
DG set 20 x 4
10. Diesel- 847 L/h To be used as stand by during power failure
(2000 KVA x 4 nos.) nos.

Proponent is committed to follow all the guidelines given by solid fuel policy (Office order no. GPCB/ANK-
C992/215695 DATED 07/06/2014)
Major Equipment List of Solid fuel Based Boiler:

Sr No Equipment Name
01 Boiler
02 Electro Static Precipitator (ESP)
03 Self-supported Chimney
04 IBR pressurized Economizer
05 Air Pre-heater
06 Coal Bunker &Coal conveying system
07 Ash bunker& Ash handling system
08 Thermal De-aerator with feed water tank
09 ID Fan
10 FD fan
11 Coal Feeder Screw Conveyer
12 Boiler Feed water pump
13 DCS in Boiler Control Room
14 Online Flue Gas monitoring system onChimney
15 Water Scrubber
16 CCTV Camera
a) Coal Handling & Storage

Ready to use crushed coal of 0-6 mm will be brought in hydraulic dumpers and unloaded by lifting the same into
grizzly hopper / storage yard. From hopper, the coal is lifted up by bucket elevator / conveyor and fed to coal bunker.
b) Safety
Nitrogen blanket will be provided in the bunkers. In addition water sprinkler, smoke detectors & fire hydrants will also
be provided.
c) Feed Water
GIDC water will be converted in to DM water in DM water Plant. This will be pumped to thermal de-aerator tank.
d) Boiler
Latest technology of atmospheric fluidized bed combustion (AFBC) is used along with advanced DCS in the
proposed boiler.
e) Boiler Operation
Coal from bunkers will be fed to boiler by screw conveyor and feed water will be fed from thermal de-aerator tank by
feed water pump & supplied to boiler via pressurized economizer. Combustion air will be supplied by FD fan though
air pre-heater. The flue gas generated will be passed through economizer & pre heater before going to ESP. From
ESP the flue gases will be taken to Chimney through an ID fan.
High pressure steam (17 bar g) so generated will be taken across to the existing steam net work through over head
utility bridge.
f) Ash
Ash will be trapped from Economizer, Air Pre heater, ESP and conveyed pneumatically to Ash Silo from where it will
be disposed off to vendors / BEIL for land fill.
g) SPM, SOx & NOx
The proposed boiler will have ESP designed especially for low SPM (less than 50 ppm). Lime Stone shall be added
to control SOx.
h) On Line Analyzer -On line flue gas analyzer will be installed on the boiler chimney to monitor SPM, SOx & NOx on
a continuous basis. The readings shall be displayed & records maintained thereof on the DCS (Distributed Control
System) which will be installed in Boiler Control Room.

Process flow diagram
2.15.2 Electro Static Precipitator Technical Specification

1. The ESP’s type is BS 672 Each electrostatic precipitator is consisted from two chambers, not gas tightly
separated.
2. The ESPs are designed for a collection efficiency of 99,82 % which in terms of particulate emissions
corresponds 100 mg/Nm3 (0 o C, 1013 mbar, dry gas), when burning reference lignite.
3. The ESPs mainly consist of the following parts or have the following characteristics:
 The ESP’s casing is made of 5 mm steel plates.
 The entire ESPs are resting on appropriate supporting steel structures.
 There are three successive rows of vertical perforated screens located in the inlet nozzles, across the flue
gas flow aiming to give an even distribution of the incoming gas over the entire cross section of the
precipitator. Broadly, the distribution screens are structurally intact with extended superficial corrosion due
to water washing applied during the Unit’s outage for the ESPs cleaning. Due to supply difficulties repairs /
replacements of the initial LURGI design distribution screens with square holes have been made with new
screens with round holes. This could be the cause for no uniform flue gas flow distribution.
 There are not gas distribution screens on the ESPs outlet. • Each Chamber is divided in 4 Fields and each
field constitutes one bus section.
 The size of each precipitator casing is approximately 2100 mm high (with the hoppers) x 30,850 mm wide x
19,370 mm depth (in the flow direction).
 The active ESP’s volume per section consists of 100 parallel flue gas passages between the collecting
plates, 13,750 mm effective vertical height and approx. 4x3,360 mm length in the flow direction.
 The pressure drop across ESPs is 295 KPa.
 Discharge system including 83,200 wires “ASTEROID” type electrodes and the necessary support
insulators, electrode frames, suspension devices, rapping mechanisms, etc.
 Collecting system with collecting electrodes, rapping mechanisms, suspension assemblies, etc.
 16 pyramid shaped bottom hoppers connected to the fly ash handling system.
 Inspection doors placed at both sides of the precipitator casing, the bottom hoppers and the ducts. •
Electrical Equipment comprising Transformer / Rectifiers (T/R units), voltage controllers, primary voltage
supply equipment, rappers, heating elements, etc. 4.4. Gas Inlet Flow Distribution Screens broadly, the
distribution screens are structurally intact with extended superficial corrosion due to water washing applied
during the Unit’s outage for the ESPs cleaning.
COLLECTION ELECTRODES (CES)

The Collection Electrodes are of “CSV” type. The collecting electrodes are vertically bent at their edges and the
middle in order to give a profile that provides rigidity and stiffness required to assist in vertical alignment. The
collecting plates consist of 7 collecting electrodes arranged in longitudinal rows and interlocked via leading and
trailing edges so that the electrodes form a single electrode plate running active zone height and active zone length
in the flow direction per zone. The top end of each electrode is fixed to the roof structure in strict alignment. The
bottom end of each electrode is fixed to the rapper bars which run in slots to align the bottom of the plate. The
downstream end of the rapper bar has an anvil which the tumbling hammer hits during rapping.

DISCHARGE (EMISSION) ELECTRODES

The emission electrodes are assembled on electrode frames which are suspended from the roof beams through the
supporting high voltage insulators. Four cylindrical insulators are used for each bus section. The supporting
insulators are placed into dedicated tunnels formed at the ESPs roof. The insulators are electrically heated to avoid
condensation on their surface. The heating resistance functioning is controlled by thermostats located on the top of
the insulator tunnels weather protected with metal covers. Each electrode frame is divided in two sub-frames.
Stack height of 100 m is proposed which is assessed to be adequate and compliant based on SO2 load calculations
as under :
Stack Height calculation for 130 TPH –
NG/Coal/Briquettes/Biomass Fired Boiler Capacity in TPH 130
Coal/Briquettes/Biomass consumption in MT/Day 475
Coal/Briquettes/Biomass consumption in MT/Hr 20
Sulphur content in coal in % 1 Max
Therefore total sulphur in coal Kg/Hr 200
SO2 generation (Q ) in Kg/Hr 400
S + O2 = SO2
32 + 32 = 64
S- Sulphur O-Oxygen SO2- Sulphur Dioxide
Stack height in meter = : 14 x Q 0.3 84.5
Add 0.5 meter for lightning arrestor 85.0
Rounded off Stack Height in Meter 85
Actual height will be in Meter 100.0
Stack heights of other boilers have also been verified as per above criteria and found adequate.
2.15.3 Process gas emissions & proposed control measures

Table 2-9 Proposed process stacks
Stack Stack attached to Air pollution Height Air emission
No. Control (M) Pollutant Permissible limit
System Name (mg/NM3)
(A) Ethylenediamine (EDA)
1. 2-Stage Water scrubber of Water scrubber 30 NH3 175
Vapor Liquid separator
(B) Dicamba
2. Bag filter attached to SPD Bag Filter 30 PM 20
(C) Dimethyl Phosphoroamidothioate (DMPAT)
3. Reactor 2-Stage Caustic 30 PCl3 09
scrubber
4. NH3 recovery column 2-Stage water 30 NH3 175
scrubber
(D) Isocyanates & Chloroformates
5. Reactor 1st solvent +2nd 30 Phosgene NIL
water+3 rd
caustic
scrubber
6. Reactor 2-Stage water & 30 HCl 20
Caustic
scrubber
(E) Tri Methyl Phosphite(TMP) / Tri Ethyl Phosphite (TEP)
7. PCl3 storage tank Dilute Caustic 30 PCl3 09


scrubber
8. Reactor Dilute HCl 30 NH3 175
scrubber
9. Wet scrubber attached to Water Scrubber30 PM 150
SPD
(F) Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde (MPBAD)
10. Reactor Alkali Scrubber 30 Bromine 05
(G) Acephate
11. Reactor 2-Stage water 30 NH3 30
scrubber
(H) Sulphur-WDG (Wettable Dispersible Granule)
(I) Chloroacetyl Chloride
14. Reactor 2-Stage water 30 HCl 20
scrubber
15. Reactor Caustic 30 SO2 40
scrubber
(J) Methoxyacetyl Chloride
16. Reactor Water Scrubber 30 HCl 20
scrubber
(K) 2-Chloro-3, 3-tri fluoropropen-1,2 dimethylcyclopropane Carbonyl chloride
scrubber
(L) DV Acid Chloride
21. Reactor Caustic 30 SO2 < 40
scrubber
(M) DL-Methionine
22. Reactor Water Scrubber 30 NH3 < 175
(N) Acrolein, 1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2-Nitroethene , Sodium Cyanide ,Potassium Cyanide and
Cyanuric Chloride
23. Combined fume Thermal 30 PM 150
incinerator 1 & 2 (2 nos.) destruction HCl 20
SO2 40
NOx 25
H2S 45
HC (Organic 20
Trace)
HCN 30
(O) Sodium Cyanide

24. Reactor NH3 absorber 30 NH3 175
in H2SO4
scrubber
(P) Potassium Cyanide
25. Reactor NH3 absorber 30 NH3 175
H2SO4 scrubber


(Q) Cyanuric Chloride
26. Reactor (Crystalizer) HCl absorber 30 HCl 20
Water scrubber
(R) Tri Methyl Phosphide
27. Spray dryer of CaCl2 Water scrubber 30 PM 150
(S) Glufosinate
28. From Reactor to water Alkali scrubber 30 HC 20
scrubber & its vent to
Stack
29. From Reactor to water Water scrubber 30 NH3 30
Stack
30. From Reactor to water Caustic 30 HC + NH3 20 + 30
scrubber & its vent to scrubber
Stack
31. From Reactor to water Caustic 30 PCl3 09
Stack
32. From Tank to water Caustic 30 HCl 20
Stack
33. From Reactor to water Carbon 30 VOC + HC 60 + 20
scrubber & its vent to Absorption
Stack Tower
(T) Aluminium Phosphide
34. Reactor Water scrubber 30 P2O5/ PM 5 / 20
35. AP furnace Water scrubber 30 P2O5 + PM 5 / 20
36. AP Blender Water scrubber 30 Phosphine NIL
(U) Magnesium Phosphide
38. MP furnace Water scrubber 30 P2O5 + PM 5 / 20
39. MP Blender Water scrubber 30 Phosphine NIL
(V) Zinc Phosphide
41. ZP furnace Water scrubber 30 P2O5 + PM 5 / 20
(W) Captive Incinerator (2 nos)
42. Incinerator Plant (for solid Caustic 30 PM 50
& liquid) scrubber HCl 50
attached to SO2 200
incinerator plant CO 100 (daily avg.)
TOC 20
Total dioxin 0.2 ng TEQ/Nm3 (8 hr

& Furans sampling)
Sb+As+Pb+C 1.5 mg/Nm3 (2 hr

r+Co+Cu+Mn sampling)
+Ni+V & their
compounds
43. Stack attached to Bag Bag filter 30 PM 20
Filter-2 nos. for pesticide
formulation products.

2.15.4 Details of Scrubber systems for Process emission control

Table 2-10 Details of Scrubber systems for Process emission control
Stack Scrubber details Air pollution Dimensions Air emission Packing details
no. control system Diameter (mm) Pollutant Permissible Type Size
x Height (m) Name limit
(mg/NM3)
(A) Ethylenediamine (EDA)
1. 2-Stage Water scrubber Water scrubber 500 DIA X 12 NH3 175 Random 40 NB
of Vapor Liquid
separator
(B) Dicamba
2. Bag filter attached to Bag Filter 30 m2 PM 20 -- --
SPD
(C) Dimethyl Phosphoroamidothioate (DMPAT)
3. Reactor 2-Stage Caustic 500 mm DIA X PCl3 9 Random 40 NB
scrubber 12 MTR
4. NH3 recovery column 2-Stage water 500 mm Dia X 8 NH3 175 Random 40 NB
scrubber MTR
(D) Isocyanates & Chloroformates
5. Reactor 1st solvent +2nd 600 DIA X 6 Phosgene NIL Random 40 NB
water+3rd caustic MTR
scrubber
6. Reactor 2-Stage water & 600 mm Dia X 8 HCl 20 Random 40 NB
Caustic scrubber Mtr
(E) Tri Methyl Phosphite(TMP) / Tri Ethyl Phosphite (TEP)
7. PCl3 storage tank Dilute Caustic 400 mm DIA X 8 PCl3 09 Random 32 NB
scrubber MTR
8. Reactor Dilute HCl 500 mm DIA X 8 NH3 175 Random 40 NB
scrubber MTR
9. Wet scrubber attached Water Scrubber 500 DIA X 12 PM 150 Random 40 NB
to SPD
(F) Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde (MPBAD)
10. Reactor Alkali (Potassium 600 mm Dia X 8 Bromine 5 Random 40 NB
Hydroxide) Mtr
Scrubber
(G) Acephate
11. Reactor 2-Stage water 500 mm Dia X 8 NH3 30 Random 40 NB
scrubber MTR
SPD
(H) Sulphur-WDG (Wettable Dispersible Granule)
SPD
(I) Chloroacetyl Chloride
14. Reactor 2-Stage water 500 mm Dia X 8 HCl 20 Random 40 NB
scrubber MTR
15. Reactor Caustic scrubber 500 mm Dia X 8 SO2 40 Random 40 NB
MTR
(J) Methoxyacetyl Chloride
16. Reactor Water Scrubber 500 DIA X 12 HCl 20 Random 40 NB
MTR
(K) 2-Chloro-3, 3-tri fluoropropen-1,2 dimethylcyclopropane Carbonyl chloride
MTR
(L) DV Acid Chloride

(mg/NM3)
21. Reactor Caustic scrubber 500 mm Dia X 8 SO2 < 40 Random 40 NB
MTR
(M) DL-Methionine
22. Reactor Water Scrubber 500 DIA X 12 NH3 < 175 Random 40 NB
(N) Acrolein, 1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2-Nitroethene , Sodium Cyanide ,Potassium Cyanide and Cyanuric Chloride
23. Combined fume Fix Chamber of -- PM 150 -- --
incinerator 1 & 2 (2 2.5 m dia X 3 m HCl 20
nos.) SO2 40
NOx 25
H2S 45
HC 20
(Organic
Trace) 30
HCN
(O) Sodium Cyanide
24. Reactor NH3 absorber in 300 mm DIA X 6 NH3 175 Random 25 NB
H2SO4 scrubber MTR
(P) Potassium Cyanide
25. Reactor NH3 absorber 300 mm DIA X 6 NH3 175 Random 25 NB
H2SO4 scrubber MTR
(Q) Cyanuric Chloride
26. Reactor (Crystalizer) HCl absorber 500 mm DIA X 8 HCl 20 Random 25 NB
Water scrubber MTR
(R) Tri Methyl Phosphide
27. Spray dryer of CaCl2 Water scrubber 500 DIA X 12 PM 150 Random 40 NB
(S) Glufosinate
28. From Reactor to water Alkali scrubber 600 mm Dia X 8 HC 20 Random 40 NB
scrubber & its vent to Mtr
Stack
29. From Reactor to water Water scrubber 500 DIA X 12 NH3 30 Random 40 NB
Stack
30. From Reactor to water Caustic scrubber 500 mm Dia X 8 HC + NH3 20 + 30 Random 40 NB
scrubber & its vent to MTR
Stack
31. From Reactor to water Caustic scrubber 500 mm Dia X 8 PCl3 9 Random 40 NB
Stack
32. From Tank to water Caustic scrubber 500 mm Dia X 8 HCl 20 Random 40 NB
Stack
33. From Reactor to water Carbon Absorption 500 DIA X 12 VOC + 60 + 20 Random 40 NB
scrubber & its vent to Tower HC
Stack
(T) Aluminium Phosphide
34. Reactor Water scrubber 500 DIA X 12 P2O5/ PM 5 / 20 Random 40 NB
35. AP furnace Water scrubber 500 DIA X 12 P2O5 + 5 / 20 Random 40 NB
PM
36. AP Blender Water scrubber 500 DIA X 12 Phosphin NIL Random 40 NB
e
(U) Magnesium Phosphide
38. MP furnace Water scrubber 500 DIA X 12 P2O5 + 5 / 20 Random 40 NB
PM
39. MP Blender Water scrubber 500 DIA X 12 Phosphin NIL Random 40 NB

(mg/NM3)
e
(V) Zinc Phosphide
41. ZP furnace Water scrubber 500 DIA X 12 P2O5 + 5 / 20 Random 40 NB
PM
(W) Captive Incinerator
42. Incinerator Plant (for Bag filter & 500 mm DIA X PM 50 Random 40 NB
solid & liquid) Caustic scrubber 8 MTR HCl 50
attached to SO2 200
incinerator plant CO 100 (daily
avg.)
TOC 20
Total 0.1 ng
dioxin & TEQ/Nm3 (8
Furans hr sampling)
Sb+As+P 1.5 mg/Nm3
b+Cr+Co (2 hr
+Cu+Mn+ sampling)
Ni+V &
their
compoun
ds
43 Stack attached to Bag Bag filter 30 m2 PM 20
Filter-2 nos. for
pesticide formulation
products.
TYPICAL TWO STAGE SCRUBBER SYSTEM FOR CONTROL OF PROCESS EMISSIONS FROM REACTION VESSEL
gas out Exit Gas Venting through Process Stack

with sampling point and ladder
ID fan
Heat Exchanger
Primary Scrubber with
packed bed Heat Exchanger
Secondary Scrubber with
packed bed
Gas stream from

reaction vessel
Circulation Circulation
Pump Pump
Scrubbing media receiving tanks

2.15.5 Spin Flash Dryer Circuit for CaCl2 treatment
2.15.6 Fume Incinerator

Design data:
No. of Units : 2 Nos.
Waste : Air contaminated with gas
Temperature : Ambient
Firing Rate : 750 CFM Contaminated Air
Furnace Pressure : -5 to -10 mmWC
Furnace Temperature : 800 °C
Burner : Duel Fired (N.G. & F.O.)
Rated Heat Load : 0.5 x 106 Kcal/ Hr.
Flue gas Temperature : 160 °C (After dilution at Educator)
OPERATION :
Vapours from various tanks & vessels are collected in common chamber of 2.5m dia x 3 m length. All the incoming
lines introduced through dip pipe in the tanks. Inside chamber, caustic solution is kept, so acidic fumes get
neutralised in it. This vapour mixture is then incinerated in the furnace. For safe operation, Flame Arresters are
provided to the tanks in reverse direction to prevent any spark from furnace.
INTERLOCKS :
Temp. Control valve of Furnace interlocked with N.G. Supply line. As the temp. In furnace reduces then set point,
N.G. Supply shall start automatically.
Inter lock given between blower / Eductor fan & Solenoid valve of burner. If one or both of these fans are tripped,
burner shall shut off.
Diff press control valve is provided to prevent the back fire. When press in the vent tank reduces then Furnace
press, this valve shall close automatically.
Eductor fan is interlocked with air blower & N.G. supply. If eductor fan stops, Air blower & N.G. supply shall cut off.

2.15.7 Air pollution control measures for Captive Incinerator

Captive Incinerator for solid and liquid wastes shall have Bag filter and packed column caustic scrubber attached to
incinerator plant for control of PM and other pollutants. Details are given at section 2.14.8 in this chapter. It shall be
ensured that the flue gas emissions from the incinerator comply with the prescribed limits of environmental standards
for Pesticides Industry as per schedule of Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986.
2.16 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

Fugitive emissions can be defined as the emissions due:-
 to the evaporation of raw material and solvents, etc.,
 Due to spills, leaks, storage tanks, drums, improper handling and transfer of chemicals, etc.
 Poor housekeeping,
 Lack of proper maintenance leads to the huge amount of fugitive emissions of reactants/products/solvents.
These emissions are generally from solvents with other associated matters.
These fugitive emissions usually spread in the process plant posing a threat to the workmen and sometimes leading
to formation of clouds and explosions due to increased concentration of pollutants. Thus, proper collection,
conveyance, treatment and disposal become highly necessary.
Table 2-11 Sources of Fugitive Dust

Continuous Type of Pollutant added to
Area Type of activity
or Intermittent Fugitive Dust ambient air
Storage, unloading and
Crushed coal loading onto conveyor belts Continuous
Coal dust PM10 and PM 2.5
storage area and transferring to boiler units activity
through conveyor belts
Hazardous air pollutants
Solid chemical charging from Intermittent
Production area Chemical dust (HAPs) in particulate matter
bags activity
form
Hazardous air pollutants
Solid Product Bag filling of product powder Continuous
Fine dust (HAPs) in particulate matter
bagging area or lumps activity
form
For control of fugitive dust, the concerned areas shall be enclosed, covered transfer systems shall be adopted,
workers shall be provided PPEs, machinery shall be provided with dust extraction systems if found necessary by
work place monitoring., minimum manual operations, local exhausts and roof top ventilators shall be provided
2.16.1 Control of Coal dust

 The coal handling equipment, area infrastructure, procedures and systems shall be in compliance with
CPCB & GPCB guidelines.
 Ready to use crushed coal shall be purchased. Coal dust shall be controlled through covered conveyers
and bunkers and water spraying wherever required.
 Coal dust level shall be regularly monitored in workplace and ensure that it remains within permissible limits
of Factories Act, 1948 and Gujarat Factories Rules, 1963.
2.16.2 Sources of Fugitive Chemical Vapors & their control

Table 2-12 Sources of Fugitive Chemical vapors
Area Type of activity Continuous or Pollutant added to ambient air
Intermittent
Production, tank farms, HAP chemicals with low V.Ps and Continuous HAP chemicals with low V.Ps
drum filling areas pressurized gases and pressurized gases
Sr. Probable sources Proposed Control measures

1. Pump glands and seals All pumps handling HAP chemicals with low V.Ps and pressurized gases
shall have mechanical seals which are presently best for preventing
emissions.
2. vents of storage tanks – Liquid raw materials will be charged by pumping.
during withdrawal to day Dedicated measuring tanks will be provided for each reactor.


tanks Closed conduit systems will be employed
Metering pumps shall also be used wherever required.
Suitable stoichiometric calculations will be done and followed to regulate
the quantity of reactants to be charged to reaction vessels in order to avoid
use of excess chemicals, which in turn will minimize organic load in the
effluent.
3. During reactions & Solvent All reactors & solvent recovery systems shall be closed and provided with
recovery systems main condenser with chilled water circulation and vent condensers with
brine circulation for maximum vapor recovery
Solvent recovery of minimum 95% shall be achieved
Temperature and pressure conditions shall be stringently controlled as per
the process requirement and optimized with low temperature and vacuum
conditions wherever feasible.
4. Pressure Relief Valve For highly pressurized lines, pressure equalization shall be followed with
Emissions from pipelines return lines so that the pipelines as well as connected equipment do not
get pressurized unduly.
5. Release from Sampling Lines Shall be carried out using a closed loop sampling system.
6. Emissions from Bulk Storage Breather valves, PSVs, Rupture discs to be provided wherever applicable.
Tanks during storage, loading Tank Pressure equalization shall be applied wherever required
and unloading Use of ISO tankers for Hazardous Chemicals and Closed transfer system.
7. Valves, Flanges, plugs and Welded pipes to be used wherever feasible
instrument connections Suitable gasket material to be used
Suitable gland packing to be used in valves
Periodic inspection and maintenance of pipes and pipe fittings
8. Chemical vapors during Covered transfer systems shall be adopted, workers shall be provided
filtration and drying proces PPEs, fume extraction system shall be provided wherever required.
9. Drum filling machinery Covered transfer systems shall be adopted, workers shall be provided
PPEs, fume extraction system shall be provided wherever
required.minimum manual operations, local exhausts and roof top
ventilators
10. Warehouse storing drums Spillages shall be strictly prevented by providing drip pans, proper
and bags handling equipment,
Spill control procedures and equipment shall be provided

2.17 HAZARDOUS / NON-HAZARDOUS WASTES MANAGEMENT

Details of the waste anticipated for the proposed production have been presented at Table below. The wastes have been categorized as per the Hazardous and Other wastes
(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016
Table 2-13 Hazardous/ Non-Hazardous Waste Generation

Category
Sr. Generation per
Type of Waste (As Per Source of Generation Mode of Storage & treatment Mode of Disposal
No. Annum
Sch-2016)
ETP sludge/STP Store in imperious storage area with roofing Send to TSDF site of M/s. BEIL at Dahej
1. 35.3 5200 MT From ETP/STP
Sludge near ETP / STP for landfilling
Store in drums in H.W. storage area (with Sale to CPCB registered re-processor /
2. Used Oil 5.1 250 KL Machinery
shed and imperious flooring) recycler
Containers - 21666
Nos.
Discarded (435 MT) / recycle/reuse into process or sale to GPCB
Raw material containers / Collection, decontamination and store in
3. containers / bags / 33.1 Bags - 21666 Nos. authorized dealers and scrap processors or
bags imperious storage area with roofing
liners (217 MT) / contaminated drums to M/s. BEIL at Dahej
Liners - 21666 Nos.
(435 MT)
Send to Cement Industry for co processing
52378*** Store in drums / Tanks in H.W. storage area
4. Organic Residue 29.1 From process / CHWIF site of M/s. BEIL at Ankleshwar
MT (with shed and imperious flooring)
for Incineration
Send to Cement Industry for co processing
4243 *** Store in drums / Tanks in H.W. storage area
5. Aqueous Waste 29.1 From process / CHWIF site of M/s. BEIL at Ankleshwar
MT (with shed and imperious flooring)
for Incineration
Inorganic Salts
128690** Stored in drums / bags in H.W. storage area Send to TSDF site of M/s. BEIL at Dahej
6. from Evaporation / 35.3 From process
MT (with shed and imperious flooring) for landfilling
Process
Date -expired and
Stored in drums / bags in H.W. storage area CHWIF site of M/s. BEIL at Ankleshwar for
7. off specification 29.3 150 MT From process
(with shed and imperious flooring) Incineration / captive incineration
pesticides
Stored in drums / bags in H.W. storage area
8. Used Batteries B1 (B1020) 300 Nos. From process plant Sale it to MoEF&CC authorized recycler
(with shed and imperious flooring)

Category
Sr. Generation per
Type of Waste (As Per Source of Generation Mode of Storage & treatment Mode of Disposal
No. Annum
Sch-2016)
Spent filter Stored in drums / bags in H.W. storage area Send to CHWIF site of M/s. BEIL at
9. 36.2 120 MT From process
Material (with shed and imperious flooring) Ankleshwar for Incineration
Recovery / sale to GPCB approved
Stored in drums / tanks in H.W. storage area recyclers / Send to CHWIF site of M/s.
10. Spent solvent 29.4 6500 KL From process
(with shed and imperious flooring) BEIL at Ankleshwar for Incineration /
captive incineration
Send to TSDF site of M/s. BEIL at Dahej
Contaminated Stored in drums / bags in H.W. storage area for landfilling / Send to CHWIF site of M/s.
11. 33.2 30 MT From process plant
cotton waste (with shed and imperious flooring) BEIL at Ankleshwar for Incineration /
captive incineration
Stored in drums / bags in H.W. storage area Send to TSDF site of M/s. BEIL at Dahej
12. Insulation Waste 33.1 40 MT From Equipment
(with shed and imperious flooring) for landfilling
Non recyclable Raw material containers / Stored in drums / bags in H.W. storage area Send to TSDF site of M/s. BEIL at Dahej
13. 33.1 45 MT
Plastic waste bags (with shed and imperious flooring) for landfilling
Stored in drums / bags in H.W. storage area Send to TSDF site of M/s. BEIL at Dahej
14. Used PPE 33.1 10 MT From process plant
(with shed and imperious flooring) for landfilling
Packed in HDPE bags and stored in Send to TSDF site of M/s. BEIL at Dahej
15. Incineration ash 37.2 4000 MT From incinerator designated place (with shed and imperious for landfilling
flooring)
Stored in Bags/drums in designated place Send to CHWIF site of M/s. BEIL at
16. Spent Catalyst 29.5 50 MT From process
(with shed and imperious flooring) Ankleshwar for Incineration
Hexa methylene
diisocyanate, Chloroacetyl
Chloride, Methoxyacetyl
Chloride, 2-Chloro-3, 3-tri
17. HCl sol. (28-32%) 29.6 99894 MT To be stored in tanks By selling to actual user.
fluoropropen-1,2
Carbonyl chloride, Acid
Chloride, Cyanuric chloride
** Sr No 6 Inorganic Salts from Evaporation / Process – Unit will segregate & recover valuable salts (By-product) from stream & sold to end users.

***Unit will try to send maximum organic residue waste to cement industries; balance quantity will be sent to common incineration facilities/Captive Incineration. In case of capacity
constraint at Common Incineration, the unit will set up captive incinerator as per CPCB guidelines.
All applicable by-products will be considered in Hazardous Waste as per Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management & Trans-Boundary Movement) Rules 2016.

Letter of Intent is obtained from Ambuja Cements Limited for accepting organic solid / hazardous wastes from this
unit for co-processing at their plant at P.O Ambujanagar, Taluka Kodinar, District Gir-Somnath, Gujarat. Copy is
annexed as Annexure – 12.
Proponent is committed to ensure that the actual users have valid authorization for utilization of Hazardous and
other waste under Rule 9 of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules,
2016.
Letter of acceptance is obtained from M/s. BEIL for accepting landfill waste at their Dahej TSDF site and incinerable
waste at CHWIF site at Ankleshwar. Copy is annexed as Annexure – 27.
Disposal at Landfill site of M/s. BEIL –

- ETP sludge/STP Sludge
- Inorganic Salts from Evaporation/Process
- Contaminated cotton waste
- Insulation waste
- Non recyclable plastic waste
- Used PPE
- Incineration ash
Disposal at Common Incineration facility

- Organic residue
- Aqueous waste
- Date-expired and off specifications pesticides
- Spent filter material
- Spent solvent
- Contaminated cotton waste
- Spent catalyst
Waste going for Reuse/Recycle/Recovery

- Used Oil
- Discarded containers / bags / liners
- Used Batteries
2.17.1 Fly Ash Utilization

Ash calculation
% Ash in crushed coal : 15% max
Ash Generation per day = coal consumption in MT/d x % ash = (2180.3 MT/day)*0.15 = 327.075 MT/day = 119383
MT/A
Table 2-14.2 Non Hazardous Waste Generation

Mode of Mode of disposal
Sr. Type of Source of
Quantity Per Annum Storage and
No. Waste Generation
Treatment
Sale to cement
From combustion
Store in silos in
industries / brick
1 Ash 119383 MT of coal, briquettes
boiler area
manufacturer / actual
in boilers
users
Letter of intent is obtained from M/s. Premier Minerals & Chemical Industries, Panoli for accepting fly ash for
manufacturing fly ash brick manufacturer. Copy of same is annexed as Annexure – 31.
2.17.2 Method for de-contamination and disposal of discarded containers and its record keeping.
Contaminated drums, carboys and bags shall be collected in dedicated area near ETP provided with impervious
flooring and shed. The dedicated washing area with suitable overhead tank and piping network for washing as well
as garland type drainage shall be provided. The drainage shall be connected to ETP drain. It shall be ensured that

no washing effluent gets overflowed outside the washing area or gets mixed with storm water drain. Treated effluent
shall be used for washing contaminated containers.
After decontamination, the containers shall be properly drained and stacked properly. They shall be reused within
plant premises or sell to GPCB authorized merchant.
2.18 ONLINE MONITORING ARRANGEMENTS

As per CPCB guideline, Unit shall install Continuous Emission Monitoring System (CEMS) at following discharge
points. The online data shall be transmitted to CPCB / GPCB portal.
 At treated effluent discharge pump outlet line before GIDC drainage pit – online Magnetic Flow Meter, pH
meter, TSS meter, TOC / TN meter (COD / BOD / Ammonical Nitrogen) on discharge line. Server
connection of online system at company’s website as well as at GPCB portal shall be provided.
 Process gas detectors for high level detection at following process stacks :
- Ammonia
- H2S
- HCl
- Chlorine
- VOC
- Phosgene
 In Power Plant, on flue gas stacks of boilers for PM, SO2, NOX, CO, CO2.
 If captive incinerators are installed, on stack of each incinerator for PM, SO2, NOX, CO, CO2
2.19 SOLVENT RECOVERY

Unit shall have dedicated solvent recovery systems with primary condensers and secondary chillers to recover
solvents at each plant.
Solvent Recovery Plan:

1. Solvent recovery can be increased by optimization of operational parameters like temperature, pressure,
and vacuum.
2. By providing two-stage condenser for solvent recovery: (i) Main Condenser, (ii) Vent Condenser
3. Shall provide chilled water supply to main condenser and brine water supply to vent condenser.
4. Wherever required, the solvents shall be directly pumped into day tanks from the storage tanks and shall be
charged into the reactors without involving any manual handling.
5. All the pumps will mechanical seal type to avoid any leakage of solvent
6. Pipelines connected with reactors and scrubbers will be installed with minimum number of flanges, joints
and valves.
7. Implementation of LDAR program.
8. Try to send maximum possible distillation residue to cement industry for co-processing.
9. Regular internal & external VOC monitoring would be carried out.
10. achieved solvent recovery above 95%

Table 2-15 Details of solvent recovery

Proposed Proposed Solvent
% Purity Consumed in Subject to
Productio Productio added to Recoverd Solvent
Batch of process recovery %Purity of
Sr n n Batch
Product List Size Solvent solvent recovered
No. Capacity Capacity
in kg added to % solvent
(MT/Annu (MT/Mont per batch per batch per batch per batch
batch Recovery
m) h)
1 S Metolachlor 5000 416.67 1000 Toluene 98 1569 -- 1537.62 1528.30 97.41 98
Xylene 98 4000 -- 3920.00 3881.00 97.03 98
2 Dicamba 5000 416.67 1000
Methanol 99 2415 -- 2390.85 2338.23 96.82 99
Toluene 98 1535 -- 1504.20 1504.40 98.01 98
Methyl iso butyl ketone 95 2453 -- 2329.88 2354.50 96.00 95
4 Clodinafop 2000 166.67 1000
Isopropyl alcohol 97 1972 -- 1912.55 1875.00 95.10 97
Dimethylformamide 95 2260 -- 2147.18 2186.10 96.72 95
5 Asulam 4000 333.33 1000 Methanol 99 295 -- 305.20 295.00 95.69 99
Methanol 99 1920 110.00 1809.00 1740.00 95.22 99
6 Azoxystrobin 2000 166.67 1000 Trimethylorthoformate 95 2020 494.00 1526.00 1450.00 95.02 95
Dimethyl formamide 95 2655 -- 2522.25 2600.00 97.93 95
7 Bifenthrin 500 41.67 1000 Hexane 96 1626 -- 1561.00 1580.00 97.17 96
Ethyl Acetate 96 2355 -- 2260.80 2302.70 97.78 96
8 Acephate 30000 2500.00 1000
Methylene Dichloride 96 6446 -- 6188.16 6347.10 98.47 96
Methanol 99 1920 110.00 1809.00 1740.00 95.22 99
Pilot Plant / multi purpose plant (MPP)
9 1000 83.33 1000 Trimethylorthoformate 95 2020 494.00 1526.00 1450.00 95.02 95
(As Azoxystrobin)
Dimethyl formamide 95 2655 -- 2522.25 2600.00 97.93 95
10 Atrazine 5000 416.67 1000 Toluene 99 2140.40 -- 2119.00 2076.20 97.00 99
Trimethyl benzene 98 7637 -- 7484.26 7515.00 98.40 98
Tetra Hydrofuran 99 848 -- 839.52 823.00 97.05 99
11 Glufosinate 10000 833.33 1000 Ethanol 92 3139 -- 2887.88 3045.00 97.01 92
Methanol 99 12709 -- 12581.91 12305.00 96.82 99
Acetone 99 6817.7 -- 6749.52 6613.55 97.01 99
Di Methyl Phosphoro Amido Thioate Methylene Dichloride 96 1525 -- 1464.00 1479.25 97.00 96
18 30000 2500.00 1000
(DMPAT) Methanol 99 2428.30 453.90 1950.12 1934.80 98.22 99
19.1 3-4 dichloro Phenyl isocynate Or/and Mono chloro benzene 95 5460.30 -- 5187.00 5350.20 97.99 95
19.2 3-Chloro Phenyl Isocyanate Or/and Mono chloro benzene 95 5139 -- 4882.05 5031.01 97.90 95
19 20000 1666.67 1000
19.3 M-Tolyl Isocynate Or/and Ethylene Dichloride 97 5391.40 -- 5229.66 5281.85 97.97 97
19.4 Phenyl Isocyanate Or/and Ethylene Dichloride 97 5511 -- 5345.67 5400.90 98.00 97
Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 116 of

277
Sr n n Batch
batch Recovery
m) h)
3-Chloro-4 Methyl Phenyl Isocyanate
19.5 Mono chloro benzene 95 5319.40 -- 5053.43 5210.40 97.95 95
Or/and
19.6 Isopropyl Phenyl Isocynate Or/and Ethylene Dichloride 97 5256.70 -- 5099.00 5147.56 97.92 97
19.7 Benzofuranol Chloroformate Or/and Toluene 98 5231.40 -- 5126.77 5123.28 97.93 98
19.8 Para Chloro Phenyl Isocyanate Or/and Mono chloro benzene 95 5288.40 -- 5023.98 5179.21 97.94 95
Ortho Di chloro
19.9 Hexa methylene diisocyanate Or/and 95 7157.90 -- 6800.00 7028.33 98.19 95
Benzene
19.10 3,5 dichloro phenyl isocyanate Or/and Mono chloro benzene 95 5460 -- 5187.00 5350.10 97.99 95
2,6 Di Isopropyl phenyl isocyanate
19.11 Ethylene Dichloride 97 5123.80 -- 4970.09 5015.67 97.89 97
Or/and
19.12 Cyclo hexyl isocyanate Or/and Toluene 98 5649.60 -- 5536.60 5538.52 98.03 98
Ortho Chloro Phenyl Isocyanate
Or/and
Para Toluene Sulphynyl Isocyanate
Or/and
Para nitro benzyl chloroformate
19.15 Mono chloro benzene 95 5095 -- 4840.25 4987.20 97.88 95
Or/and
19.16 Hexyl Isocyanate Or/and Mono chloro benzene 95 5426.20 -- 5154.89 5316.23 97.97 95
19.17 Phenyl Chloro Formate Or/and Mono chloro benzene 95 5273.80 -- 5010.11 5165.17 97.94 95
Para nitro phenyl chloroformate
19.18 Toluene 98 5748.30 -- 5633.33 5637.71 98.08 98
Or/and
19.19 Ethyl Chloro Formate Or/and Mono chloro benzene 95 5564.60 -- 5286.37 5454.29 98.02 95
19.20 Methyl Chloro formate Or/and Mono chloro benzene 95 5384 -- 5114.80 5309.18 98.61 95
N-Methyl Phenyl carbonyl Chloride
19.21 Methylene Dichloride 96 1772.10 -- 1701.22 1717.97 96.95 96
Or/and
2,6-Difluoro benzoyl isocyanate
19.22 Toluene 98 1569.10 -- 1537.72 1516.37 96.64 98
Or/and
2-Methoxy carbonyl Benzyl Sulphonyl Toluene 98 2174 -- 2130.52 2138.30 98.36 98
19.23
Isocyanate Or/and Methanol 99 1724 144.08 1579.00 1578.00 98.94 99
Cyclo Hexyl Alkyl Di isocyanate
Or/and
19.25 Benzophenone Xylene 98 2591.10 -- 2539.28 2528.07 97.57 98

277
Sr n n Batch
batch Recovery
m) h)
Tri Methyl Phosphite(TMP) / Tri Ethyl
20 5000 416.67 1000 Heavy Normal Parafin 99 8981 -- 8891.19 8981.00 100.00 99
Phosphite (TEP)
Toluene 98 2701 -- 2646.98 2576.40 95.39 98
Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde
21 3000 250.00 1000 Ethylene DiChloride 97 3055 -- 2963.35 2993.90 98.00 97
(MPBAD)
Mono Ethylene Glycol 97 718 696.46 690.00 96.10 97
Methoxy methyl acrylate 1000 83.33 1000 Toluene 98 5950 -- 5831.00 5879.00 98.81 98
22
1000 83.33 1000 Methanol 99 3597 3050.00 2927.00 95.01 99
23 Amino Aceto Nitrile Sulphate 1000 83.33 1000 Methanol 99 3454.50 609.52 2810.44 2783.10 98.04 99
2-Chloro-3, 3-tri fluoropropen-1,2
24.3 Dimethylcyclopropane Carbonyl 600 50.00 1000 n-Hexane 96 947 -- 909.12 916.00 96.73 96
24
chloride (MTH Acid Chloride)
24.4 DV Acid Chloride 1000 83.33 1000 n-Hexane 96 937 -- 899.52 909.00 97.01 96
25.2 Dimethyl Cyanoiminodithiocarbonate 1000 83.33 1000 Methylene Dichloride 96 2000 -- 1920.00 1930.00 96.50 96
Methylene Dichloride 96 7500 -- 7200.00 7400.00 98.67 96
25 1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2-
25.4 2000 166.67 1000 Methanol 99 2000 -- 1980.00 1920.00 96.00 99
Nitroethene
Toluene 98 1000 -- 980.00 950.00 95.00 98
27 27.3 Cyanuric Chloride 15000 1250.00 1000 Toluene 99 3333.30 -- 3299.97 3250.00 97.50 99

277
2.20 HOUSEKEEPING
Bad housekeeping is a significant source of pollution adding pollutants in water environment (in storm waters, runoff
waters), in ambient air (by way of dusting), on land (by way of carryover) as well as affects the health and safety of
workers in many ways. Good housekeeping is therefore an essential pollution control measure to be implemented by all
manufacturing units.
UPL has a well-developed system implemented at its existing units for maintaining housekeeping in the various sections
of the unit with supervisory control from process and safety departments. The same shall be implemented in the
proposed unit also.
Some of the practices which improve housekeeping are as listed below:

 The Safety Committee should regularly inspect the housekeeping in various sections of the plant.
 Internal roads and major walkways as well as work areas should be carpeted either by asphalt or paver blocks
to minimize dusting as well as provide ease of transportation and movement.
 All equipment and auxiliaries, piping should be labeled appropriately
 Piping Colour code should be followed
 Wastes should be collected in separate containers with labels and marking in each department and sent to
common waste collection area in the factory for disposal.
 Spill Control procedures should be developed and given to shift incharge.
 Electrical wirings should be properly housed
The proponent has assured to follow good housekeeping policy for the proposed new plant.
In addition to this, following measures shall also be taken to improve housekeeping :-

 Localized extraction and scrubbing facilities for dust and fumes.
2.21 FIRE FIGHTING FACILITIES
Since the plant shall handle flammable chemicals as well as carry out chemical reactions, the proponent has committed
to provide DCS/PLC/SCADA control system and suitable safety measures with modern & adequate facilities for accident
prevention and hazard control.
All sections of the factory shall be covered with fire hydrant system. Fire extinguishers shall be provided at all
necessary locations and of suitable type and capacity. Unit shall have fire tender and ambulance. Flammable areas
shall be classified as per applicable rules and protected by spark avoidance and flameproof electric fittings. The
organization shall develop an on-site emergency plan to handle emergencies and accidents and upgrades it periodically.
Details can be referred in risk assessment and DMP report submitted separately by project proponent.
2.22 INFRASTRUCTURE AVAILABILITY

The layout is tentatively planned having various manufacturing sections, raw material and finished product storage
areas, ETP, MEE, Captive incinerator ,Fume incinerator, process scrubber, Utility sections, Control rooms, admin block,
QC lab, waste storage area, aboveground and underground tankfarms, ECC, OHC, canteen, Engg. Block etc. The
layout and areas provided to each section are adequate with sufficient distances and internal paved roads. Green belt
is developed which shall be enhanced to cover ~ 34.81 % of the total plot area.
The details of total plot area and built-up facilities have been summarized table below.
Table 2-16 Break up of different land use of factory (for proposed project)
Sr.
Proposed Land use Approx. area (Sq. m) %
No.
1 Administrative block 4636 0.61
2 QC lab 2000 0.26
3 Plant facilities(MP-1 to 6) - including tank farms 149123 19.74
4 Utility facilities (Boilers) 15400 2.04
5 Underground storage tanks 5060 0.67
6 Pilot plant/multi purpose plant(MPP) 3000 0.40
7 Captive power plant(1,2,3) 11057 1.46
8 Coal storage 6400 0.85
9 Ash storage 4000 0.53

10 Incineration unit for Fumes-1 & 2 4786 0.63
11 Captive Incineration unit for organic liquid (2 nos.) 2393 0.32
12 ETP + RO + MEE 6400 0.85
13 Raw water storage 17022 2.25
14 CS2 storage area 1622 0.21
15 RM ware house 7182 0.95
16 Finished good storage 7182 0.95
17 Cylinder storage area 3000 0.40
18 Hazardous waste storage area 5200 0.69
19 Approach road(s)/ drains 102958 13.63
Others (change room, wash room, internal passages,
20 58608 7.76
canteen, security room,quarantine)
Total occupied 417029 55.20
21 Open area 70661 9.35
22 Green belt 263005 34.81
23 Ponds (unoccupied and unaltered) 4800 0.64
Total Area under possession – Sq. Mt. 755495 100.00
Source : Plot layout plan Drawing no.: UPL/DHJ/PLOT PLAN/01 dated 10-02-2017
2.23 PROJECT COST

The estimated approx. cost of the project shall be Rs. 2388.19 Crore out of which approximately Rs. 209 Crore shall be
invested in Environmental Management System (EMS) constituting proposed ETP, MEE plant, RO, STP, Incineration
plants, Solid / hazardous waste management and disposal facilities, green belt development, Air pollution control
measures.
Table 2-17 Project Cost Breakup

Group Particulars Nos. Cost Rs (In Lac)
Land 755495.16 Sq. m area of plot D-3/6 1 8500
Reactors 400 10000
Condenser 800 6400
Hydrogenation reactor 10 1500
Agitated Nutsche Filters (ANF) 30 1800
Process Spray Dryers and Rotary Vacuum Dryers 22 1800
Plant Tank 2000 12000
Process pumps 6000 12000
Ejector 25 250
Valve and Instruments 1 25000
Column 70 1050
Brine (up to - 20°C) 17 1360
Boiler (For water and oil) 11 18600
D.G set 4 800
Utilities
RO system 1 3000
Chilling plant 32 1600
Cooling tower 95 950
Storage Water Storage Tank 5 1500
Tanks Raw material storage tank 4 2000
Air Pollution Control Measure (APCM) (Bag filter, Multi cyclone 1500
separator, ESP,water scrubber, scrubber systems for process
Environ- emissions),
ment Effluent treatment plant (ETP) (1350 KLD * 2) 12400
MEE Plant (1200 KLD in three modules)
Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) (100 KLD) and their accessories,

Group Particulars Nos. Cost Rs (In Lac)

Construction of stormwater network
Acoustic enclosures for utility housing, D.G set 2
Installation of online monitoring systems, detector systems, CEMS, 50
Odour Control Measures, inhouse monitoring and analytical facilities,
third party monitoring arrangements
Construction of OHC & its infrastructure facilities, ambulance facility 10
Plantation, irrigation, fertilizers and pesticides 138
Augmentation of storage areas for different types of wastes in 6800
compliance with the HW rules togetherwith necessary infrastructure
and equipment for collection and transport, incineration plants
Plant building civil and structural work 1 25197.0
Preoperative expenses 1 6500.0
Piping Installation 1 19832.1
Insualtion & Painting 1 9000.0
Civil
Safety Items 1 4500.0
Electrical installation 1 20069.5
Misc expenses:- Lab, office, ware house, furniture & fixtures, office &
1 1000.0
lab requirement
Total 217108.6
Contingencies (10%) 21710.9
Grand Total 238819.5
2.24 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT

Proposed manpower :
During Construction phase : approx. 100 permanent employees and about 500 nos. on contractual basis through
Engineering Procurement Construction contractor.
During Operational phase : The project shall generate employment to approx. 600 permanent employees and also about
800 nos. on contractual basis during operational phase comprising of skilled and unskilled manpower.
Level of Plant Engineer Superviser Operator Helper Total

employment Manager
Approximate 32 92 120 356 800 1400
no. required
There shall be recruitment in the field of plant operation, laboratory activities, engineering, maintenance, instrumentation
and process control, safety, occupational health facility, environment management, security, purchase, logistics,
accounts, warehousing, housekeeping and such other fields related to a manufacturing facility.
As per the terms and conditions of GIDC, proponent is committed to give employment as per Government rules and
regulation and shall fill at least 85% posts in the unit by local persons according to skill and unskilled and academic
qualification. At least 65% posts of managerial and supervisory cadres shall be filled by local persons.
Priority shall be given to land losers of Dahej Industrial Estate and local affected people.
(Definition of ‘local person’as given in GIDC plot allotment letter:- a person domiciled in Gujarat State for the last 15
years)
Project specific training shall be imparted to enhance skills and increase local people.
The local skilled and unskilled workmen shall get opportunity to work in a well-managed and organized industry having
all basic amenities and facilities for employees and a safe and clean work environment.
 Other trade and commerce opportunities shall be provided to local people in way of
 mechanical supplies,

 machinery services and repair work

 spare parts and accessories supplies
 canteen services and supplies,
 housekeeping,
 security,
 green belt maintenance,
 contractual labor for packaging and other activities.
2.25 SUMMARY OF RESOURCES AND IMPACT – ASPECT RELATIONS W.R.T PROJECT

The proposed project at M/s. UPL involves following resource requirement
Sr. No. Resource Consumption Source
1 Water 7795 KLD GIDC Supply
2 Fuel
Natural Gas for
5813 Nm3/day Gas Authority of India Limited (GAIL)
Thermic heater
Natural Gas for
1026037.4 Nm3/Day or 2180.3 Coal from Adani Coal supply
Boiler or Coal/
MT/day or 969 MTPD Briquette from Madhuram traders
Briquette or
respectively Furnace oil from BPCL/IOCL
Furnace Oil
Natural Gas for
Process
Natural Gas for
Incineration
Local supplier - To be used to run DG sets only
HSD 847 L/h
during emergency power requirement
600 nos. company employees + Max. efforts for recruitment from local areas and
3 Manpower
800 nos. contract basis within district and state
Continuous Power
Total power requirement will be 57 MWPH ( 10,000 KVA).
Standby Power
2.25.1 Impact aspect analysis

The given project shall have impacting activities during construction, commissioning as well as operational phases
which shall affect following Environmental attributes.
Below table provides a rationale for establishment of baseline environmental status w.r.t envisaged impacts on various
environmental/human resources due to the proposed project. It is to be noted that TOR stands governing for
consideration of baseline parameters to be studied in each area.
Table 2-18 Valued Environmental Components
Sr. Environment Major Impacting activities & probable impacts Baseline parameters to be monitored
No. during operational phase of the project
1. Landuse & The proposed project is in GIDC area, hence non Present Landuse and Landcover for
Landcover productive land is used for construction and the specified radial distance of 10 km from
selected site confers to all the rules of site project site
selection in terms of land use
2. Air Coal based boilers shall emit PM, SO2 and NOx Ambient Air Quality Monitoring for PM10,
Environment which if not controlled appropriately may cause air PM2.5, SO2, NOx, VOC as BTX, HCl,
pollution and impact on ambient air quality of the CS2,H2S, CO, NH3 – at residential,
area industrial areas

Sr. Environment Major Impacting activities & probable impacts Baseline parameters to be monitored
No. during operational phase of the project
Process emissions if not controlled appropriately

shall add pollutants to ambient air and endanger
the health of locality and ecology
HC shall be liberated from storage tanks and PM
from packing area which shall add pollutants to
ambient air if not controlled
PM from vehicular emission shall increase due to
increased road traffic and shall have adverse
health impact on social and biological environment
as well as affect crops and soil quality
3. Water The treated water from ETP at proponent’s facility Pondwaters - Physico-chemical
Environment is discharged finally in Sea. parameters, microbiological parameters,
4. Hydrology & MEE, STP & RO also provided for water treatment drainage
Groundwater The discharged water characteristics if violated
shall affect the species in sea Groundwaters - Physico-chemical
Surface run-offs and stormwaters if allowed to parameters, microbiological parameters,
spread around the factory premises, and if static water level, recharge
contaminated can adulterate groundwater and
nearby pondwaters thereby causing health hazard Soil – physic-chemical analysis of soil
for biological environment as well as damage to samples of villages in the study area,
crops and agricultural land Agricultural pattern
5. Ecology & Air pollution, water pollution, chemical storage and Terrestrial, Aquatic ecosystems of study
Biodiversity handling, hazardous waste storage and handling, area of 10 km radius
hazardous reactions, fire, explosion and toxic
release hazards shall have adverse impacts on
the biological environment if not mitigated
6. Noise There shall be increase in noise during the Ambient Noise levels at villages and near
construction phase. Much noise is not expected state highways
during the operational life of the plant
Road transport shall increase which shall cause
addition in road traffic noise levels
Higher levels of noise cause disturbance to
biological environment and related lifecycle
processes
7. Socio- The adverse impacts on air, water, soil and noise Demography, literacy, occupational
Economics shall have indirect impacts on health of residents structure, community structure, culture,
of the study area civic amenities, religion, social and
The employment generation due to the proposed economic development.
project shall benefit the economy
** As TOR stands governing for scope of EIA studies – the parameters considered are as per the TOR.

Chapter 3. Description of the Environment
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION
Baseline environmental status is the basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. It provides reference
values for assessing the significance and quantum of environmental consequences of the various project activities to the
environmental attributes considered for the study.
The environmental parameters for which baseline status is established are selected based on –
 anticipated project activities during construction, erection and commissioning and operational phase as
explained in chapter 2
 the standard ToRs issued by MoEF&CC for pesticides sector as well as specific and additional TORs issued by
EAC (industry-2) for this project as mentioned hereunder :
Specific TOR No. 4 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*,
chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, CS2 etc., (*-as applicable)
Environmental Status
I. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-
meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and
direction and rainfall.
II. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and
other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations
shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind
direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
III. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given
in the NAAQS Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max., average and 98%
values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be
provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.
Generic TOR No. 6 IV. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge
for Pesticides Sector point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
V. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the
CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.
VI. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.
VII. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.
VIII. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.
IX. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of
materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.
X. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study
area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species.
If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall
be prepared and furnished.
XI. Socio-economic status of the study area.
A well-planned monitoring programme had been formulated for conducting the BEM to obtain reliable and credible
results which are representative of the existing environment.

3.2 BEM PROGRAM
3.3 DEMARCATION OF IMPACT BOUNDARY

Following the final ToRs as issued by EAC (Industry-2), the impact and study area has been considered to be the area
within radius of 10 km from the project site. The project site and study area map have been shown in chapter 2.
Figure 3-1 Study Area Map (Area within 10 km radius from the project site)
Co-ordinates of Centre of Project Site : Latitude : 21°46'31.21"N, Longitude : 72°38'32.07"E

The study area comprises of :-

 27 nos. of villages having residential and agricultural land uses
 One township (Saraswati Township of Reliance Industries Ltd.)
 Ponds and lakes
 Ghugar and Lakhmi khadi
 Part of State Highway no. - 6 & 206
 Western Railway track of Samni – Dahej section
 Part of Industrial estate of GIDC – Dahej – I, II and III
 Part of Dahej SEZ (Special Economic Zone)
 Salt pans at the west coast of Gulf of Khambhat
 Part of Mangroves to the west coast of Gulf of Khambhat
3.4 RESIDENTIAL AREAS WITHIN THE STUDY AREA

There are 27 villages and one township identified in the study area as listed below.
Table 3-1 Major Residential areas within the study area
Approx
Approx Aerial
Aerial Dist.
Sr. Name of the Dist. from the Direction w.r.t. Sr. Name of the Direction w.r.t.
from the
No. village Taluka centre of site, project site No. village Taluka project site
centre of
km#
site, km
1 Dahej Vagra 9.13 220.81°, SW 15 Sambheti Vagra 2.62 128.65°, SE
2 Vadadla Vagra 4.83 190.11°, S 16 Vav Vagra 2.49 174.40°, S
3 Galenda Vagra 4.93 145.70°, SE 17 Paniadra Vagra 2.59 349.81°, N
4 Kadodara Vagra 1.13 162.96°, SSE 18 Janiadara Vagra 2.60 92.67°, E
5 Padariya Vagra 0.77 324.24°, NW 19 Aladar Vagra 5.61 19.57°, NNE
6 Narnavi Vagra 2.62 34.57°, NE 20 Goladara Vagra 4.65 31.59°, NNE
7 Ambhel Vagra 7.16 46.32°, NE 21 Nadarkha Vagra 5.69 80.10°, E
8 Suva Vagra 9.50 171.47°, S 22 Pakhajan Vagra 9.76 77.41°, NEE
9 Rahiyad Vagra 8.41 158.77°, SSE 23 Limdi Vagra 9.93 63.85°, NEE
10 Jolva Vagra 6.86 171.99°, S 24 Trankal Vagra 7.84 33.05°, NNE
11 Atali Vagra 8.49 134.24°, SE 25 Harinagar** Vagra 4.33 301.65° NW
RIL
12 Nandida Vagra 9.18 101.25°, E 26 Saraswati Vagra 6.88 193.43°, SSW
Township
13 Ankhod Vagra 6.83 112.03°, SEE 27 Vajapur* -- 3.9 234.92°, SW
14 Samatpore Vagra 4.07 136.57°, SE 28 Padeshwar* -- 7.49 249.45°SWW
# Co-ordinates of Centre of Project Site : Latitude : 21°46'31.21"N, Longitude : 72°38'32.07"E
* Padeshwar and Vajapur are small areas inhabited by locals but covered in salt pans.
** As per the Population Census 2011, the village Harinagar is uninhabited.
Source : District Census Handbook 2011 & Census 2011 website data
3.5 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE & STUDY AREA

3.5.1 About Dahej-III GIDC where the project site is located
The study area is located within the village limits of Kadodara village of Vagra Taluka in Bharuch district. Project site is
located ~37 km distance from its District Main City Bharuch.
Dahej-III GIDC Estate is located in Vagra Taluka of western part of Bharuch District, Gujarat, India. It is well connected
with National Highway (NH-8). It has road and railway connectivity to New Delhi, the National Capital and Mumbai, the
commercial Capital of India.

Project Site area of UPL Limited – in

Dahej – III GIDC Industrial Estate
Figure 3-2: Location Map of Study area
The salient features, of the location of UPL site, can be described through the natural and commercial resources and / or
facilities available in a particular area, which have been presented at Table below.
Table 3-2 Salient Features of the Project Site & Study area covered within 10 km radius
Details (Nearest aerial
S.N. Natural Feature Name distance measured from
center of the plot, in km)
Project site is within village boundary
1. Kadodara 1.13 km to SSE
of -
2. Taluka Vagra --
3. District Bharuch --
4. Latitude of centre of the plot D-3/6 21°46'31.21"N
at ELE ~6-7 m
5. Longitude of centre of the plot D-3/6 72°38'32.07"E
6. Total no. of villages in study area 27 + 1 township (Saraswati Township of Reliance Industries Ltd.)
Dahej 9.13 km to SW
7. Nearest Town Bharuch 34.65 km to SEE
Ankleshwar 40.60 km to SEE
Surat 66.30 km to SSE
8. Urban agglomeration (Nearest Cities) Vadodara 78.82 km to NE
Bhavnagar 50.57 km to W
Padariya 0.77 km to NW
9. Nearest Village
Kadodara 1.13 km to SSE
Padariya Pond 0.75 km to NWW
Kadodara pond 1.18 km to SSE
10. Nearest Lakes / Ponds
Sambheti pond 2.70 km to SE
Janiadara pond 2.84 km to E
11. Total no. of ponds in study area 42 ponds including dry ponds also & 1 reservoir
Ghugar Khadi 8.58 km to SWW
Nearest Rivers / Streams / Khadi / Lakhmi Khadi 4.75 km to NW
12.
Nala Bhukhi River 14.32 km to SEE
Narmada River 23.37 km to SEE
Canal near Sambheti Pond 3.26 km to SE
Sardar Sarovar Dam (Narmada
13. Reservoirs, dams, Canals 115.14 km to E
River)
Ukai Dam (Tapi River) 116.09 km to SEE
Narmada Estuary 11.08 km to S
14. Nearest Estuary
Dhadhar Estuary 10.88 km to NNW
15. Nearest Gulf areas Gulf of Khambhat 14.63 km to W
16. Nearest Sea Arabian sea 107 km to SSW
17. Water Supply Source GIDC Reservoir – Dahej II 6.56 km to SE
18. Nearest port Dahej port 16 km to SWW
19. Nearest Distance of salt pans Salt pans of Dahej 4.35 km to SWW
Details (Nearest aerial

S.N. Natural Feature Name distance measured from
center of the plot, in km)
20. National Highway NH-8 39.6 km to E
SH-06 0.36 km to NNW
21. State Highway
SH-206 7.95 km to SSW
Padariya road to Salt pans via SH-
0.55 km to N
6
22. Internal roads GIDC Dahej-II road via SH-6 2.48 km to SE
Internal roads connecting to 2.72 km to NNE (Nearest to
villages via SH-6 Narnavi)
Dahej Railway Station 9.12 km to SW
23. Railway Stations
Bharuch Railway Station 37.57 km to SEE
Western Railway line
24. Nearby Railway line 1.97 km to SSE
(Samni-Dahej Section)
Vadodara airport 85.48 km to NE
25. International Airport
Ahmedabad airport 143.79 km to N
Bhavnagar airport 47.51 km to W
26. Domestic Airport
Surat airport 73.23 km to S
Bhadbhut temple 23.24 km to SEE
Bawa Rustam Dargah at Pariej 35.04 km to ENE
Neelkantheshwar temple 42.18 km to E
27. Religious and historical places
Gumandev temple 50.06 km to E
Kabirwad temple 51.73 km to E
Nareshwar temple 62.16 km to E
Archaeological monuments/sites and
28. Kadia Dungar 66.11 km to E
Hill resorts/ mountains/ hills
29. Scenic areas Dahej Forest 9.6 km to W
30. Beach resorts/ health resorts None --
Coastal areas & Estuaries rich in Gulf of Khambhat 14.63 km to W
31. corals, mangroves, breeding grounds Dhadhar Estuary 10.88 km to NNW
of specific species Narmada Estuary 11.08 km to S
Blackbuck national park 70.80 km to NWW
Vadhwana Bird Sanctuary 96.50 km to NEE
Shoolpaneshwar wildlife sanctuary 99.06 km to E
Biosphere reserves National park and
Nalsarovar Bird Sanctuary 121.18 km to NNW
32. wildlife sanctuaries and Habitat for
Jambughoda wildlife sanctuary 123.91 km to NEE
migratory birds
Purna wildlife sanctary 144.18 km to SE
Vansda national park 151.44 km to SE
Thol Bird sanctuary 152.71 km to N
Swamps Seismic zones tribal
33. Mangrove swamps near Dahej 9.59 km to W
Settlements
Areas of scientific and geological
34. None --
interest
Defense installations, especially those
35. of security importance and sensitive to None --
pollution
36. Border areas (international) None --
Tiger reserves/elephant reserve/ turtle
37. None --
nesting grounds
GDR-GGS-04 near Narnavi-
Gas Gathering stations (GGS) of
2.04 km to NNE
38. Any other important installation ONGC are located near Narnavi
GDR-GGS-08 near Ambhel
and Ambhel villages
– 5.97 km to N

Table 3-3 Industries within 10 km radius of UPL-D3

Aerial Distance (km)
S.N Name of industry Location Type & direction from
centre of project site
Plots of Dahej -3 around the project site - acquired and registered in Vibrant Gujarat
1. M/s. Viswaat Chemicals Ltd.
2. Riddhi Siddhi Corn Processing Private Limited India
3. Dhanuka Agritech Limited India
4. MSTC Ltd. India
5. Pidilite Industries Limited - Plot No. D- 3/16/2, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial Estate
6. Insecticides India Limited
7. Vishwaat Chemicals Ltd. plot No. D-3/10, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial Estate
8. ATC Tires Pvt. Ltd.
9. Adani Power Dahej Ltd.
Industries in surrounding estates of Dahej – I, II and SEZ
D-2/1, GIDC Phase II, PCPIR,
Village - Dahej, District
10. SRF Limited 8.10 in 192.09° SSW
Bharuch, Gujarat 392 130,
India.
Plot No. Z-10, DAHEJ SEZ SEZ
Firmenich Aromatic Part I Dahej Village, Vagra
11. 8.11 in 196.35° SSW
Production (India) Pvt. Ltd. Taluka, Bharuch, Gujarat
392130
Plot NO. Z-3, Dahej Special
12. Dic Fine Chem Ltd. Economic Zone, Dahej, Taluka 8.39 in 208.73° SSW
Vagara
Gujarat FluoroChemicals 12/A, Dahej Industrial Estate, Chemicals 10.44 in 208.63°
13.
Limited. Dahej, Bharuch - 392130 industry SSW
12-a-2,dahej gidc ind 10.52 in 213.19°
14. Sterling Auxiliaries Pvt.Ltd.
area,dahej SSW
CH. NO. 6, 7 & 8, GIDC,
15. Luna Chemicals 7.36 in 209.67° SW
DAHEJ
Ch 10, Dahej, Gidc, Dahej,
Expanded Polymer System
16. Bharuch - 392130, Near Luna 7.47 in 211.05° SSW
Pvt. Ltd.
Chemical
Plot No. Ch / 5 A, Gidc
Industrial Estate, Dahej,
17. Universal Chemicals 7.19 in 210.39° SSW
Bharuch - 392130, Taluka -
Vagra
18. Indofil Industries Limited Plot No Z-12-1 SEZ, Dahej 7.76 in 198.67° SSW
SEZ 1-7, DAHEH SEZ AREA,
19. Indobaijin Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. 7.71 in 196.75° SSW
DAHEJ
Plot no. CH-21, G.I.D.C
Agrochemical
20. Insecticides (India) Ltd. Industrial Estate, Dahej, Gujarat 6.93 in 214.71° SW
Industry
392130
Plot No 42/4, Amod Road,
21. Bharat Rasayan Ltd. GIDC, Gujarat State Highway 6, 7.65 in 220.44° SW
Dahej, Gujarat 392130
Plot No. Z 88 & 88/4, Dahej
Pharmaceutical
22. Shiva Pharmachem Ltd. SEZ,, Dahej, Vagra,, Dahej, 9.09 in 205.75° SSW
Industry
Gujarat 392130
Survey No.3, Dahej Port Road,
Ceramic
23. Kaneria granito Ltd. Near Welspun Ltd, Dahej, 5.36 in 185.53° S
Industry
Vadadla, Gujarat 92130
24. China Steel Corporation India Dahej Bypass Rd D-2/6, GIDC Fabrication 7.83 in 175.26° S
Aerial Distance (km)

S.N Name of industry Location Type & direction from
centre of project site
Pvt Ltd Dahej-II Near Jolva Village, units /
Gujarat 392130 Engineering
Indcon projects & equipment units
25. GIDC-II Dahej 4.58 in 146.73° SSE
Ltd.
Plotno 2-1-Z83, C/o Dahej Sez
26. ONGC petro additions Ltd. Ltd, Bharuch District, Vagra 9.64 in 197.39° SSW
Taluka, Dahej, Gujarat 392130
Petrochemical
Plot No. 7/A, GIDC Industrial
industry
Estate Dahej, Taluka: Vagra,
27. Petronet LNG limited 15.66 in 224.86° SW
Dist. Bharuch - 392 130,
Gujarat, India
D-2/23, GIDC- Dahej – II, Ta. Paints & Dyes
28. Toyo Ink india private limited. 7.37 in 163.99° SSE
Vagra, Dist. Bharuch Industry
D-2/12/A/1, Dahej (GIDC)-2,
29. Sumeet Poly Power Limited. Village - Vadadla Tal – Vagra, 4.74 in 184.31° S
District – Bharuch
Plot No. Z-9, Dahej SEZ,
30. Torrent Gas Power Plant Taluka Vagra, 8.29 in 202.11° SSW
Dist. Bharuch – 392130
ONGC C2-C3 Plant, Dahej,
31. ONGC GDR. 15.14 in 221.70° SW
Gujarat 392130
Neobags Overseas private Plot No.Z/73, Z/74 & Z/75 Dahej
32. 7.92 in 186.56° S
ltd. SEZ (Part 1), Gujarat 392130
Plot No. D-2/19, Dahej
33. Linde india limited. Industrial Estate - II, Taluka: 7.16 in 190.14° S
Vagra, GJ SH 6, Vadadla
Village Vadadla, Bharuch Dahej
First Carbon technologies road, Taluka vagra, 6km before
34. 5.75 in 186.94° S
pvt. Ltd. Dahej, industrial area, Bharuch
Power plant
- 390130
Isgec Hitachi Zosen Ltd.
Dahej, 13/B, 10.77 in 211.59°
35. ISGEC Coastal Plant
G.I.D. C. Industrial Estate, SSW
Taluka Vagara
Agro division, unit-3, Plot no.
36. Meghmani Organics Limited CH- 1/A, GIDC, Dahej, Ta: 6.42 in 208.43° SSW
Vagra, Dist.: Bharuch-392130
Plot No. S/1, Dahej GIDC,
Duracon Cement product Pvt. Beside Hotel Lords Inn,
37. 8.43 in 216.57° SW
Ltd Bharuch Dahej Road, Dahej-5
Ta. Vagra, Dist. Bharuch
Plot - Z/4, Dahej SEZ, Dahej
38. RockWool Ltd. 8.20 in 208.81° SSW
District Bharuch – 392 130
Gujarat Alkalis and chemicals
39. Dahej, Taluka Vagra 9.23 in 211.16° SSW
limited
Gujarat stahl Rohren ltd., Dahej
40. Welspun Corp. Ltd road, AT & P.O. Vadadla, Ta. 6.56 in 184.60° S
Vagra, dist.: Bharuch-392130
41. Salt pans Dahej Other Industry 4.54 in 263.81° W

3.6 PREVAILING ENVIRONMENT QUALITY STANDARDS

Sr. Environmental Applicable standards Document
No. parameter annexed
1 Ambient Air Quality National Ambient air quality standards, 2009 Annexure – 2
2 Gaseous Emission General standards mentioned in Environment (Protection) --
Standards Rules, 1986, amended and prescribed in Consent to Operate of
the proponent
3 Drinking Water Quality IS : 10500 : 2012 (2nd revision) Standards Annexure-3
4 Treated Effluent Quality Environmental standards mentioned in Environment (Protection) Annexure - 4.
Standards Rules, 1986, amended
(for marine discharge of treated effluent)
5 Sewage effluent discharge Environmental standards mentioned in Environment (Protection) Annexure - 4.
Rules, 1986, amended
(for marine discharge of treated effluent)
6 Ambient Noise Quality The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules 2000 Annexure – 5
7 Permissible Noise Damage risk criteria for hearing loss for the workers specified by Annexure – 6.
Exposure for Industrial Occupational Safety and Health Association (OSHA)
Workers
8 Hazardous / Non- Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary --
hazardous waste Handling Movement) Rules, 2016
and Management
9 Handling of Hazardous Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules --
Chemicals 2000
10 Occupational Safety & Factories Act 1948 & Gujarat Factory Rules 1963 --
Health
3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES FOR BASELINE DATA COLLECTION

3.7.1 Parameters monitored
Parameters of Environmental Attributes
Sr. No. Environmental Attribute Parameters
1. Air Climate conditions (site-specific Meteorological data)
Ambient Air quality for parameters relevant to expected air pollutants
Ambient Noise levels
2. Water Surface Water quality (lakes, nalas, canals, rivers, reservoirs, ponds)
Ground Water quality (borewells, handpumps, tubewells)
Hydrology
Water level measurement
3. Land Geological information
Soil characteristics
Land use pattern and land cover
Digital terrain mapping
4. Ecology & Biodiversity Terrestrial ecology and biodiversity
5. Socio-economics Demography
Community survey
Literacy rate
Occupational structure
Religious structure
Educational facilities
Health and sanitation facilities
Water supply and irrigation facilities
Civic amenities
View / Opinion for the Project for Perception of risk, health and safety,
Displacement / Relocation concerns, Loss of livelihood, Loss of land /
structures, Loss / Reduction of resources, Loss of access to community

infrastructure / public utility lines, Employment opportunities, Trade and
commerce opportunities, Attitude towards newcomers (migrating labour,
residing employees and workforce of the project), Community changes,
Sharing of infrastructure and resources
6. Noise Ambient Noise levels – inside the premises, outside the premises, due to
traffic
3.7.2 Study Period

Since this is a Rapid EIA study, the study period from 1 st Oct 2016 to 31st Dec 2016 has been considered, incorporating
winter season.
3.8 MICRO METEOROLOGY

The weather of Bharuch district is hot and dry-starting from mid-march till mid-June, during summer season weather
remains hot and dry. While from mid-June till end of September weather remains humid and can be considered
pleasant. From October-November weather is bit hot. From December to February climate remains cool. The average
annual rainfall of Bharuch (nearest rain gauge station) is about 747.23 mm calculated for last Nineteen years of period
i.e.1995–2016.
Figure : Average annual rainfall of Bharuch District (1995-2016)

(Source: GWSSB, Gandhinagar and IMD)
Secondary Meteorological Data for the duration from January 2016 to December 2016 was obtained for nearest Indian
Meteorological Department (IMD) at Surat about 66.30 km, SSE from the project Site and is presented in tables below.
Table 3-4 IMD Surat data for the year 2016
Temperature in Total
Relative humidity in % Wind speed in kmph Cloud Cover in oktas Rain
Month °C Rainf
y
(2016) 0830 hrs 1730 hrs 0830 hrs 1730 hrs 0830 hrs 1730 hrs all in
Min. Max. days
Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. mm
Jan 11.5 35.2 37 93 22 48 0 10 4 20 0 4 0 4 0 0
Feb 15 38 46 98 24 65 0 8 0 10 0 7 0 7 0 0
March 20.6 41 48 93 15 63 0 6 4 14 0 5 0 5 3.4 1
April 23.4 40.2 49 84 19 72 0 10 0 14 0 5 0 5 0 0
May 27 41.8 64 85 49 75 0 12 6 20 0 7 0 8 0 0
June 25.2 36.5 69 98 53 94 0 16 8 18 2 8 0 8 107.3 4
July 23.5 32.6 79 98 70 98 0 12 0 12 6 8 6 8 489.1 14
Aug 24 31.8 78 97 73 98 0 14 4 20 5 8 5 8 183.7 10
Sept 22.6 34.4 73 97 66 95 0 10 0 12 2 8 0 8 145.3 8
Oct 19.5 36.2 61 98 33 95 0 10 0 10 0 8 0 8 177.4 5
Nov 15 35.2 40 83 25 53 0 10 0 8 0 2 0 3 0 0
Dec 14 34.2 45 91 24 54 0 12 0 10 0 4 0 3 0 0
(Source : IMD)
3.9 SITE SPECIFIC HOURLY MEAN METEOROLOGICAL DATA

Weather monitoring station was setup at temporary security cabin of the project site at a height of ~ 3 m.
Parameters recorded at the station :Temperature, wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity, rainfall
Period of monitoring : 1st Oct 2016 to 31st Dec 2016
Figure 3-3 Weather monitoring station
3.9.1 Specifications of Weather Monitoring system

Automatic weather monitoring system
With Micro-controller based Data Logger. Including:- Wind Speed Sensor, Wind Direction Sensor, Temperature and
Relative humidity Sensor, Rainfall sensor
Site-specific hourly mean meteorological data is given in Table below.
Table 3-5 Site Specific Meteorological Data

(PERIOD – Oct 2016 to Dec 2016)
Month Oct-16 Nov-16 Dec-16
Temperature (°C)
Min. 22.3 18.2 12.2
Max. 38.9 37.1 33.5
Avg. 31.5 28.4 23.1
Relative humidity (%)
Min. 27.0 25.2 20.0
Max. 97.5 88.7 92.5
Avg. 57.6 54.8 51.9
Wind speed (kmph)
Min. 0.0 0.0 0.0
Max. 37.4 32.8 38.2
Avg. 6.9 8.3 6.7
Total Rainfall 34 0 0
(Source : Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar)

3.9.2 Temperature
Graph of Hourly average temperature for the study period is as shown below:
Figure 3-4 Hourly average temperature for study period
Daily avg. temperature recorded during study period

40.0
35.0
30.0
Temperature (°C)
25.0
20.0
Oct-16
15.0
Nov-16
10.0 Dec-16
5.0
0.0
10.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
11.0
Hour
The minimum and maximum hourly average temperatures recorded during the study period were 16.0ºC and 36.4°C
respectively.
Temperature of the environment affects the plume rise of stack emissions and dispersion into the atmosphere thereby
affecting the ground level concentrations of air pollutants.
Looking at the recordings of temperature, it can be said that the weather in the study area is of the nature suitable for
plume rise.
3.9.3 Relative Humidity

The average relative humidity in the study area was found to vary between 51.9% to 57.6% within the study period. The
maximum relative humidity recorded during the monitoring was 97.5% in the month of October 2016.
3.9.4 Wind Speed and Wind Direction

Wind speed and wind direction are equally important as temperature for dispersion of air pollutants from stack emissions
into ambient air. Site-specific information of wind speed and wind direction is also required for emergency planning as
well as for mathematical modeling of long-term effects of air polluting emissions.
3.9.5 Wind rose diagram

Wind Rose diagram showing distribution of wind direction and wind speed is shown for the study period as Figure below.

Figure 3-5 Wind Rose Diagram
October 2016 November 2016

December 2016

Figure 3-6 Wind rose diagram for study period (1st Oct 2016 to 31st Dec 2016) Figure 3-7 Wind class Frequency distribution

3.9.6 Inference
 The wind speed in the project site remained high with drifting directions. The wind direction also has
variations during daytime and nighttime.
 Max. wind speed was 38.2 kmph in the month of December 2016, while the average wind speed varied from
6.7 to 8.3 kmph, owing to the vicinity to the gulf and Narmada estuary.
 Wind roses for the study period indicate the predominant wind direction was found to be S-N, SW-NE and
NW-SE during October 2016, E-W, NW-SE and NE-SW during November 2016, N-S and NW – SE during
December 2016. The project site being near the sea coast, there are less calm periods ranging from 5% to
7% only. The calm periods were around 6% during October while decreased to 5% in November and 7%
during December as per the climatic conditions of this zone. It is to be noted that the predominant wind
direction for the summer and monsoon seasons remains SW to NE.
The sampling locations of AAQM, Ground water, Surface water (ponds/rivers/canal water), Soil are
marked on Google earth as per GPS measurements and represented in Google map annexed as Annexure
– 20.
3.10 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.10.1 Selection of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring stations
The study area of 10 km radius around the project site was surveyed for residential, industrial and commercial
areas likely to be affected by air pollution.
The following TORs specify collection of ambient air quality data :-

Specific TOR No. 4 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*,
chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, CS2 etc., (*-as applicable)
Generic TOR No. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other
6 - II parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based
CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and
sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
The study area is divided in four quarters and the stations have been selected within specified study area of 10
km radial distance from project site based on following reasoning
 Considering the predominant wind direction of SW-NE which prevails for majority period of the year at this
area, the study area affected downwind by project site is the North-East quarter wherein Narnavi and Ambhel
are selected for AAQM installation
 The South-West quarter is the upwind side of the project where Dahej and Vadadla are selected for AAQM
 The North-West quarter and South-East quarter are at crosswind to the project emissions where Padariya,
Kadodara and Galenda are selected for AAQM in these quarters
 One AAQM station was also installed at the project site of M/s. UPL Limited
The given stations have been selected because they have availability of sufficient and consistent power, suitable
siting location, reasonable population and support.

Table 3-6 Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Approx. Aerial
Direction Upwind or downwind
Sr. Name of the Dist. From the
w.r.t. project Type of Area w.r.t. predominant wind
No. village centre of site,
site direction (SW-NE)
km
1. Vadadla 5.06 190.96° S Residential - Industrial Upwind
2. Dahej 9.07 220.99° SW Residential - Industrial Upwind
3. Padariya 0.85 324.57° NW Residential - Industrial Crosswind
4. Kadodara 1.19 171.94° S Residential - Industrial Crosswind
5. Galenda 5.03 145.40° SE Residential - Industrial Crosswind
6. Narnavi 2.73 33.66° NNE Residential Downwind
7. Ambhel 7.19 44.86° NE Residential Downwind
8. Project site -- -- Industrial --
Pl. refer Annexure – 20 for study area map showing these locations as per GPS measurements.
3.10.2 Siting of station

CPCB guidelines for siting of stations have been followed wherein following have been complied.
1. No domestic chimneys, no nearby furnace or incinerator fumes at least 25 m from the station
2. No high building material within 1 m of the station which might act as absorbing medium
3. No major landuse changes, rebuildings etc. are foreseen in near future at the station sites
4. The sites are located in open area (on terrace) so that there is free air flow in all directions
5. Minimum 200 m distance from unpaved roads and streets is maintained
6. Height of the inlet must be 3 – 10 m above the ground level
7. The sampler must be more than 20 m from trees.
8. Distance of the sampler to any air flow obstacle i.e. buildings, must be more than two times the height of
the obstacle above the sampler.
Photographs of AAQM station installations are given at Annexure – 11
3.10.3 Frequency & Period of Monitoring

24 hourly monitoring was carried out at the above-mentioned locations twice a week during the study period from
1st October 2016 to 31st December 2016. The monitoring was carried out in accordance with the guidelines of
Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), scientific manual of GPCB, and National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS) of CPCB.
Since the target sampling of 24 hours in a day could not be fulfilled at all the locations due to power failures,
instrument breakdown etc., the values monitored for 16 hours and more are considered as representative values
for assessing the ambient air quality for a day.
Dates of monitoring are tabulated and presented in annexure - 13.
3.10.4 Parameters for monitoring

Following parameters are selected for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring in compliance with the NAAQS 2009 and
TORs issued by EAC (Industry 2) and proposed production activity and expected emissions.
Table 3-7 List of parameters & their test methods for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
Sr.
Parameter Test Method
No.
Particulate Matter (size Gravimetric method using high volume air samplers (IS : 5182 (Part 23) : 2006 RA
1.
less than 10 m) PM10 2012)
Particulate Matter (size
2. Lab STP based on CPCB guidelines - Gravimetric Method
less than 2.5 m)PM2.5
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)
3. Chemiluminescence (IS:5182 (Part 6) : 2006 RA 2012)
(measured as NO2)
Improved West and Gaeke method
4. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
IS 5182 ( part II ) : 2001 (sodium tetra chloromercurate) RA 2012

Sr.
Parameter Test Method
No.
VOC as Benzene(B), IS 5182 (part11):2006 RA 2012
5.
Toluene(T) and Xylene (X) Adsorption and desorption followed by GC analysis
6. Benzene IS 5182 (part11):2006- Adsorption and desorption followed by GC analysis
Method 401, Methods of Air Sampling and Analysis, 3rd Edition)
7. Ammonia (NH3)
(Indophenol method)
8. Carbon Monoxide (CO) Grab sampling followed by GC analysis
Absorption in water followed by colorimetric determination on spectrophotometer
9. Hydrogen Chloride (HCl)
(APHA : 4500 – Cl B -Colorimetric Method 22nd Edition)
10. Carbon disulfide (CS2) IS 5182 (Part 20) : 1982 Reaffirmed 2009 – colorimetric method
11. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) IS 5182 (Part 7) : 1973 Reaffirmed 2014 – colorimetric method

3.10.5 Presentation of Results

Table 3-8 Summary of Ambient Air Quality Results
Parameter Value Dahej Vadadla Galenda Kadodara Padariya Project Site Narnavi Ambhel NAAQS stds.* Min. Detection
stn1 stn2 stn3 stn4 stn5 stn6 stn7 stn8 In both resi and ind. areas limit of Lab of
SGEPL#
Min. 59 63 60 52 52 52 52 52 100 20
PM10 in Max. 93 90 89 88 85 88 87 88
µg/m3 Avg. 75 74 69 66 68 69 68 67
th
98 Percentile 89 89 78 77 77 82 77 82
Min. 18 19 18 16 15 16 17 15 60 5
PM2.5 in Max. 43 36 36 32 33 31 31 29
µg/m3 Avg. 27 28 24 22 23 23 23 21
98th Percentile 38 33 31 18 31 30 28 26
Min. 12 12 12 10 10 10 11 8 80 5
Max. 31 31 30 26 26 23 27 24
SO2 in µg/m3
Avg. 20 23 18 17 16 17 16 15
98th Percentile 29 31 26 20 23 23 24 21
Min. 17 18 15 16 16 14 14 15 80 6
NOX in Max. 34 34 36 33 30 28 33 30
µg/m3 Avg. 23 27 22 21 21 21 20 21
98th Percentile 33 32 30 20 20 25 31 28
Min. 11 15 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 400 5

Max. 35 38 28 23 36 23 32 24
NH3 in µg/m3
Avg. 19 22 17 16 16 18 20 18
98th Percentile 34 26 20 20 23 20 25 23
Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 2 0.5
Max. 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.7
CO mg/m3
Avg. BDL BDL 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6
th
98 Percentile 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

Parameter Value Dahej Vadadla Galenda Kadodara Padariya Project Site Narnavi Ambhel NAAQS stds.* Min. Detection
stn1 stn2 stn3 stn4 stn5 stn6 stn7 stn8 In both resi and ind. areas limit of Lab of
SGEPL#
Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Not specified 0.5
VOCs as Max. 2.3 2.9 2.9 2.4 2.3 1.4 1.8 1.3
BTX (µg/m3) Avg. 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.01 <0.5 0.9 1.0 0.9
98th Percentile 2.1 2.3 2.5 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2
Min. 0.6 BDL 0.6 BDL BDL BDL 0.6 BDL 5 0.5
Benzene Max. 1.8 1.7 2.1 1.9 1.8 0.9 1.3 0.9
µg/m3 Avg. 0.9 0.9 1.1 0.9 BDL 0.8 0.8 BDL
98th Percentile 1.1 1.1 1.9 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.8
HCl (µg/m3) Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 200 10
Max. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
Avg. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
98th Percentile BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
CS2 (µg/m3) Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 2000** 10
H2S (µg/m3) Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 500** 10
# BDL : Below Min. Detection Limit of Laboratory of Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd.(SGEPL) – given in last column
** Permissible limits of CS2 and H2S are that specified in the Consent to Operate (CTO) of Unit 5 of UPL Limited at Jhagadia GIDC, Bharuch, Gujarat
*NAAQS stds. – National Ambient Air Quality standards, 2009
- For Benzene permissible limits are annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice in a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals
- For Carbon monoxide (CO), NAAQS stds. are for 8-hourly measurement.
- For other parameters NAAQS stds. are for 24-hourly measurement.
HCl, CO CS2 and H2S were not covered in NABL scope of accreditation of Laboratory of Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd.(SGEPL) during the study period

3.10.6 Baseline status of Air Environment

PM10 & PM2.5
The 98th percentile values of PM10 have remained within NAAQS permissible limit of 100 µg/m3 but close to 77 - 89
µg/m3.
The 98th percentile values of PM2.5 at all stations have remained in the range of 18 – 38 µg/m3 and within NAAQS
permissible limit of 60 µg/m3.
The probable contribution can be traffic vehicular emissions since the locations are near to SH – 6 and SH -206 as
well as industrial emissions from the estate. The other contributions to PM 10 and PM2.5 at all the AAQM locations
were primarily due to ongoing construction activities, vehicular movement, and domestic activities such as natural
dust due to manual activities and prevailing wind.
SO2
SO2 concentrations (98th percentile) were observed to be within NAAQS permissible limit of 80 µg/m3 at all of the air
quality monitoring locations during the study period. The 98th percentile values of SO2 ranged from 20-31 g/m3.
NOx
NOx concentrations (98th percentile) were observed to be within NAAQS permissible limit of 80 µg/m3 at all of the
air quality monitoring locations during the study period. The 98th percentile values of NOx ranged from 20-33 g/m3.
Ammonia
Ammonia (98th percentile) at all the locations was observed to be less than 34 g/m3 and within NAAQS permissible
limit of 400 µg/m3.
Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The 98th percentile values of CO were in the range of 0.7- 0.8 mg/m3 as against the specified NAAQS permissible
limit of 2 mg/m3. The main contribution to CO in ambient air is considered to be traffic vehicular emissions and
domestic burning activities.
VOC as BTX & Benzene

At all the AAQM locations (Industrial as well as residential) 98th percentile BTX values were in the range of 1.0 – 2.5
g/m3. 98th percentile Benzene concentrations were in the range of 0.8 to 1.9 g/m3 and within NAAQS permissible
limit of 5 µg/m3. Vehicular emissions are the main source of BTX at villages near highways and industrial emissions
also contribute to these concentrations near industrial areas of Dahej.
HCl, CS2 and H2S

These gases have been monitored in ambient air since they are expected process emissions from proposed
production. However, the concentrations in ambient air were observed to be below detection limit.
3.11 WATER ENVIRONMENT

3.11.1 Drainage
The major drainage in the district is Narmada. However, Bhukhi and Bhadra are flowing very near the project site.
The drainage pattern resembles dendritic type. The drainages are flowing in South West direction.

Figure 3-8 Drainage map of study area

(Source: Geological Survey of India)
3.11.2 METHODOLOGY
3.11.3 Data collection

During study the data collection process was divided into:
i) Primary Data Collection and
ii) Secondary Data Collection
Primary Data Collection was done in the field and secondary data was collected from previous works such as
published and unpublished reports and maps, etc.
i) Primary Data Collection

During study various primary data such as static water level in various wells, chemical analysis of the water samples,
geological and geophysical data, etc. were obtained during the fieldwork.
ii) Secondary Data Collection

The secondary data was collected from various government agencies like Government Census Department,
Groundwater Department, Geological Survey of India (GSI), etc.
3.11.4 Geo Hydrology

The district of Bharuch is covered mainly by Quaternary alluvium. The groundwater in the district occurs in the
confined to unconfined aquifers.
Alluvium is the main aquifer in the study area. Geologically the area is covered by alluvial deposits composed of
hard sticky brownish clay and fine medium grained sand and kankars. In the study area, the water extraction is done
through various types of sources like pond and tube well. The shallow unconfined aquifers are having good quality
of water while the deep coastal aquifers are saline.
3.11.5 Water Level

Total 6 wells were inventoried in and around the study area in the month of December-2016. Figure shows the
locations of wells inventoried and Project site. Water level measurements were taken at 6 locations. The well
inventoried was done around the Plant area. The following table describes the location detail of the well inventoried.
The contour map of reduced water level is prepared for determination of ground water flow direction.

Table 3-9 Locations of water level measurement
The static water level is ranging between 6.35m to 10m from the existing ground Level. The contour map of reduced
water level was prepared. The general groundwater flow direction is found to be SW which is apparent from the
figure. Photographs of water level measurements are annexed as Annexure – 11.
Figure showing locations of wells inventoried
Figure shows Reduced Water Level
None of the borewells and openwells of selected villages are used as drinking water source.
Almost all villages covered in the study area do not use groundwater as drinking water source.

3.11.6 Groundwater & Surface water Quality

Selection of sampling locations
The Surface waters and groundwater samples were collected within a distance of 10 km and analyzed for Physico-
chemical parameters by laboratory of M/s. Siddhi Green Excellence Private Limited, Ankleshwar who are EIA
consultant organization for this EIA and having NABL accreditation for ISO 17025 : 2005 compliance for
environmental parameters of water, stack and ambient air analysis.
Standard Procedures and test methods as per IS and APHA developed by laboratory of Siddhi Green Excellence
Pvt. Ltd. have been followed for sampling and analysis of samples. The test methods and sampling procedure are
Table 3-10 Locations of Ground Water sampling

Sr. Approx. Aerial Dist. From the
Name of the village Direction w.r.t project site
No. centre of site, km
Ground Water- Bore well waters of -
1. Vadadla 4.91 189.90° S
2. Dahej 9.24 220.68° SW
3. Kadodara 1.15 172.87° S
4. Galenda (Openwell) 5.01 145.21° SE
5. Narnavi 2.88 33.44° NNE
6. Ambhel (Openwell) 7.13 46.01° NE
7. Vav 2.58 87.07° E
8. Janiadara 2.96 174.38°S
Note: No ground water source in Padariya village
Drinking water source in almost all villages covered in study area is through GIDC reservoir, water tankers
Table 3-11 Locations of Surface Water sampling

Sr. Approx. Aerial Dist. From
No. the centre of site, km
Village Pondwaters
1. Vadadla 5.01 193.21° SSW
2. Dahej* 9.58 223.01° SW
3. Kadodara 1.24 160.04° SSE
4. Galenda 5.03 144.13° SE
5. Narnavi 2.66 35.30° NE
6. Ambhel 6.97 42.32° NE
Canalwater
7. Project site – GIDC canalwater -- --
* Sampling not possible from Dahej Ponds as the one pond was in dry condition and other pond was heavily
eutrophicated during baseline sampling.
Photographs of SW and GW sampling are annexed as Annexure - 11

It may be noted that no rivers in the study area has industrial wastewater discharges.

3.12 ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLES
3.12.1 Analysis results of Borewell/Openwell (not used as drinking water source)
Sr. Parameters Unit IS 2296:1982 Class B- Analysis Results of Ground Water Minimum
No Outdoor bathing Narnavi Galenda Kadodara Dahej Vadadla Ambhel Vav Janiadara detection limit
. permissible limit (Openwell) (Openwell) of SGEPL#
1. pH - 6.5 - 8.5 8.08 7.82 7.82 8.45 7.61 8.17 7.83 7.88 1
2. Electrical Conductivity (EC) µsm/cm NS 5548 1190 3070 1239.9 1244 622.43 2241 5230 15
3. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/ltr NS 3660 784 1968 819 954 453 1325 3242 10
4. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/ltr NS 80 80 40 40 24 12 72 62 10
5. Nitrates mg/ltr NS 16.7 9.1 19.8 1 5.4 0.58 4.2 8.1 0.1
6. Total Phosphates mg/ltr NS 2.32 1.89 7.9 3.9 BDL BDL 2.2 BDL 1
7. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/ltr NS 28 16 12 12 48 BDL 9 21 4
8. Biochemical Oxygen Demand mg/ltr <3.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 10
(BOD)-3 days (27 °C)
9. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/ltr NS 1244 353.32 266.2 436 118 109.68 315 455 10
10. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/ltr NS 130 382 450 70 205 208 454 152 10
11. Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/ltr NS 46 142 298 38 101 102 304 48 --
12. Carbonates as CaCO3 mg/ltr NS 106.5 38.7 BDL 72.6 BDL BDL BDL BDL 10
13. Bicarbonates as CaCO3 mg/ltr NS 1137.5 314.6 266.2 363.4 118 100 352 455 10
14. Chlorides mg/ltr NS 870 98 576 150 827 102 433 926 1
15. Sulphates mg/ltr NS 140.3 65.1 133.5 50.7 88 43.6 112 156 10
16. Magnesium (Mg+2) mg/ltr NS 20.5 58.6 37.1 BDL 25 25.9 36.6 25.4 10
17. Fluoride mg/ltr 1.5 BDL BDL 0.65 0.82 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.5
18. Sodium (Na+) mg/ltr NS 1050 109 500 255 624 95 462 933 5
19. Potassium (K+) mg/ltr NS 25 32 76 18 31 13 58 32 5
20. Nickel mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2
21. Arsenic mg/ltr 0.2 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1
22. Hexavalent Chromium mg/ltr 1 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1
23. Copper mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1
24. Lead mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1
25. Iron mg/ltr NS BDL 0.68 BDL BDL 1.1 0.22 BDL 0.23 0.1
26. Zinc mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2
27. Manganese mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05
28. Phenol mg/ltr NS BDL 0.26 BDL BDL BDL 0.04 BDL BDL 0.001
29. Total Coliforms MPN/100ml <500 <2 >1600 19 <2 > 1600 <2 12 <2 >2 to ≤1600
NS : Not specified # BDL : Below Min. Detection Limit of Laboratory of Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd.(SGEPL) – given in last column
Indicates value exceeds tolerance limits of given standard, Total coliforms were exceeding permissible limits in samples of Galenda Openwell owing to open surface and that of Vadadla
probably contributed from storage tank or pipeline
3.13 ANALYSIS RESULTS OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLES
3.13.1 Analysis result of Pond water (surface water)
Sr. Parameters Unit IS 2296:1982 Class B- Analysis Results of Pondwater Min. detection limit
No. Outdoor bathing permissible limit Kadodara Galenda Vadadla Narnavi Ambhel of SGEPL#
1 pH - 6.5 – 8.5 8.35 8.31 8.41 8.12 8.45 1.0
2 Electrical Conductivity (EC) µsm/cm NS 1647.1 904.5 397.18 676.3 3506 15.0
3 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/ltr NS 1122 601 267 439 2614 10
4 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/ltr NS 420 40 140 140 70 10
5 Nitrates mg/ltr NS 1.44 0.25 0.22 0.46 1.383 0.1
6 Total Phosphates mg/ltr NS 9.16 5.9 0.29 62.54 12.79 1.0
7 Biochemical Oxygen Demand mg/ltr <3.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 10.0
(BOD)-3 days (27 °C)
8 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) mg/ltr ≥5.0 4.1 BDL 4.5 BDL 4.2 1.0
9 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/ltr NS 508.2 261.36 138 290.4 150.04 10.0
10 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/ltr NS 216 142 108 198 302 10
11 Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/ltr NS 124 64 68 104 94.06 --
12 Carbonates as CaCO3 mg/ltr NS 48.4 38.72 33.88 BDL 62.92 10.0
13 Bicarbonates as CaCO3 mg/ltr NS 459.8 222.64 104.12 290.4 87.12 10.0
14 Chlorides mg/ltr NS 341 150 52 51 1113 1
15 Sulphates mg/ltr NS 98.6 36 40 44.4 106.5 10.0
16 Magnesium (Mg+2) mg/ltr NS 22.44 19.03 BDL 22.93 50.75 10.0
17 Fluoride mg/ltr 1.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.94 0.5
18 Sodium (Na+) mg/ltr NS 325 152 58 90 625 5
19 Potassium (K+) mg/ltr NS 38 12 6 24 23 5
20 Nickel mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2
21 Arsenic mg/ltr 0.2 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1
22 Hexavalent Chromium mg/ltr 1.0 BDL BDL BDL 0.16 BDL 0.1
23 Copper mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1
24 Lead mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1
25 Iron mg/ltr NS 1.8 0.11 BDL 6.88 2.41 0.1
26 Zinc mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2
27 Manganese mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05
28 Phenol mg/ltr NS BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001
29 Total Coliforms MPN/ 100ml <500 > 1600 > 1600 > 1600 > 1600 22 >2 to ≤1600
Indicates value exceeds tolerance limits of given standard. Non-compliance in values of DO and Total coliforms are attributed to : 1) Moderate to heavy eutrophication was observed in all ponds.
The ponds are used for animal bathing and clothes washing 2) Garbage dumping and sewage water addition was also observed in few ponds.

3.13.2 Analysis result of GIDC reservoir water sample (used as drinking water source)
IS 10500: 2012 (drinking water standards)
Sr. Minimum detection limit of
Parameters Unit GIDC reservoir water sample
No. Desirable limits Permissible limits SGEPL#
1. pH - 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 7.95 1.0
2. EC µsm/cm NS NS 255.35 15.0
3. TDS mg/ltr 500 2000 168 10
4. TSS mg/ltr NS NS BDL 10
5. Nitrates mg/ltr 45 45 2.0 0.1
6. Total Phosphates mg/ltr NS NS 2.6 1.0
7. BOD mg/ltr ≤2* ≤2* BDL 10
8. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/ltr 200 600 106.48 10.0
9. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/ltr 200 600 120 10
10. Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/ltr NS NS 48 --
11. Carbonates as CaCO3 mg/ltr NS NS 33.88 10.0
12. Bicarbonates as CaCO3 mg/ltr NS NS 72.6 10.0
13. Cl-1 mg/ltr 250 1000 21 1.0
14. SO4 -2 mg/ltr 200 400 12.5 10
15. Mg+2 mg/ltr 30 100 17.56 10.0
16. Fluoride mg/ltr 1.0 1.5 BDL 0.5
17. Sodium (Na+) mg/ltr NS NS 14 5
18. Potassium (K ) + mg/ltr NS NS BDL 5.0
19. Nickel mg/ltr 0.02 0.02 BDL 0.2
20. Arsenic mg/ltr 0.01 0.05 BDL 0.1
21. Hexavalent Chromium mg/ltr NS NS BDL 0.1
22. Copper mg/ltr 0.05 1.5 BDL 0.1
23. Lead mg/ltr 0.01 0.01 BDL 0.1
24. Iron mg/ltr 0.3 0.3 BDL 0.1
25. Zinc mg/ltr 5.0 15.0 BDL 0.2
26. Mn mg/ltr 0.1 0.3 BDL 0.05
27. Phenol mg/ltr 0.001 0.002 BDL 0.001
28. Total Coliform MPN/100ml ≤50* ≤50* <2 >2 to ≤1600
*As per CPCB standards for surface waters as Class A- Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection
GIDC reservoir water was found to be complying with the permissible limits of IS 10500 : 2012 and CPCB standard for Class A surface water.

3.13.3 Summary of Hydrology and Groundwater survey

 Geologically, entire study area comprises Alluvium of Holocene age and Sedimentary rocks of Tertiary
 The short term (1995-2016) average annual rainfall is 747.23 mm. Maximum rainfall observed in 1998 is
1077mm and minimum rainfall in 2012 is 402mm.
 The Narmada river is the major river in the study area
 The static water level varied between 6.35 to 10 m.
 The general groundwater flow is in SW direction.
 The groundwater is not used for drinking owing to salinity and hardness; the GIDC water supply is used for
domestic purpose.
 The general topographic slope is in SW direction.
 The pond water quality is not suitable for use in drinking purpose, owing to eutrophication. Domestic
sewage, detergents and fertilizers added through domestic run-offs are major sources of eutrophication, as
per information gathered from villagers.
3.14 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.14.1 Geology
The area is occupied by subsurface Eocene group of rocks of Tertiary age; Deccan Trap forms the basement of this
formation. The Stratigraphic sequence established for the area is as follows:
Stratigraphy of Study area

Age Formation Lithology
Holocene (ME) Runn Clay formation Old tidal flat diposit and Tidal marsh Deposit
Middle Miocene to Calcareous Sandstone with Intraformational
Jhagadia formation
Pliocene conglomerate with clay
Figure 3-9 Geological Map of study area
3.14.2 Geomorphology
The study area is plain and covered with alluvium. The elevation varied between 7m to 10m. The general elevation
is towards the SW. The digital elevation map prepared to determine the general elevation of the study area.

Figure 3-10 Digital Elevation Model of Study area
3.14.3 Soils
The soil of the district is basically derived from weathering of Tertiary sediments particularly weathering of Feldspars.
The soil is of clayey type or montmorillinitic in composition.
Figure 3-11 Soil Map of study area
3.14.4 Primary data collection – Soil sampling and analysis
Purpose:
The soil samples were collected from the study area to determine their physical properties such as grain size
analysis, moisture content, porosity, permeability and soil texture.
Soil Sampling:
The soil sample collected from the existing surface to 1m depth. The soil sample collected with the help of manual
spiral auger. Table below shows location of soil sample collected. During the advancement of the boring Disturbed
samples are collected at every 0.5m interval.

Table 3-12 Location of Soil sample collection

Sr. Approx. Aerial Dist. From
No. centre of the site, km
1. Vadadla 4.75 190.48° S
2. Dahej 8.23 220.06° SW
3. Padariya 0.53 297.15° NWW
4. Kadodara 1.17 184.75° S
5. Galenda 4.94 145.65° SE
6. Narnavi 2.76 34.83° NE
7. Ambhel 6.86 43.23° NE
8. Project site 0.70 198.10° SSW
Photographs of soil sampling are attached as Annexure- 11

Table 3-13 Results of Physical Analysis of Soil Samples

The soil found in the study area is of Silty Clay type and porosity ranging between 39.2 to 44.2%. Table depicts the
soil texture of the study area.

Table depicts the soil texture of the study area.

Chemical characteristics of the soil samples were determined from 5 % leachate of the samples. The results are as depicted below :
Table 3-14 Chemical Characteristics of Soil

Sampling Locations
Sr. No. Parameter Unit
Dahej Kadodara Padariya Ambhel Vadadla Galenda Narnavi Project site
1 pH -- 8.11 8.64 8.93 8.58 8.6 8.71 8.58 9.42

Electrical
2 µ mhos/cm 3280 1875 956.8 2300 384.5 361.7 1227 1298.5
conductivity
3 SAR - 6.97 5.14 3.29 3.02 3.84 2.5 5.5 5.83
Water Holding
4 % 63.18 88.29 91.67 72.54 78.55 77.38 74.13 90.63
capacity
Cation exchange Meq/
5 20.64 21.16 20 21.34 12.25 11.57 13.13 20.5
capacity 100gm
6 Ca mg/kg 3245 3188.9 3605.1 4160 2460 2355 1760 2591.3
7 Mg mg/kg 675 1170.4 1198.4 1243.6 225 380 450 1273.2
8 Na mg/kg 3740 2975.7 1989 1937.9 1660 1125 2250 3232.9
9 K mg/kg 300 371.96 298.3 259.7 274.9 350 615 278.5
10 P mg/kg 7.82 3.99 3.77 3.17 4.55 5.35 7.19 2.16

3.14.5 Baseline Status of Soil Quality

 Geologically, entire study area comprises Alluvium of Holocene age and Sedimentary rocks of Tertiary.
 The general topographic slope is in SW direction.
 Soil of the study area is of Clayey type.
 Sodium ad Calcium levels are high in the soils.
3.15 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The noise environment in the study area was ascertained by measuring the ambient noise at various locations in the
villages, as mentioned below:
Table 3-15 Locations of noise level measurement in study area
Sr. Name of the Approx. Aerial Dist. Direction w.r.t
No. village From the centre of project site Type of Area
site, km
1. Vadadla 5.07 190.92°, S Residential-Industrial
2. Dahej 9.08 220.78°, SW Residential-Industrial
3. Padariya 0.83 329.76°, NW Residential-Industrial
4. Kadodara 1.12 163.36°, S Residential-Industrial
5. Galenda 5.04 145.45°, SE Residential-Industrial
6. Narnavi 2.87 33.59°, NNE Residential
7. Ambhel 7.16 44.77°, NE Residential
8. Project site - - Industrial
3.15.1 Methodology
 The frequency of monitoring was set at an interval of 2 hours during 24 hours of one single day during the study
period
 Each measurement was taken for 15 seconds. All measurements were carried out when the wind speeds were
approximately 1-2 m/sec and no unusual activities were being carried out at the monitoring locations.
 The measurements were made using Sound Level Meter.
 Equivalent sound levels or Equivalent continuous equal energy level (Leq) were then calculated from the
recorded values separately for day-time as well as night time. Equivalent sound levels or Equivalent continuous
equal energy level (Leq) is a statistical value of sound pressure level that can be equated to any fluctuating
noise level and forms a useful measure of noise exposure and forms basis of several of the noise indices used
presently.
Leq is defined as the constant noise level, which over a given time, expands the same amount of energy, as is
expanded by the fluctuating level over the same time. This value is expressed by the equation:
Leq = 10 log(1/n x  (10)Li/10)
i=n
Where n = Total number of sound samples,
Li = the noise level of any ith sample
ti = Time duration of ith sample,
Expressed as fraction of total sample time
Leq is used widely as a scale for the measurement of long term noise exposure.
The Leq values of noise levels are then compared with the stipulated standards of CPCB for residential and
industrial areas within the impact zone. (The ambient noise standards of CPCB are given as Annexure –5 and
Damage risk criteria for hearing loss given by occupational safety & health administration (OSHA) is enclosed as
Annexure -6 ).
 The calculated Leqs are tabulated as given in table below.
Photographs of noise measurement are annexed as Annexure 11.

3.15.2 Measured Noise levels in the study area
Table 3-16 Noise levels at ambient air monitoring stations

St Location Approx. Direction Type Noise Level in dBA (Day time) Noise Level (Leq) in dBA (Night
n. Aerial w.r.t of (0600 to 2200 hrs.) time) (2200 to 0600 hrs.)
Co Dist. project Area Min Max Leq Permi Min Max Leq Permi
de From site ssibl ssibl
the e e
centre
of site,
km
190.92°,
1 Vadadla 5.07 R-I 49 58 55 55 39 42 43 45
S
220.78°,
2 Dahej 9.08 R-I 47 65 62 55 40 45 45 45
SW
329.76°,
3 Padariya 0.83 R-I 42 55 51 55 39 40 42 45
NW
163.36°,
4 Kadodara 1.12 R-I 47 55 53 55 38 41 40 45
S
145.45°,
5 Galenda 5.04 R-I 47 51 50 55 36 40 41 45
SE
33.59°,
6 Narnavi R 47 52 49 55 37 40 41 45
2.87 NNE
44.77°,
7 Ambhel 7.16 R 47 55 51 55 35 39 40 45
NE
Project site -
8 - I 45 53 50 75 39 42 43 70
R-I : Residential- Industrial R : Residential I : Industrial
3.15.3 Baseline Status of Noise Environment

 The noise levels of the Residential-Industrial within the impact zone varied from 47-65 dBA in the daytime
and 36-45 dBA in the night time, whereas the Leq values were in the range of 50 – 62 dBA during daytime
and 40 – 45 dBA during nighttime.
 Daytime noise levels exceeded permissible limits for residential zones at Vadadla and Dahej, because
residential, commercial and industrial areas are near to each other as well as vicinity to heavy traffic roads.
 The noise levels at residential areas of Narnavi and Ambhel were within permissible limits.
 The noise levels in the study area are primarily due to movement of considerable vehicles on the main
roads, SH 6, SH 206 as well as ongoing construction activities in the estate.
 The noise level at project site are well within specified limits.
3.16 LAND USE & LAND COVER

This survey covers identification of the vegetation, agricultural and artificial manmade structures spread over the
study area. This information plays an important role in assessing the impact of the proposed project activities on the
various establishments, natural and manmade. For determining the baseline land use pattern, at and around the
project site, Land use classification is done on satellite imagery of IRS-R2 received from NRSA and reference to
toposheet for the study area and supported with ground checks and ground truth verification.
Topography :
The study area is having a terrestrial environment and is covered under Biogeographic Zone No. 4 “Semi-Arid”.

Figure 3-12 Satellite Imagery obtained from NRSA
ProductID= 162974411 SatID= IRS-R2 Sensor= L4FX SubScene= B GenAgency= NRSC Path= 93 Row= 57 DateOfPass= 12-JAN-2016 NoOfBands= 3 BandNumbers= 234
DateOfDump= 12-JAN-2016 GenerationDateTime= 13-Apr-2016 16:38:06 ProdCode= STUC00OTV ProdType= ORTHO MapProjection= UTM Ellipsoid= WGS_84 Datum= WGS84
FalseEasting= 500000.000000 FalseNorthing= 0.000000 ZoneNo= 43

Figure 3-13 Landuse & Landcover Map of Study area

3.16.1 Areas of Different Land Use Patterns within the Study Area
The land use classification within the study area of 10 km radius around the project site is as per the following:
Table 3-17 Land use Pattern of the study area

Sr.
Level - I Level - II Area (Sq. km) % area
no.
1. Agriculture land Agriculture 137.64 43.81
Built-up 2.39 0.76
2. Built-up GIDC 53.43 17.01
Industry 16.59 5.28
3. Mangroves Mangroves 4.81 1.53
Mudflats 3.20 1.02
4. Wastelands Salt affected land 10.82 3.44
Scrubland 18.25 5.81
River 1.51 0.48
Saltpans 52.76 16.79
5. Water body
Gulf 9.73 3.10
Pond 3.03 0.96
Total 314.16 100.00
Figure 3-14 Land use pattern of study area
Landuse / Landcover
100
90
80
70
60
Area ( %)
50
40
30
20
10
Area Classification
The nearest distances of ecologically sensitive areas as listed in the EIA manual of MoEF&CC (annexure II) are
presented in earlier section.
3.16.2 Baseline status of Land use Pattern

 About 44% of total land area under the region of interest is occupied for agriculture purpose
 The total land under industrial development including industrial estate of GIDC comprises of 22%.
 The habitant and settlement area comprising of villages is only about 1%.
 The total land under mangroves comprises of 1.5%.
 About 10% is wasteland; out of that 6% is scrubland while remaining areas are Mudflats & Salt affected land, i.e.
uncultivated.
 The water body including pond/River/Gulf/Saltpans is about 21% of total area.

3.17 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION

3.17.1 About Study area:
The current study was conducted for M/s. UPL Limited, located in the Dahej-III industrial estate of Vagra taluka,
District-Bharuch . The present study encompassed 10 km radius of M/s. UPL Limited, a well known corporate giant
of India, which has many small to large units in many parts of the country and is about to come up with is new unit
within village limit of Kadodara. The site selected is a notified patch of GIDC and currently only the demarcation of
boundary is done. The 10 km study radius included a total of 27 villages with agricultural as well as non-agricultural
land, notified industrial land, fallow land, pasture land, forest, mangroves and human settlements.
The current study area was covered under two Biogeographic Zones; Zone No. 4, ‘Semi-Arid Zone’ and Zone No. 8,
‘Coastal Zone’ and the Biotic Province therein were Province 4B – ‘The Gujara-Rajwara Province’ and Province 8A –
‘West Coast’. Almost 80 % of the study area was covered under Biogeographic Zone & Biotic Province 4A while the
rest 20 % of the area was covered under Biogeographic Zone & Biotic Province 8A. The terrain was observed to be
a flat plain with no undulations at all and a gentle slope towards the Gulf of Khambat. Major physiographic divisions
such as mountains or hillocks, plateau and rivers were not observed except for a patch of reserved forest, saline
mudflat and part of Gulf of Khambat. The patch of reserve forest was typical ‘Acacia Scrub Forest’. The water bodies
in the study area included only the small village ponds and GIDC reservoir. As mentioned above the site selected for
the industrial unit is in the notified GIDC area. Unit is located at an approx distance of Kadodara at 0.6 km and
Padariya at 0.5 km from project boundary. Also nearest State Highway SH-6 is located at a distance of 0.36 km.
Much of the agricultural land and fallow land of the villages falling in the study radius has been taken over by Dahej-
III. Primary survey was carried out for seven villages that are covered in study area as follows: Dahej, Vadadla,
Galenda, Kadodara, Padariya, Narnavi, Ambhel.
As mentioned above, geologically the terrain was flat plain with no undulations in the entire area, while a gradual
slope towards the gulf was observed. No major river was observed in the study area. Only the village ponds were
present of which not all were having water. Few ponds were near to dry whereas few were euthrophicated. Of all the
seven villages surveyed, all showed presence of village ponds of which Dahej, Ambhel & Narnavi had two ponds.
Waters from all these ponds were only used for potable purposes like washing-cleaning, cattle bathing but not for
drinking purposes. For human consumption, the source was either through GIDC reservoir, water tankers or bore
wells.
Presented below in the table is the summary of village ponds observed in the study area. The soil in the major part
of the study area appeared to be Yellow-brown to dark brown in colour. The climate all round the year is dry and
humid in lieu of the proximity of the gulf. The present survey was conducted in the month of December and
February; the December weather was chill with cold breeze blowing, as this time of the year Gujarat receives it best
winter while in February, being approaching spring time the weather had become slighter warmer but the cool
breeze was still felt at the coast. Being winter time, the ambient humidity was much less as compared to summer or
monsoon. Monsoon in this part of the state is the summer monsoon and is received in the month of June and
continues till the end of August or beginning of September. The secondary information as provided by the locals
revealed that Vagra region receives and average rainfall of about 700 mm. The density of green belt at some of the
locations viz. near the water bodies, in villages, near holy shrines was good and however, roadside plantation was
scarce and shrubby with hardly any trees. A noticeable feature in this study area was a small patch of Acacia Scrub
Forest in the southwest region of the study area. This scrub forest is a notified Reserved Forest under the jurisdiction
of Forest Department. The scrub forest towards the coast merges with large patch of mangroves all along the
coastline. Mangroves are discussed ahead in this report as they are one of the most ecologically important areas.

Table 3-18 Summary of Village ponds observed in the study area

Name of the
Sr. No. Observation Remarks
Village pond
1. Ambhel Pond-I  Pond was totally dry.
2. Ambhel Pond-II  Ambhel pond was basically an irrigation lake, the water of which is principally
used for agriculture.
 This was the largest of all the lakes observed in the study area.
 The lake had typical earthen mound that made the boundary of the lake.
 No large trees were observed on the bank of the lake; scattered bushes of
Prosopis were present.
 Hydrophytes were limited to few pockets and were more of emergent type.
 No sign of euthrophication was observed.
 Waterfowl diversity and density was less.
3. Dahej Pond-I  Pond was totally dry.
4. Dahej Pond-II  Pond received more of sewage water.
 Pond was almost eutrophicated with a small patch of open water in the centre.
 Hydrophytes observed were floating, submergent and emergent type.
 Dumping of solid waste on the periphery of the pond was most evident.
 Waterfowl included more of leaf-walkers as the pond was euthrophicated.
 Otherwise the waterfowl diversity and density was poor.
5. Galenda  A typical village pond depressed in the shape of a bowl.
 On the periphery were holy shrines and large shady trees.
 However, on the side of human settlement lot of dumping was observed.
 Water had good diversity of hydrophytes, which included submergent, floating,
floating-rooted and emergent type.
 Two wells were observed on the bank of the pond from where the pond water
was used for various domestic puposes.
 A good diversity of waterfowl was observed here as compared to other village
ponds.
6. Kadodara  Water present in the pond with no sign of euthrophication.
 Pond water used for various domestic puposes other than drinking.
 Holy shrines were observed at the bank of the pond and few large shady trees.
 Diversity of waterfowl was poor.
7. Narnavi Pond-I  Pond was totally eutrophicated
8. Narnavi Pond-II  This pond was divided into two sections.
 One section was totally eutrophicated and completely covered with Nymphea
and other hydrophytes.
 The second section of the lake had water with some hydrophytes of submergent,
emergent as well as floating type.
 Good numbers of Banyan trees were observed on the periphery of this lake.
 Diversity of Waterfowl was poor.
9. . Vadadla  Pond was completely filled with water and mild eutrophication was observed.
 On the periphery of the pond were present a variety of large shady trees.
 Hydrophytes were present and were submergent and emergent type.
 Waterfowl diversity was poor but overall faunal diversity near the water body was
moderate.
As mentioned above that the current study area falls under the ‘Semi-Arid’ Biogeographic zone the vegetation in
general appears to be of dry deciduous type along with some of the trees that remain evergreen throughout the year.
The density of cultivated plants was much less in the open fallow land of the plots and around villages, except for the
one maintained as the greenbelt of the industries. The present study being conducted during December, it is the
time of approaching autumn and onset of the leaf fall season. Herbaceous varieties were almost dried, thorny scrubs

were still green and those tropical trees known to be evergreen all throughout the year were in foliate condition.
Looking into the phenology of the flora, few the autumn flowering species were also recorded, however these were
in the section of the area that was well irrigated. The pattern of agriculture in this belt being a mixed cropping type,
any predominant agricultural crop could not be identified. All the known rabi crops were encountered in the fields
observed during the survey. The present survey was conducted with an objective to document the local flora, fauna
aquatic microflora and fauna in the 10 km radius of plot acquired by M/s. UPL Limited, in Dahej – III and located
within the village limits of Kadodara.
3.17.2 Objective:
The major objectives of the study were:
1. To document the diversity of the local flora.
2. To enlist the major agricultural crops, plantations and cultivated species.
3. To document the major fauna both invertebrate and vertebrate occurring in the selected study area.
4. To document the aquatic microfauna (plankton) from the water bodies within the study area.
3.17.3 Methodology
1.1.1.1 Method Employed For Floral Documentation:
A road survey in all the accessible areas and in addition on foot surveys were conducted to document the flora. The
local floral was identified by visual cues, such as its size and shape, morphology of the leaf and stem, phenology,
flowering and fruiting status and with all these characters the flora was classified broadly into five categories ‘Trees’,
‘Shrubs’,‘Herbs’, ‘Climber’ and ‘Aquatic Plants or Hydrophytes’. The plants that were not identified were
collected, brought to the laboratory and identified using standard herbarium references. Photo documentation of
some of the key species present in the study area was also done.
1.1.1.2 Methods Employed For Faunal Documentation:

Terrestrial Fauna:
The major terrestrial fauna in the area consisted of higher invertebrates and vertebrates. These groups were
identified and mainly documented through ‘Visual Encounter Method’. Minor combing operations were done at
some of the sites for documenting the fauna which otherwise remains concealed with the environment and could be
missed out. The combing process included upturning of stones, small rocks, fallen logs, boulders and disturbing
small shrubs and sweeping of leaf litter. Indirect evidences were used as cues for documenting mammalian fauna.
Secondary data for the entire region was procured from ‘Environment Information Centre’ (A centre with MoEF&CC)
and the same was validated through ground reality. For validating the secondary data coloured pictures of animals
were shown to the villagers and their presence in the area was confirmed. Wherever possible, photo documentation
was done using Digital Camera of sufficiently high resolution.
3.17.4 Survey Results:

The survey was conducted in and around the villages namely Ambhel, Dahej, Galenda, kadodara, Narnavi,
Padariya and Vadadla that fall within 10 km radius. The type of soil was largely observed to be brown soil, which at
some locations changed to yellow-brown type. The soil is suitable for agriculture. No national park and wildlife
sanctuary, Conservation Reserve was found to be present within the 10 km radius of the selected study area. There
is a Dahej Reserved forest at a distance of 9.6 km from centre of project site. Checklist of naturally occurring flora as
well as cultivated species and introduced species is given in further section. Photographs taken during the survey
are given in Annexure – 11.
Vegetation Survey Around Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial estate, Village: Kadodara of UPL Limited
Land use pattern depicted that the major proportion of land in the study area was under the GIDC and hence
appeared to be fallow land. Agriculture which earlier was the major occupation had significantly reduced to a small
proportion now. Only 7 crop plants and 4 vegetable plants were observed and reported to be cultivated in this region.
The area harbours 34 species of herbs, 15 shrubs species , 10 species of climbers , 41 tree species and 9 species
of aquatic plants. None of the major cash crops were observed in the current study area.
Reserved Forest And Mangroves

Located in the southwest direction from the project site in Dahej-III towards the coast is a small patch of ‘Reserved
Forest’. This reserved forest was predominated with Acacia nilotica and Prosopis spicijera thereby forest appeared
to be typical scrub forest. The soil herein was largely sandy and possibly the salinity could also be high therefore

such edaphic factors would not favour other floral species except for the tolerant ones like Acacia sp. and Prosopis
sp. Before reaching to this patch of scrub forest we came across huge patches of Saltpans. The terrain herein was a
flat onto which salt harvesting was done. On inquiring with a local we learnt that the saltpan workers were labourers
that had come from other parts of the state especially Saurashtra wherein salt harvesting is done on mega scale.
The salt harvested here was supplied to the industries as raw material for production of various industrial salts.
The area surrounding the salt pans was typical saline mudflat supporting scrubs and grasses along with few shrubs
of Prosopis juliflora. The grasses herein were dried out and it was difficult to identify them up to species level.
However the habitat was good combination of arid scrubland and grassland supporting a good variety of grassland
birds especially larks. At least three different species of larks were seen in this region.
As we drove on a kachccha road through the saltpans on this saline mudflat we reached on the edge of the reserved
forest. Just at the approach of the forest was located a temple of Lord Shiva, popularly known in this region as
‘Bhootnath Mahadev’. It was an old temple with a local history linked with it. The day of our visit being ‘Mahashivratri’
one of the mega religious festivals, the temple was swarmed with huge crowd from the surrounding villages and few
also coming as far from Bharuch city. The temple premises had few cultivated trees also on the periphery were trees
of Acacia arabica. The cultivated tress in the temple premises included Coconut, Mango, Chickoo, Guava, Ber,
Neem, Peepal and Banyan. From behind the temple began the patch of reserved forest; the Acacia scrub forest that
was almost 500 m in width before it merged with the mangroves on the coastline. As we walked through the
reserved forest which opened on the coastline to merge with the mangroves, that led to the open Gulf of Khambat.
The width of mangrove patch was more than 500 m before the final coastline of gulf began. We came across a
signboard put by the Forest Department, Bharuch Range, which read the mangrove plantation done by the Forest
Department in the year 2012-13, covering an area of almost 50 hectares. The mangrove patch appeared to be very
dense and healthy but was dominated by only one species – Avecinia marina. On the border between the reserved
forest and mangroves were also present the shrubs of Salvadora persica in quite a good numbers. We later walked
over a jetty through the lush green mangroves up to the Gulf of Khambat. It was low tide time and the water had
receded much back exposing the muddy bottom of the continental shelf. The time of low tide is feast for shorebirds
wherein they flock over to catch they choicest food, the macrobenthos. Observed herein the gulf were a good
number of shorebirds that included reef egrets, spoonbills, gulls, terns, curlew and other egrets. Small scale fishing
activity was also observed in the gulf as the fishing nets lay exposed in during the low tide. One of the important
species amongst the macrobenthos was the mudskippers that were present in large numbers inhabiting the
mangroves and the open gulf.
Mangroves
A ‘Mangrove’ is a shrub or small tree that grows in coastal areas, particularly in brackish or saline water. Mangroves
are distributed worldwide in tropics and subtropics spanning over 110 plus countries and their territories. Mangroves
are basically salt tolerant flora, typically called as ‘Halophytes’ and they are adapted for life in harsh coastal
conditions, like fluctuations in salinity and wave action. Since mangroves grow in coastline and are subjected to
wave action, the substratum mud gets waterlogged during high tide and is exposed to sunlight during low tide. The
wave action also causes the salinity to fluctuate and the cumulative effect of this is low oxygen or anoxic conditions
of the waterlogged mud. To cope up with all these adversities, mangroves have a complex salt filtration system and
complex yet unique root system that enables them to survive in these harsh conditions.
The salt filtration system of mangroves works at two levels; the root level and the shoot level. Roots in majority of the
mangroves are thickly deposited with suberin that do not permit the entry of excess salts into the tissues while the
leaves of mangroves have various mechanisms to exude salts in the form of crystals or deposit excess salts in
wilting leaves so that they are shed resulting in removal of excess salts. Mangrove leaves also show remarkable
morphological and physiological adaptations to withstand the saline conditions wherein the orientation of leaves is
such that they avoid the mid-day sun so as to reduce the evaporation and also they can regulate the opening and
closing of their stomata in lieu of shortage of freshwater. A unique character of majority of the mangroves, especially
Avecinia sp. is their ‘Breathing Roots’. The breathing roots of mangroves also called ‘Neumatophores’ grow vertically
erect out of the soil towards the sunlight, hence they are negatively geotropic, positively phototropic and help the
plants breathe in anoxic conditions. The neumatophores of mangroves bear numerous pores called ‘Lenticels’ that
facilitate the gaseous exchange. With all the above adaptations for their intertidal existence, mangroves are able to
tolerate broad ranges of salinity, temperature and humidity making them a unique floral species with ecological and
economic significance.

The ‘Mangrove Biome’ is a forest biome in itself, distinctly designated as a saline shrubland or woodland that is
characterized by deposition of fine sediments brought by the rivers, that gets assembled in the coastal environments
and are from wave action. There are about 110 species of mangroves belonging to 14 Families, distributed globally
of which about 64 species are known to occur in India and 14 species so far recorded from Gujarat. However, in the
current study area the mangrove patch appeared to be predominated with Avecinia marina. Like tropical rainforests,
mangroves also support a rich biodiversity. Though mangrove trees are few in species but the ecosystem they
create provides a home to a great diversity of organisms.
Mangroves are ecologically significant areas and also one of the fragile ecosystems. Mangrove swamps form an
oyster habitat and slow water flow, thereby enhancing the deposition of sediment and also protect the coastal areas
from erosion, storm surge especially during hurricanes and tsunamis. The massive root system of mangroves
efficiently dissipates the wave energy, slow down the tidal water and thereby protects the coastline from erosion.
Because of this uniqueness of mangrove ecosystems, they are an object of conservation programme globally.
In the current study area, the mangrove patch that was recorded was also very dense and healthy. It supported a
rich diversity of faunal species amidst its ecosystem. Though it was largely a monoculture plantation of only one
species but the very presence of this mangrove itself was significant in maintaining the ecological balance in the
area. Location of project from this area is almost 10 km as the mangrove patch is located on the southwest border of
the study area. Considering this fact, any developmental activity of client doesn’t seem to pose any direct or indirect
threat to these mangroves. Also the project claims to have discharge of effluent into deep sea through u/g pipeline
hence this aspect causing any threat is also nullified.
Analysis Of Terrestrial Fauna

The current survey was conducted in the month of December, which is a peak winter and hence the dropping
temperatures make many of the lower organisms undergo hibernation so as to escape the extreme conditions. The
current study also encompasses the aquatic microbiota which is dealt under separate head further in this report.
Since the soil microfauna were not taken into consideration during the current study, hence soil nematodes have not
been recorded in the results.
The terrestrial invertebrates are mainly represented by Annelids, Molluscs and Arthropods. These three are the
major invertebrate groups, numerous in their diversity as well as adaptive in nature. Earthworms represent the
terrestrial annelids while molluscans are represented by a variety of snails and slugs. But as expected, these
organisms were seldom encountered in the current study owing to the winter season and low ambient temperatures.
However, their presence in the area was ascertained through the secondary information provided by the locals but
the identification at the species level was not possible due to the lack of specimen.
Arthropods are not only the most dominant invertebrate group but they are the most speciose group in the entire
Animal Kingdom. Within arthropods the predominant groups are spiders and insects. These are the most sturdy and
adaptive animals that have practically ventured every possible habitat on the surface of this globe. Spiders belong to
Class Arachnida and Insects belong to Class Insecta of Phylum Arthropoda. As mentioned earlier, that Phylum
Arthropoda is the largest phylum in the Animal Kingdom, so is Class Insecta the largest Class within Phylum
Arthropoda. Insects play a wide variety of roles in the ecosystem as pests, predators, parasites, vectors and
pollinators.
Spiders in all are predacious and carnivorous. None spider so far is being reported to be a scavenger or herbivore.
The major diet of spiders is also insects and their larvae hence spiders also play a key role in the environment as
biological pest control agents. None of the spider species is reported to be a pest to any of the agricultural crops.
Checklists of Major Invertebrates and Butterflies observed during the current survey is given in further sections.
Vertebrate Fauna:
Vertebrates comprise of fishes, amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals. These are the most visible group of
animals and many of the representatives from each of the group are known to co-exist with humans. Fishes are
evolutionarily the lower most vertebrates and lead an entirely aquatic life. Fish is a commercial product and forms the
staple diet of almost 40% of the population in the world. In the current study not single village pond supported good

fish diversity neither any other site of inland fishery was observed in the entire study area. During the survey we
came across a local fish vendor and we photographed the fishes from his catch but on inquiring we were informed
that these fishes have been brought from outside market since there is no local fishery prevailing in this region. We
were also informed that even the gulf no longer supports good quality fish that used to be a catch about a decade
ago. As mentioned earlier that the entire study area had no major or minor rivers, freshwater fishes of economic
importance were not recorded from this area. Fishing by and large was a dying occupation now as the gulf did not
support a good quality as well as quantity of fish in this region. However, in the current study none of the villages had
fishing folks and that the fishermen population resided in the village along the gulf. The fishes as observed in the
village ponds were either guppies or perches that are common to all small ponds and lakes. Some of the fishes that
earlier used to be common to this coast have now disappeared. Checklist of fishes that appear in the local market on
regular basis is given in checklists and their photos can be seen in Annexure – 11.
Amphibians, the second group of vertebrates also could not be recorded due to winter season as these cryptic
animals hibernate during peak winters. Also the diversity of amphibians is poor in this region but their presence was
confirmed by showing coloured photos to the locals. Locals confirmed the presence of toads in their surrounding
also mentioned that these animals (toads) are more of terrestrial whereas frogs confine themselves to water.
Reptiles are considered to be the higher vertebrates but their representation was also much less in the current study
area. With complete absence of large reptiles like crocodiles, land tortoises and large snakes, the area was largely
inhabited by lizards, small to medium sized snakes. The local fishermen also declined the slightest possibility of
occurrence of sea turtles in this region. The village ponds did possess the commonest of all the Indian chelonians
the ‘Flap-shell Turtle – Lissemys punctata’. Lizards that are largely human commensals were observed everywhere,
in house, in fields, in wastelands and in wilderness. Like predatory insects and spiders, lizards are also
predominantly insectivorous and hence play the role of biological pest control agents. In the present study few of the
lizard species were sighted directly and occurrence of few other species was confirmed by showing coloured
pictures to the villagers. Presence of snakes was also confirmed through the secondary information gathered from
the locals and it was learnt that not many snakes are present in this area.
Amongst the higher vertebrates, birds are the most numerous group both in terms of diversity as well as density. In
the present study also birds were found at all the locations i.e. in the villages, in agricultural fields, at roadside and in
wetlands. Birds can broadly be grouped in to two categories, the waterfowls – birds seen at wetlands and the
terrestrial birds. The current survey time was the most ideal time to record the diversity of waterfowl as winter is the
time when migratory birds in large numbers spent their time in tropics and return back to their natives before the
harsh summers of tropics arrive. It was for the first time one observed few species of waterfowl in this region of the
state which otherwise account for very poor or nil diversity of wetland birds. The resident terrestrial birds were
observed in fairly good numbers but not many migratory species were recorded. Of all the seven villages surveyed
during the study, all of them had a village pond, in fact Dahej, Ambhel & Narnavi had two ponds but it was only the
Galenda village ponds that had good diversity of waterfowl. The second village pond in Dahej that received sewage
water and was almost eutrophicated, covered with floating vegetation showed a good diversity of leaf walking birds
like Jacanas and Moorhens.
Mammals the highest evolved vertebrates can broadly be grouped into two categories, domestic mammals and wild
mammals.
Domestic mammals are meant to stay with humans and they form an integral part of our culture and day to day life.
In the present study also it was observe that all villages had a healthy population of livestock comprising of cows,
buffalos, bullock, oxen, sheep, goats, hen, cock and even horse , which served either the dairy purpose or used as
beast of burden. Apart from the livestock, common domestic species observed during field visit were cats, dogs,
donkeys etc.
As far as wild mammals were concerned, hardly any wild mammals occurred in this region, except for some of the
small mammals. A local from village Kadodara village informed us that after the area becoming more and more
industrial and with the rise in the industrial activities, even mammals like Bluebull or Nilgai have moved away from
this region and that they are seldom seen here. Even the small mammal like hare and jackals are rare to sight. As
mentioned above in the current study the area that has been mapped out for the survey does not include any forest
land, protected area within its 10 km radius, therefore the possibility of occurrence of any major wild mammal in this
area with agricultural fields, human settlements, fallow land and industries was very negligible. There is Dahej

Reserved Forest towards west side from project site (~9.6 km).There. To rule out possibility in total coloured pictures
of some of the selected wild mammals were shown to the villagers to confirm their presence in this area.
The checklist of flora and fauna documented during the survey are presented below :
Table 3-19 Checklist of Flora & Fauna of study area

Checklist of Herbs & Shrubs
Sr. Sr.
Botanical Name Local Name Botanical Name Local Name
No. No.
Herbs
1. Achyranthes aspera Aghedi 2. Dicanthium annulatum Ghas
3. Alternanthera sessilis Shuliyu 4. Digitaria adscendens Taradiyu
5. Alysicarpus longifolius Lambo sameravo 6. Dinerba retroflexa Dabh ghas
7. Apluda mutica Bhangoru 8. Eragrostis tenella Ghabajariyu
9. Bulboschoenus maritimus Chid ni jat 10. Fagonia cretica Dhamaso
11. Canna indica Bajarbattu 12. Heteropogon contortus Shuliyu Ghas
13. Cassia occidentalis Kasundri 14. Launea procumbens Bhopatri
15. Cassia tora Kuvadiyo 16. Ocimum canun Ram tulsi
17. Cathranthus roseus Barmasi 18. Ocimum sactum Tulsi
19. Celosia argentea Lampado 20. Peristrophe bicalyculata Kali aghedi
21. Chloris barbata Mindadiyu ghas 22. Physalis minima Popati
23. Cressa cretica Khariyu 24. Rosa indica Gulab
25. Crinum latifolium Lili 26. Sida acuta Bala
27. Cynodon dactylon Dharo 28. Solanum xanthocarpum Bhoy ringani
29. Cyperus difformis Chid ni jat 30. Tagetes patula Galgot
31. Dactyloctenium aegypticum Taradiyu ghas 32. Tridax procumbens Vilayati Bhangaro
33. Datura innoxia Dhaturo 34. Xanthium strumarium Gadariyu
Shrubs
35. Avecinia marina Cher (Mangrove) 36. Ixora coccinea Ixora
37. Bougainvillea spectabilis Boganvel 38. Lantana camara Lantana
39. Calotropis procera Ankado 40. Musa paradisiaca Kela
41. Capparis decidua Kerda 42. Nerium indicum Karen
43. Clerodenron phlomoides Arni 44. Ricinus communis Divelo
45. Datura metel Daturo 46. Salvadora persica Piludi
47. Euphorbia neriifolia Thor 48. Thevetia peruviana Pili Karen
49. Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jasood
Checklist of Trees
Name of Tress which are observed in more quantity Name of Tress which are observed in less quantity
Sr. Sr.
No. No.
1. Acacia auriculiformis Australian baval 2. Cordia dichotoma Gunda
3. Acacia nilotica Baval 4. Eucalyptus spe. Nilgiri
5. Azardirachta indica* Limdo 6. Ficus benghalensis Vad
7. Carica papaya Papaiya 8. Ficus racemosa Umbedo
9. Cassia fistula Garmalo 10. Manikara hexandra Rayan
11. Cassia siamea Kasid 12. Manikara zapota Chikoo
13. Casuarina equisetifolia Saru 14. Moringa oleifera Sargavo
15. Coccus nucifera Nariyal 16. Parkinsonia aculeata Rambaval
17. Delonix regia Gulmahor 18. Plumeria rubra Champo
19. Ficus religiosa Piplo 20. Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav
21. Mangifera indica* Mango tree 22. Salvadora persica Piludi
Peltophorum
23. Copper pod tree 24. Sersbania grandiflora Sesbania
pterocarpum

Name of Tress which are observed in more quantity Name of Tress which are observed in less quantity
Sr. Sr.
No. No.
25. Phoenix sylvistris* Khajuri 26. Sygyzium cumini* Jamboo
27. Pithecelobium dulce Gorasambli 28. Tabebiua argentia Pilu bhompudu
29. Prosopis juliflora Gando baval 30. Tectona grandis Sag
31. Prosopis spicigera Samdi 32. Terminalia Arjuna Arjun
33. Tamarindus indica Imli 34. Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni
35. Terminalia Crenulata* Sadad 36. Annona squamosa Sitaphal
37. Terminalia cattapa Desi badam 38. Bombax ceiba* Simlo
39. Zizyphus glabrata Bor 40. Borassus flabellifer* Toddy palm
41. Zizyphus mauritiana Chani Bor
Reserved Tree *Non Reserved Trees
(Ref: Principal Chief Conservator of forest & Head Of the Forest Force-HoFF)
Checklist of Climbers
Sr. Sr.
No. No.
1. Cayratia carnosa Khat khatumbo 2. Luffa acutangula Turiya
3. Coccinia indica Ghiloda 4. Luffa cylindrical Galaka
5. Cocculus hirsutus Vagval 6. Momordica charantia Karela
7. Cuscuta chinensis Amarvel 8. Mukia maderaspatana Chanak chibhadi
9. Lagenaria leucantha Dudhi 10. Pergularia daemia Chamar dudheli
Checklist of Aquatic Plants

Sr. Sr.
No. No.
1. Hydrilla verticillata Jal shrunkhala 2. Paspalum flavidum Pani ghas
3. Ipomoea aquatica Nala ni bhaji 4. Polygonum plebeium Ratadiyu
5. Lemna gibba Lil 6. Spheranthus indicus Gorakmundi
7. Nymphaea nouchali Bhuru Poyanu 8. Typha angustata Ghabajariyu
9. Nymphaea pubescens Lal poyanu
Checklist of Cultivated Crop Plants

Sr. Sr.
No. No.
Major Crops Minor Crops
1. Triticum aestivum Ghau 2. Pennisetum typhoides Bajra
3. Gossypium herbaceum Cotton 4. Ricinus communis Divelo
5. Sorghum bicolor Juvar 6. Cajanus cajan Tuver
7. Cicer arietinum Chickpea
Checklist of Cultivated Vegetables

Sr. Sr.
No. No.
Major Crops Minor Crops
1. Abelmoschus esculentus Bhinda 3. Lycopersicon lycopersicum Tomato
2. Solanum melongena Ringan 4. Lablab purpureus Val-Papdi
Checklist major invertebrates in the study area

Sr.
Common name Scientific name
No.
Annelids

1. Earthworm (Secondary Information) Megascolex sp.

Molluscs
1. Garden Snail (Secondary Information) Helix sp.
2. Freshwater Snail (Secondary Information) Lymnea sp.
3. Slug (Secondary Information) Vaginulus sp.
Spiders
1. Orb weaver Neoscona sp.
2. Signature spider Argiope anasuja
Insects
1. Housefly Musca domestica
2. Mosquito Anopheles sp.
3. Black Ant Canponotus compressus
4. Red Ant Oecophylia smargdina
5. Honey bee Apis indica
6. Cockroach Periplanata americana
7. Fruit fly Drosophila sp.
8. Water Strider Gerris remiges
Checklist of economically important fishes

Sr.
Scientific Name English Name
No.
1. Wallgo attu Catfish
2. Labeo rohita Rohu
3. Cirrihana mrigala Mrigal
4. Cyprinus sp. Perch
5. Boleopthalmus sp. Mud-Skipper
Checklist of butterflies of the study area

As per
Sr. Type of
Family Scientific name Common name IUCN Red
No. Species
List, 2016
1. Pieridae Delia eucharis Common Jezebel --
Protected
2. Nymphalidae Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger --
Species
3. Papilionidae Pachliopta hector Crimson Rose --
Checklist of herpetofauna at the surveyed site

As per
Sr.
Type of Species Family Common English name Scientific name IUCN Red
No.
List,2016
Amphibians
1. Bufonidae Common Indian Toad Duttaphrynus melanostcitus --
2. -- Bufonidae Marbled Toad Bufo stomaticus --
3. Dicroglossidae Skittering Frog Euphlictis cyanophlictis --
Reptiles
4. Varanidae Common Indian Monitor Varanus bengalensis LC
5. Boidae Common Sand Boa Eryx conicus --
6. Colubridae Common Ratsnake Ptyas mucosus --
Protected
7. Colubridae Checkered Keelback Xenochropis piscator --
Species
8. Colubridae Common Wolf Snake Lycodon aulicus --
9. Elapidae Indian Cobra Naja naja --
10. Trionychidae Flap-Shell Turtle Lissemys punctata --
11. Geckonidae Northern House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis --
12. -- Agamidae Common Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor --
13. Agamidae Fan-throated lizard Sitana ponticeriana --

As per
Sr.
Type of Species Family Common English name Scientific name IUCN Red
No.
List,2016
14. Scincidae Common Skink Mabuya carinata --
LC: Least Concern
Checklist of avifauna at the surveyed site – waterfowl

Sr. Type of As per IUCN
Family Scientific name Common name
No. Species Red List,2016
1. Podicipedidae Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe LC
2. Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret LC
3. Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret LC
4. Ardeidae Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret --
5. Ardeidae Egretta gularis Western Reef Egret LC
6. Ardeidae Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron LC
7. Ardeidae Ardea cinerea Grey Heron LC
8. Protected Thereskiornithidae Pseudibis papillosa Black Ibis LC
9. Species Rallidae Gallinula chloropus Common Moorhen LC
10. Rallidae Fulica atra Common Coot LC
11. Jacanidae Metopodius indicus Bronze-winged Jacana LC
12. Recurvirostridae Himantopus himantopus Black-Winged Stilt LC
13. Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant LC
14. Ciconiidae Mycteria leucocephala Painted stork NT
15. Rallidae Amaurornis phoenicurus White breasted waterhen LC
Motacilla LC
16. Motacillidae large pied wagtail
maderaspatensis
17. Laridae Larus ichthyaetus Pall's Gull --
18. Laridae Larus minutus Little Gull --
--
19. Charadridae Vanellus indicus Red-Wattled Lapwing --
20. Charadridae Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper --
LC: Least Concern, NT: Near Threatened
Checklist of avifauna at the surveyed site – terrestrial birds

Sr. Type of As per IUCN Red
No. Species List,2016
Francolinus
1. Phasianidae Grey Francolin LC
pondicerianus
2. Coraciidae Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller LC
3. Cuculidae Eudynamys scolopaceae Asian Koel --
4. Cuculidae Centropus bengalensis Lesser Coucal LC
5. Psittacidae Psittacula krameri Rose Ringed Parakeet LC
6. Strigidae Athene brama Spotted Owlet LC
7. Columbidae Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon LC
8. Protected Columbidae Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove LC
9. species Columbidae Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove --
10. Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black Kite LC
11. Accipitridae Elanus caeruleus Black-shouldered Kite LC
12. Corvidae Corvus splendens House crow LC
13. Dicruridae Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo LC
14. Muscicapidae Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin LC
15. Muscicapidae Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin LC
16. Muscicapidae Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailorbird or Darjido LC
17. Muscicapidae Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia LC

Sr. Type of As per IUCN Red

No. Species List,2016
18. Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis Indian Myna or Kabar LC
19. Sturnidae Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna or Kabar LC
20. Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul LC
21. Motacillidae Motacilla flava Western Yellow Wagtail LC
22. Silvidae Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler LC
23. Silvidae Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler LC
24. Silvidae Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler LC
25. Nectarinidae Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird LC
26. Phasianidae Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl LC
Megalaima
27. Megalaimidae Coppersmith Barbet LC
haemacephala
28. Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus jocosus Red whiskered Bulbul LC
29. Ploceidae Ploceus philippinus Baya weaver LC
30. Nectarinidae Nectarinia minima Crimson-backed sunbird LC
31. Oriolidae Oriolus oriolus Eurasian Golden oriole LC
32. Corvidae Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufous treepie LC
Greater Coucal or crow
33. Cuculidae Centropus sinensis LC
phesant
34. Sturnidae Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling LC
Streptopelia Little brown dove or Laughing
35. Columbidae LC
senegalensis Dove
36. Laniidae Lanius excubitor Great grey shrike --
37. Accipitridae Accipiter badius Shikra --
38. Dacelonidae Halcyon smyrnensis White Breasted Kingfisher --
39. Meropidae Merops orientalis Green Bee-Eater --
40. Alaudidae Galerida cristata Indian Crested Lark --
41. Alaudidae Eremopterix griseus Ashy-Crowned Sparrow Lark --
--
42. Lanidae Lanius vittatus Bay-Backed Shrike --
43. Silvidae Saxicola torquatus Common Stonechat --
44. Passeridae Passer domesticus House Sparrow --
45. Aegithinidae Aegithina tiphia Common Iora --
46. Estrildidae Lonchura malabarica Indian silverbill
47. Hirundinidae Hirundo rustica Common swallow
LC: Least Concern
Checklist of mammalian fauna at the surveyed site

Family Common name Scientific name
1. Scuiridae Five striped palm squirrel Funambulus pennantii LC
2. Leporidae Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis LC
3. Herpestidae Grey Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi LC
4. Bovidae Bluebull or Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus LC
Protected
5. Canidae Jackal Canis aureus LC
6. Cercopithecidae Hanuman Langur Semnopithecus entellus LC
7. Canidae Indian fox Vulpes bengalensis LC
8. Felidae Jungle cat Felis chaus LC
9. Muridae House Rat Rattus rattus LC
10. Muridae Brown Rat Rattus norvegicus LC
Unprotected
11. Muridae House Mouse Mus musculus LC
12. Muridae Indian field mouse Mus booduga LC
13. Scuiridae Three-striped plam squirrel Funambulus palmarum --
--
14. Soricidae Grey musk shrew or Suncus murinus --


Family Common name Scientific name
chhachhundar
LC: Least Concern
Ref. for type of species: The Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972
Ref. for IUCN Red List: http://www.iucnredlist.org
3.17.5 Aquatic Biology Studies:

Aquatic biology studies become inevitable while conducting the impact assessment studies for the EB component as
aquatic ecosystem is one the prime ecosystem that is likely to be affected directly or indirectly due to
industrialization. Aquatic biology studies mainly refer to the qualitative and quantitative studies of aquatic micro biota,
as it forms the basal layer of the food chain. The aquatic micro biota chiefly includes the plankton, both
phytoplankton and zooplankton. In the current study, seven village ponds were selected for aquatic biology studies,
of which one pond in Dahej & Ambhel was completely dry while the other one pond of Dahej was eutrophicated and
had sewage water therefore no samples were collected from this site. Samples were collected from rest of the six
village ponds namely, Ambhel, Galenda, Kadodara, Narnavi and Vadadla.
RESULT FOR THE ANALYSIS OF PLANKTONIC FAUNA:

The name plankton is derived from the Greek word “planktons”, meaning “wanderer” or “drifter”. While some forms of
plankton are capable of independent movement and can swim up to several hundred meters in a single day, their
position is primarily determined by currents in the water body they inhabit. By definition, organisms classified as
"plankton" are unable to resist water currents. Plankton is primarily divided into broad functional groups as
mentioned above:
1. Phytoplankton
2. Zooplankton
This scheme divides the plankton community into broad producer and consumer groups. The samples collected from
the village ponds showed the presence of phytoplankton and zooplankton. The phytoplankton diversity was also not
appreciable as the all the ponds that were studied were organically polluted and that only the tolerant species were
recorded. The presence of phytoplankton and alga was clearly evident from the greenish colour of the water.
Therefore, though polluted, the ponds were a functional ecosystem with all the trophic levels present and functional.
Zooplankton is the primary consumer in the aquatic food chain. Their chief diet is phytoplankton, which are
the autotrophs. Zooplankton are further consumed by other aquatic invertebrates and vertebrates, thereby the rolling
the system into function. Zooplankton can be further classified as ‘Holoplankton’ – that are the true plankton and
‘Meroplankton’ – these are the larval stages of higher organism that remain as plankton only in their early stages of
life. A total of 11 plankton species were identified from the collected samples of freshwater from various village
ponds and are listed below. Of these species, 4 were phytoplankton species and 7 were zooplankton species.
Table 3-20 Checklist of phytoplankton and zooplankton from the village ponds
Sr. Sr.
Scientific Name Scientific Name
No. No.
Phytoplankton Zooplankton
1. Chlamydomonas sp. 1. Cyclops sps
2. Chlorella sp. 2. Daphnia sp.
3. Volvox sp. 3. Euglena sp.
4. Schizothrix 4. Calanus sp.
5. Gomphonema sp.
6. Navicula sp.
7. Saurastrum sp.
3.17.6 Conclusions on Baseline Study:

 The entire study area of 10 km radius does not include any National Park and Wildlife Sanctuary. therefore there
is no potential threat to any of the terrestrial ecosystem in the vicinity of the area.
 There is Dahej Reserved Forest towards west side from project site (~9.6 km).

 It was evident from the land use pattern that the major portion of the study area was under the regulations of
Dahej-III, GIDC, and therefore agriculture land was minimum. The land surrounding the project site was much of
fallow land or having industry/industrial plots with just few patches of agricultural land which soon shall be given
up in the Dahej-III. No cash crops were cultivated in this area and therefore agriculture did not possess any
hazardous impact by the upcoming plant of UPL lest it causes any soil pollution on large scale.
 Since the proponent has only yet procured the plot, it is yet to come up with the green belt on the site as per the
required norms under EIA. We positively expect that the proponent is deeply concerned about the environment
and shall contribute his share in developing and maintaining the green belt in his premises.
 In future, release of certain toxic gases (if any) from the plant shall pollute the atmosphere and lead to
hazardous effects on vegetation and fauna including humans, if proper pollution control measures are not taken.
 Similar is the case with the effluent discharge, if the untreated effluent is discharged into the natural water
bodies it will result in detrimental effect on not only the aquatic ecosystem but also the associated terrestrial
flora and fauna. Here the proponent will have to install and operate adequate and efficient treatment systems for
ETP, MEE & RO and shall have to maintain all the standards and provide a complete plan of his effluent
discharge.
 During the entire survey and having documented the flora and fauna, it was evident from the data that none of
the species of flora or fauna belonged to rare, endangered or threatened category as described by IUCN.
 There were no discharges in that water body (ponds) from any of the adjoining industries, but the point here to
be taken a note is, if any discharges are released in the natural water bodies, it could also lead to the
eutrophication of the water body too.
 The vehicular traffic movement through the area is indeed a direct and a continuous impact on the environment,
resulting in both air and noise pollution. Also the roads constructed for the movement of these heavy vehicles is
an impact over the biota as a road bisects any habitat thereby acting a barrier for the movement of lesser
terrestrial fauna.
The rapid increase in industrialization and urbanization has already started showing its long term detrimental effects
on the environment and biodiversity of the state. Today we are facing challenging problems like habitat loss, habitat
fragmentation, species loss, increasing pressure of alien and invasive species, desertification etc. All these factors
contribute significantly to the loss of biodiversity at local, regional or national level. Thus, considering these factors,
following mitigation measures are recommended:
 Development of the green belt is the prime requirement with proper selection of the plant species that are
having a high Air Pollution Tolerance Index and in addition to that also help in minimizing noise pollution. The
green belt not only overcomes the problem but also enhances the aesthetic value of the landscape and restores
the ecosystem to a great extent.
 Selection of proper plant species is necessary for developing the greenbelt, as care needs to be taken that the
selected floral species are of evergreen type so that no leaf litter occurs during the dry season and chances of
fire are prevented. Also utmost care needs to be taken for monitoring and maintaining the greenbelt.
 Ornamental plant varieties should also be encouraged as these will not only enhance the aesthetic value of the
location but shall also attract butterflies and other insects and some birds which in turn add on to the biodiversity
of the area.
 As mentioned earlier on impact of vehicular traffic that leads to the air and noise pollution, the suggested
mitigation measure is to develop a good greenbelt along the roadside so as to minimize these problems.
 However, the problem of habitat fragmentation arising due to the construction of the road network is a persistent
problem and needs to be addressed but as mentioned that since there is no protected area or no eco-sensitive
zone like National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve etc. in the study area the problem of habitat
fragmentation is not of much concern for the major fauna but indeed is a matter of concern for other terrestrial
invertebrates and probably lesser vertebrates.
 GIDC should make sincere efforts for alternative Gauchar (pasture) land to land looser in exchange of the land
procurement from them.
 As mentioned earlier that the entire study area did not show presence of any natural wetlands that could
harbour the migratory waterfowl but the resident waterfowl was recorded in a scattered pattern. However, the
village ponds though small in size can still harbour a decent diversity of waterfowl, hence restoration of these
village pond is necessary. As part of environment nourishment and enrichment, the companies in Dahej-III can
take up this project of revival of village ponds as their Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).

 As mentioned earlier that in the entire survey none of the faunal species that was rare, endangered or
threatened was reported from the study area. However, in case if any faunal species of conservation importance
is reported from the study area in future, the species needs to be treated with priority of protection.
3.18 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Socio-Economic Status of villages and residential settlements in the study area is established by :-
1. Collecting data on various aspects of social structure, demography, economics etc. from Census 2011 data
available on its website.
2. Conduct socioeconomic survey of selected villages and meetings with key person of the village preferably
Sarpanch or Panchayat member to verify and update information obtained from Census 2011.
Observations are also made for condition of infrastructure development, community culture, standard of
living, social and economic discriminations, migration, changes in occupational structure, recent
developments, attitude and opinions for industrial development, etc.
All above assessment is summarized in following sections to depict the socio-economic environment of the study
area.
3.18.1 About Vagra Taluka from Census 2011

Following information is gathered from DISTRICT CENSUS HANDBOOK-BHARUCH – PART-XII-A & B and few
abstracts are also presented.
Demography
 Entire study area covering radial distance of 10 km from project site falls in Vagra taluka of Bharuch District.
 Population in Vagra taluka is 100044 and only 6.45% of total population of Bharuch District.
 Population Entire taluka is rural with no towns and cities.
 It has the lowest population density of 113 (rural) against the district average of 238. It has the lowest sex ratio
of 870 against the district average of 925.
 It has 25% ST against 31.48% District average and 4.45% SC population against 4.01% District average
 It has 80.21% literacy against 77.99 % district average for Rural population. The male female literacy gap is
maximum for Vagra (16.4%) against district average of 14.58%.
 Owing to significant development of industrial estates of GIDC and SEZ, Vagra has the highest population
growth rate of 21.05% from 2001 to 2011 as per Census Information.

Population range No. of villages in Vagra Taluka %

< 200 1 1.49
200 – 499 6 8.96
500 - 999 27 40.30
1000 - 1999 23 34.33
2000 - 4999 8 11.94
- 9999 1 1.49
>10000 1 1.49
TOTAL 67

Status of Amenities in Vagra Taluka
Hence it is concluded in Census 2011 district handbook that majority villages in bharuch district have facilities like
education, drinking water, telephone, transport communications, pucca road and power supply are satisfactory. But
facilities like medical, post-office, banks and agricultural credit societies are not enough or satisfactory.
Subdistrict profile of Vagra taluka is attached as annexure -15.

Out of twenty seven (27) villages, primary data collection was done through community survey based on personal
interviews and questionnaire in total 7 (seven) villages falling within a radial distance of 10 km from the project site,
namely –
Table -3-21 List of villages covered for primary data collection
Approx. Aerial Dist.
Stn. Surveyed Direction w.r.t
From the centre of Type of Area
Code Village project site
site, km
1. Dahej 9.13 220.81°, SW Residential-Industrial
2. Vadadla 4.83 190.11°, S Residential-Industrial
3. Galenda 4.93 145.70°, SE Residential-Industrial
4. Kadodara 1.13 162.96°, SSE Residential-Industrial
5. Padariya 0.77 324.24°, NW Residential-Industrial
6. Narnavi 2.62 34.57°, NE Residential
7. Ambhel 7.16 46.32°, NE Residential
The primary data was validated using secondary data from census records, statistical hard books, toposheets,
health records and relevant official records available with Govt. agencies.
Photographs of Survey work carried out for Socio-Economic Baseline study can be seen at Annexure - 11

3.18.2 Demographic Data from Census 2011 for Study area Villages
Sr. Village Village Total Total Total Total Male Total Female Sex Total % Total % ST Literacy
Population
No. Code Geographical Households Population Population of Population of ratio
Scheduled SC Scheduled rate
density (no.
of Area (in of Village Village Village Castes Tribes (ST) (%)
of
Census Hectares) (SC) Population
persons/sq.
2011 Population of Village
km)
of Village
1 Akhod 522042 862.98 174 831 435 396 96 910 69 8.3 305 36.7 69.7
2 Aladar 522015 2170.39 166 830 431 399 38 926 34 4.1 267 32.2 71.7
3 Ambhel 522019 1028.78 159 721 348 373 70 1072 63 8.7 297 41.2 61.3
4 Atali 522053 1063.26 239 1150 612 538 108 879 117 10.2 381 33.1 74.5
5 Dahej 522057 7630.52 3426 13495 8345 5150 177 617 542 4.0 2090 15.5 73.9
6 Galenda 522054 570.98 120 611 314 297 107 946 5 0.8 91 14.9 75.6
7 Goladara 522018 841.52 201 890 462 428 106 926 21 2.4 242 27.2 70.9
8 Janiadara 522041 1036.31 150 729 361 368 70 1019 25 3.4 248 34.0 70.1
9 Jolva 522062 874.85 338 1442 807 635 165 787 239 16.6 199 13.8 74.5
10 Kadodara 522038 1325.22 420 1995 1018 977 151 960 48 2.4 511 25.6 68.6
11 Limdi 522020 758.69 110 539 278 261 71 939 19 3.5 99 18.4 75.0
12 Nadarkha 522035 530.07 92 447 220 227 84 1032 16 3.6 64 14.3 72.7
13 Nandida 522043 1219.76 160 719 383 336 59 877 64 8.9 267 37.1 70.4
14 Narnavi 522036 666.91 151 692 349 343 104 983 64 9.2 140 20.2 73.7
15 Padariya 522037 539.42 131 647 340 307 120 903 13 2.0 131 20.2 77.0
16 Pakhajan 522034 1681.62 255 1286 671 615 76 917 79 6.1 366 28.5 75.0
17 Paniadara 522017 4144.62 514 2563 1360 1203 62 885 31 1.2 790 30.8 64.6
18 Rahiad 522064 1436.62 355 1694 862 832 118 965 105 6.2 104 6.1 77.3
19 Samatpor 522055 295.38 79 367 182 185 124 1016 4 1.1 49 13.4 71.9
20 Sambheti 522040 351 82 416 226 190 119 841 12 2.9 37 8.9 76.0
21 Suva 522063 1283.48 413 1920 973 947 150 973 63 3.3 354 18.4 74.3
22 Trankal 522014 739.78 129 543 287 256 73 892 123 22.7 169 31.1 71.5
23 Vadadla 522056 679.13 201 822 419 403 121 962 76 9.2 341 41.5 73.2
24 Vav 522039 643.46 155 727 378 349 113 923 28 3.9 163 22.4 79.1
TOTAL 32374.75 8220 36076 1860 7705
* Padeshwar and Vajapur are small areas inhabited by locals but covered in salt pans. ** As per the Population Census 2011, the village Harinagar is uninhabited.

As per Primary Survey :
Sr. Surveyed Population % SC % ST Literacy
No. Village Gen. SC ST Total No. of Households rate (%)
1 Dahej 9980 821 3369 14170 3530 5.8 23.8 84.84%
2 Vadadla 322 79 496 897 221 8.8 55.3 75.46%
3 Galenda 465 98 124 687 125 14.3 18.0 85.90%
4 Kadodara 1505 278 729 2512 488 11.1 29.0 78.20%
5 Padariya 486 69 186 741 142 9.3 25.1 86.66%
6 Narnavi 449 79 190 718 170 11.0 26.5 86.94%
7 Ambhel 288 157 302 747 184 21.0 40.4 73.80%
Inference on demography
 Due to industrial development in this area, there is considerable influx of outside population into the villages of Galenda, Dahej and Vadadla.
 Dahej is the largest village w.r.t area having highest population also
 Samatpor is the smallest village w.r.t area.
 Aladar has the lowest population density
 Population of SC is more in Atali, Jolva, Galenda, Ambhel and Trankal.
 ST population ranges from 6% to 55%.
 Major migration is from nearby villages as well as nearby regions of Gujarat as well as from other states such as Dahod , Godhara, Narmada, U.P, Bihar, M.P due to rise in
employment in upcoming industries in Dahej Estate areas. Common employment opportunities are unskilled and skilled labour and technicians for construction and erection acitivities
of coming up industries.
 Labour colonies are also coming up near industrial areas.
Population range No. of villages in study area %

< 200 0 0
200 – 499 3 12.5
500 - 999 13 54.2
1000 - 1999 6 25.0
2000 - 4999 1 4.2
5000-9999 0 0.0
>10000 1 (Dahej) 4.2
TOTAL 24

Literacy
The literacy rate is a major factor, which influences the socio-cultural condition of a particular place.
Akhod, Ambhel, Kadodara, Paniadara have literacy rate < 70%. In the surveyed villages, literacy rates have increased
considerably as compared to Census 2011 data. Dahej, Padariya and Narnavi have literacy rates > 85%.
It can be thus concluded that owing to the continuous development of the Industries in Dahej GIDC, the awareness for
literacy among the local population is increasing in this area. Also new schools and colleges are coming up and existing
educational facilities are being upgraded as part of CSR activities by industries and GIDC.
3.18.3 Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes

Community
Village community is the primary community in this area. People live a fixed and stable lifestyle which remains
unchanged or very minority changed over long years. The social binding among the communities is very strong and
orthodox by nature. There is noticeable impact of the surrounding cities w.r.t modernization or urbanization.
Religion
Hindus and Muslims are the main religious components of the population in the villages studied. Hindus constitute more
than 80% of the population. Muslims account for ~ 15%. Villagers do not have any linguistic categories because
Gujarati is the main language.
Family
Town culture prevails in Dahej, Kadodara, Vadadla and Padariya owing to urbanization where family is considered
important not only as a reproductive and child rearing agency but also as an economic unit. There are established
family traditions in regard to marriage, religion, recreation and occupation. Family is the only organization to perform the
task of aid and protection.
Owing to ST and SC population in significant proportion, agriculture are the main occupation and fisheries in old days
but owing to industrial development and respective associated developments, people are shifting their occupation in
transportation, retail businesses, industrial supplies, automobiles, domestic supplies and services, construction supplies
and the like. Family indulgent is there in these occupations also. The family traditions are governed by tribal beliefs and
culture.
Status of women
Rural women are predominantly unskilled and illiterate which makes them vulnerable to exploitation. Low level of
nutrition and frequent pregnancies make them prone to poor health and limiting their productivity. Yet women have to
undertake varied agricultural tasks like tilling, manuring, weeding, transplanting, harvesting. They also have to look after
dairy animals, poultry, fuel needs, food processing. Activities within the house are classified as housework and not
considered as a contribution to the economy.
Women workers in the industrial area are engaged by contractors in housekeeping, civil construction activities,
packaging, and similar category of skilled and unskilled labour.
3.18.4 Occupational Structure

This is the present occupational structure which does not account for agricultural land acquired by GIDC, where the
owners shall divert to other occupation.
Table-3-22 Primary data for Occupational status

Occupation
SN Village
F(O) % F(L) % IND % AH % F % CS % CN % TP %
1. Dahej 168 4 130 3 3500 82 135 3 150 4 180 4 350 8 25 1
2. Vadadla 10 10 55 52 20 19 12 11 0 0 8 8 4 4 0 0
3. Galenda 35 24 58 39 28 19 15 10 0 0 12 8 3 2 6 4
4. Kadodara 250 23 523 49 122 11 104 10 50 5 18 2 12 1 25 2
5. Padariya 57 27 43 21 46 22 55 26 0 0 7 3 0 0 0 0
6. Narnavi 150 51 55 19 66 22 18 6 0 0 8 3 3 1 12 4
7. Ambhel 70 34 13 6 100 49 12 6 0 0 8 4 3 1 17 8
F(O) : Farmer (Owner) F(L) : Farmer (Labor) IND : Industrial Activities AH : Animal Husbandry F : Fisheries
CS : Commodity services CN : Construction TP : Transportation

Many villages have Agriculture and Animal Husbandry as their main occupation
 But due to industrial development and associated developments people are shifting their occupation in
industrial associated development like transportation, construction work, domestic supplies, as a labour in
industries also. While Kadodara, Padariya ,and Narnavi being near to the industrial areas, have a significant
population engaged in industrial and commercial activities.
 The industrial Estates generate ample employment for skilled as well as unskilled manpower. GIDC has started
Skill Development Center at Dahej.
 There is a section of the population which raises its income by working in different sectors of the industrial area
viz. labour, housekeeping, packaging, technicians, construction activities etc. The industrial area also has an
effect on the type of education taken by the youth in this region.
 Trade and Commerce, construction and communication services have also taken up in these areas.
 Transportation services (Buses, vans, cars, etc.) and automobile and construction equipment supply and
accessories are also newly developed industrial services by local population to cater to upcoming new
industries.
 Hotel business is picking up in this area, as on date, there are many small and medium hotels being
constructed along SH-6 road. This is indicating that catering and hospitality business may become significant
in the coming years.
Villages shifting to Industrial Activities, Commodity Services, Construction, Transporation services : -

Dahej, Jolva, Galenda, Vav, Ambhel, Vadadla, Padariya
Villages having Fisheries as Occupation : - Suva, Dahej
Details for Livestock Resources:

Surveyed Livestock
Village Cows Buffalos Bullock Sheep & Goats Horse
Dahej 135 238 22 235 2
Vadadla 0 15 0 177 0
Galenda 4 30 0 155 0
Kadodara 15 228 6 435 0
Padariya 20 133 2 56 0
Narnavi 0 156 0 60 0
Ambhel 32 103 0 125 6
Details for Crops:

Crop
Name of villages Other
Wheat Cotton Maize Pulses
(Juwar)
Dahej √ √ X √ √
Vadadla X X X X √
Galenda √ √ X √ √
Kadodara √ √ X √ √
Padariya √ √ X √ √
Narnavi √ √ X √ √
Ambhel √ √ X √ √
3.18.5 Status of Civic Amenities

Shelters
 All villages have majority pucca shelters with kuchcha shelters where BPL families reside.
 Pucca Internal roads are present in many of the villages having good population and area.
 Kuccha internal roads are present in all villages.
 GIDC is continuously carrying out construction of roads in these villages as per its social development
programme.

Water Facilities
 GIDC is operating a water supply scheme set up at a cost of 8 crore to supply potable water to 7 villages
located in the dahej estate as also villages located outside.
 GIDC is constructing supply network for supplying water to all villages through Gujarat Water Supply & GIDC
water (Jhanor water supply and GIDC canalwater)
 Where network is not laid, water tankers of GIDC water are used.
 Almost all villages have tap water facility with overhead tanks
 Only few villages are devoid of this facility and use tubewells or borewells.
 Tubewells are also used in Trankal, Goladara, Limdi, Pakhajan, Narnavi. However use of ground water is
limited to domestic and agricultural uses and not preferred for drinking water.
 RO water plants are provided by GNFC Ltd. with support of WASMO in villages of Rahiyad, Suva, Galenda,
Vadadla and Koliyad.
 Most of the other villages do not treat water before consumption.
 No Irrigated Water Facility so Agriculture productivity is normal but this area owing to industrial development
and associated development for it. People migrate to nearby cities and town for miscellaneous jobs.
Educational Facilities in study area

School Level Government Private - aided Private unaided
Anganwadi All villages -- --
Pre-primary None of the villages
Primary All villages -- Markaz Public School, Vagra
Faith Calvary, Vagra
Aditya Bhaskar Public School, Sambheti
Upper Primary Except at Padariya Gnan Sharita School, Vagra

and Nadarkha Sanskar Deep Vidhyalay (Eng), Dahej
Bhaskar Academy, Suva
Secondary At Trankal, Shree Sharda Arpi High school, Vagra
Kadodara, Vidhyamandir, Junjera P.S. (Guj), Vagra
Paniadara, Atali, Kadodara
Dahej Prabhat Vidyamandir,
Trankal
Higher Secondary Dahej, Trankal Shree P.J. Cheda Maulana Azad Memo. High School, Vagra
Janta Vidhyalay,
Dahej
Smt. M.M.M.Patel
Sarv. Vidhyalay (Guj),
Vagra
Source of Information :
Website of : Sarv Shiksha Abhiyan – www.ssagujarat.org/gismap
Right to Education - http://www.rtegujarat.org
 Govt. Upper primary and secondary schools are available in other villages of Vagra taluka
 Govt. Higher secondary school is also available at Chanchvel villages approx. 30 km road distance from project
site.
 Dahej and Bharuch have many gujarati and English schools as well as International education based schools.
 And also engg. Colleges and ITI are available in Dahej and Bharuch.
 Other engg. and medical colleges are in Bharuch, Vadodara and Surat.
 Good quality education is expected to develop in this region owing to contributions from industries and GIDC
as part of their CSR plans as well as through GUJARAT PCPIR WELFARE SOCIETY which covers 07 villages
in Dahej.
 Transport buses are also being provided through CSR programmes

Health Facilities
Health facility Available at (within study area) Whether Government or Nearest village
Private accessed
Community Health None of the villages Bharuch, Vagra
Centre
Primary Health Centre Dahej, Pakhajan and (at Government Dahej and Vagra
Kadodara, it is not in working
condition)
Private Dispensary Dahej, Jolva, Trankal, Ambhel, Private Dahej and Vagra
Janiadara, Atali, Rahiyad,
Nadarkha, Pakhajan, Narnavi,
Vadadla
Mobile Health Unit 1. A Mobile Medical Van of GNFC Private --
(MHU) Ltd. visits Galenda, Vadadla
villages (visiting two
2. villages per day) six days in a
week
3. MHU of Deepak Foundation of
Deepak Nitrite Ltd. visits
Kadodara, Ambhel, Narnavi
4. Mobile Medical Van of Aditya
Birla group visits Dahej and
Ambhel
Hospitals (General) Dahej Health & Welfare Society
has set up a 50-bed modern
Hospital at Dahej
Maternity And Child No special hospital
Welfare Centre
Hospitals (specialty) No special hospital Vagra, Bharuch, Dahej
Veterinary Hospital Dahej Government Bharuch, Dahej
Sanitation
Drainage system is poor in many of the villages.
In most of the villages, sewage and garbage is being added to nearby ponds
Community Toilet (without bath) for general public is available only at Limdi (as per Census 2011)
GIDC has plans for construction of Sewage water drainage lines
Electricity
Electricity from Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (DGVCL) for all purposes (domestic, agricultural and commercial) is
available in all villages in the study area.
Telecommunications
Post offices are available in most of the villages.
All villages have BSNL Telephone (landlines connectivity.
Mobile Phone Coverage is also available in all villages.
Private Courier facilities are available in Dahej and are also being setup in other villages.
Transport
 Public Bus Service is available in most of the villages.
 All villages are well connected through a network of Pucca road as well as Kaccha approach road.
 There is proper approach for SH-6.
 Dahej has a railway station which is presently narrow gauged, but shall be made broad gauged soon.
 Bharuch is the nearest railway station for passenger travel.
 Bus is the main mode of transportation and bus stands are provided at all villages.
 Private jeep and van service is also available.

Primary data collected for other facility

Sr. Petrol CNG Gas
Village Bank ATM
No Pump Pump Station
1 Dahej √ √ √ √ √
2 Vadadla × × × × ×
3 Galenda × × × × ×
4 Kadodara × × × × ×
5 Padariya × × × × ×
6 Narnavi × × × × ×
7 Ambhel × × × × ×
 Nationalized bank branches are available at Dahej and Vagra village

 Major Private Banks are having their branch at Dahej village
 ATMs of major banks are also available at Dahej village
 There are 2 petrol pump at Dahej village (1 petrol and 1 CNG Pumps) & one petrol pump near Jolva village
 Domestic LPG Gas supply office is also available at Dahej
GIDC is actively involved in the welfare and upgradation of the villages in this area and have already initiated following
activities :
 Supplying water to these villages through Gujarat Water Supply & GIDC water (Jhanor water supply for all
village in drinking water )
 Installing Streetlights in these villages
 Construction of toilet blocks, soakpits and septic tanks in these villages
 GIDC charges an additional amount of 15 per sq. mtr. of industrial plot allotted. An amount of 22 crores so far
collected as such put at the disposal of the Society.
 35 lakh sanctioned by GIDC for construction of a model police station in Dahej. Land alloted free of cost.
 2 Skill Up-gradation Centre buildings constructed.
Operational units in Dahej GIDC have also initiated CSR activities in these villages at small and big scales.
Looking to the above, it can be concluded that this region is fast developing in terms of infrastructure, civic amenities,
educational and health facilities.
The gap in the living standards of villages is expected to reduce in the coming years as industrial development
continues in this estate.

at Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial estate(within PCPIR region),
Chapter 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION
This section delineates the environmental impacts of various project activities on each environmental attribute
identified in chapter 3. This involves objective and subjective assessment of the project components, environmental
attributes and their interrelationship. The methodology to develop an EIA study is:
 Identification of the major activities, the environmental attributes and the impacts of these
activities on attributes
 Assessment of the nature of the impacts & possibilities and/or probabilities of occurrences,
 Determination of magnitude of the impacts and designation of the significance to the impacts,
 Mitigation of the impacts and final impact assessment
4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTING ACTIVITIES

For simplicity, the activities under the entire project have been categorized into three phases:
Phases Activities
I. Construction Phase 1 Site development
a. Excavation by manual and mechanized equipment
b. Movement of construction equipment and vehicles
2 Civil and structural construction

a. Civil and structural construction activities
(filling of foundations, plain concreting, RCC work)
b. Heavy machinery movement by JCBs
c. Labour work
d. Use of raw materials for construction (sand, gravels, cement, water
electricity)
e. Generation and disposal of construction debris
3 Allotment of work to local labour
4 Outside labour mobilization

a. Domestic waste generation from labour camps
b. Fuel consumption by labour camps
5 Transportation of raw materials

a. dust and exhaust emissions due to Vehicular movement on roads
b. increased risk of accidents
II. Erection and Commissioning 1 Transportation of machinery through rail, road and sea route
Phase 2 Installation of the machinery and other infrastructure,
3 Appointment of additional employees,
4 Commissioning of Plant.
III. Operational Phase 1 Storage and transportation of fuels, raw materials and finished products,
2 Water consumption for steam generation, process, cooling, domestic
purposes and gardening
3 Fuel consumption
4 Raw material consumption
5 Manufacturing of the products
6 Waste water generation treatment and disposal.
7 Handling of hazardous chemicals
8 Air emissions and control

Phases Activities
9 Hazardous waste generation : storage, handling and disposal
10 Non Hazardous waste generation : storage, handling and disposal
11 Greenbelt development
12 Manpower requirement – skilled and unskilled labor and managerial staff,
13 Marketing and selling of the products,
14 End use of product
4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF PROJECT ACTIVITIES

The project activities identified as above shall have adverse or beneficial, long term or short term, reversible or
irreversible, mitigable or immitigable, primary or secondary impacts on the valued environmental components
identified in chapter 2.
4.4 IDENTIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES

Based on the project profile, the relevant parts of the receiving environment have been subjectively singled out, as
ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES, and the impact due to various activities on these attributes have been studied.
Table 4-1 Baseline Environmental Indicators of Environmental Attributes

1. Air Environment Ambient Air quality
2. Water Environment Surface Water quality& quantity
Ground Water quality& quantity
Marine water quality
3. Land Environment Soil quality
Land use pattern
Soil erosion
4. Noise Environment Ambient Noise level
Human (Social) Environment Population change
5. Demand on social infrastructure
Cultural changes
Health and safety
Law and order
Resource access / competition
Human (Economic) Employment opportunities
6. Environment Trade and commerce opportunities
Domestic supplies and services taken by locals
Ecological Environment Terrestrial flora
7. – effect on grass, trees, shrubs & flowers, effect on farms, effect on
endangered species
Terrestrial fauna – loss or fragmentation of habitat, Disturbance by
noise or vibration, reduction in biodiversity
Aquatic ecosystems (including marine ecosystem) – loss of habitat,
contamination of habitat, reduction of biodiversity and population
8. Natural resources for fuel Fuel Consumption
Source depletion
4.5 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Activity-impact matrix method is adopted for identifying the impacts. The impacting activities of each phase are
identified and presented in the horizontal axis while the environmental impacts are presented on the vertical axis and
the impacts are identified by a ‘X’.

Table 4-2 The Activity – Impact Matrix

Erection & Commissioning
Impacting Activities Construction Phase Operational phase
phase
domestic purposes and gardening
Non Hazardous waste generation

Handling of hazardous chemicals
Civil and structural construction
Installation of the machinery and
fuels, raw materials and finished
Manpower requirement – skilled

Allotment of work to local labour
“storage, handling and disposal

Transportation of raw materials
storage, handling and disposal

Manufacturing of the products
Water consumption for steam
Hazardous waste generation:

Storage and transportation of
generation, process, cooling,

Transportation of machinery
Fuel consumption(for steam
Marketing and selling of the

Outside labour mobilization
Raw material consumption
Air emissions and control

Commissioning of Plant.
Waste water generation
Greenbelt development
and unskilled labor and

treatment and disposal
additional employees
other infrastructure
End use of product

Impacts
Site development
managerial staff,
Appointment of
generation
products,
products,
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
Addition of pollutants in air X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Enviro
nment
Air
Temperature rise and other

X X X X X
climatic change
Adulteration of river waters X X

Consumption of river water X X
Adulteration of ponds X X X X X X
Environment
Consumption of pond water

Water
Alteration of surface drainage

pattern
Ground water contamination X X X X X X
Groundwater water levels X
Marine water contamination X X
soil quality, Land use pattern

X X X X X X X X X X X X
and land cover
Environment
Soil erosion
Land
Changes in Landuse pattern and

X X X
land cover
Changes in Topography & X


phase









End use of product

Impacts Site development
managerial staff,
Appointment of
generation
products,
products,
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
natural slopes
Increase in Ambient noise levels X X X X X X

Environme
Noise
Traffic noise increment X X X X X X

nt
Periods of loud and irritative

X X
noises
Population change due to

X X
migration
Demand on social infrastructure X X
cultural changes & conflicts X X
Environment
health X X X X X X X X X X X X
Social
Safety (road, residences and

X X X X X X X X
industrial) and security
law and order of the area X
resource access / competition of
X X X
the area
Education & standard of living
X


phase









End use of product

managerial staff,
Appointment of
generation
products,
products,
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
Generation of employment for
Economic
Environm
X X X X X X X X X
skilled labour
ent
Generation of employment for

X X X X X X X X X
unskilled labour
Generation of temporary
X X X X X X X X
employment
Effect on agricultural production X X X X X X X
Effect on other existing
X X X
Environment
occupations
Economic
Commercial value of properties X

Trade and commerce
X X X X X X X X
opportunities
Development of ancillary
X X X X X X X X X X
businesses
domestic supplies and services
X X X
taken by new habitants


phase









End use of product

managerial staff,
Appointment of
generation
products,
products,
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
Terrestrial flora
– effect on grass, trees, shrubs
X X X X X X X X X X X
& flowers, effect on farms, effect
on endangered species
Terrestrial fauna – loss or
Environment
fragmentation of habitat,
Biological
Disturbance by noise or X X X X X X X X X X X
vibration, reduction in
biodiversity
Aquatic ecosystems (including
marine ecosystem) – loss of
habitat, contamination of habitat, X X
reduction of biodiversity and
population
Natural Resources
(Fuel Consumption, source X X X X X X X X X
depletion)

4.6 TOOLS FOR PREDICTION OF IMPACTS

For each impact identified, its prediction is made for eight major environmental attributes listed above w.r.t nature of
impact and extent of impact on receiving bodies. The evaluation of magnitude of the impact is qualitative
considering current as well as proposed mitigation measures and based on logical reasoning except for following
impacting activities:
1. Release of pollutants from the stack proposed to be installed at the project site on the Ground level
concentrations (GLCs) is predicted and quantified by Air quality dispersion modeling using the model
Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISCST3), based on Gaussian theory
2. Mathematical calculation is used for predicting the resultant ambient noise levels due to the additional noise
generation after proposed project is operational
The nature of impacts is also categorized as under (symbols used are in parenthesis):
 Beneficial (BF) / Adverse (AD)
 Long Term (LT) / Short Term (ST),
 Reversible (RV / Irreversible (IR)
 Mitigable (M) / Immitigable (IM)
 Primary (P) / Secondary (S)
4.7 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Using the tools identified above, the impacts during all the three phases viz. Construction phase, Erection and
Commissioning phase and Operational phase of the project have been evaluated for eight major environmental
attributes, to observe the cumulative effect of the components of project on each environmental attribute, as under.

Table 4-3 Impacts during Construction phase and their mitigation measures
Impacts during Construction phase and their mitigation measures:
Impacting Activities:
Site development Civil and structural construction Allotment of Outside labour Transportation of raw materials
a. Excavation by manual and a. Civil and structural construction activities work to local mobilization a. dust and exhaust emissions due to
mechanized equipment (filling of foundations, plain concreting, RCC labour a. Domestic waste Vehicular movement on roads
b. Movement of construction work) generation from b. increased risk of accidents
equipment and vehicles b. Heavy machinery movement by JCBs labour camps
c. Labour work b. Fuel consumption
d. Use of raw materials for construction (sand, by labour camps
gravels, cement, water electricity)
e. Generation and disposal of construction debris
Impacts on Air Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
mitigation
 PM increment in ambient air due to construction activities – AD, ST,  Dusting shall be reduced by sprinkling of water. Negligible & Marginal
RV, P, M  Maintenance of construction equipment to minimize exhaust emission adverse impact
 SPM increase within plot area caused by  To avoid use of internal roads of villages for transport vehicles.
- Loose topsoil,  To use proper loading and unloading procedures for construction materials, and
- Local meteorological conditions at the site cover them wherever required.
- Limited dilution capacity during winter due to temperature  To use clean fuel for construction equipment and transport vehicles.
inversion  Workers shall be provided with cleaner fuel for domestic use so that the local
AD, ST, RV, S, M vegetation is not targeted
 Odor problem from improper domestic wastewater and garbage – AD,
ST, RV, S, M
 PM increment due to Flue gas emissions from domestic use of fuel
by labour camps – AD, ST, RV, P, M
Impacts on Water Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
mitigation
 Percolation of leachate from construction debris into groundwater  Construction materials shall be stored on tarpaulin sheets Negligible adverse
shall cause contamination – AD, ST, IR, P, M  Leachate from storage shall not be allowed to runoff but collected through impact
 Contamination of ponds due to surface runoffs – AD, ST, IR, P, M temporary drain & disposed with domestic waste water after debris removal.
 Contamination of ground water, lakes due to improper sewage and  Labour camps shall be provided water supply from factory’s water connection
waste disposal by labour camps – AD, ST, IR, S, M (GIDC reservoir)


 Proper sanitation facilities shall be provided to the workers within the
construction site as well as at labour camps
Impacts on Land Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
mitigation
 Change in site-specific topography and soil quality only at excavated  Land for labour camps shall be allotted within the factory premises or GIDC Negligible adverse
land within plot premises, - AD, ST, IR, P, IM specified area impact
 PM deposition onto soil shall deteriorate soil quality of nearby area –  Other impacts Mitigated by mitigating impacts on air and water
AD, ST, IR, S, M
 Undesired use of open land by labour camps – AD, ST, RV, P, M
 Soil Contamination due to improper sewage and waste disposal onto
nearby open land – AD, ST, IR, S, M
Impacts on Noise Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
mitigation
 Disturbance to biological and social environment due to high  Night time construction shall be avoided as far as possible. Negligible adverse
noise of construction equipment and machinery AD, ST, RV, P,  Unwanted material and solid bags shall be placed as noise barriers during impact
M major construction activities.
 Terrestrial species such as birds, reptiles, which are sensitive  Internal village roads shall not be used for transport.
to noise for their sleep and physical and mental health are  Ear muffs and Ear plugs shall be provided to labour and workers
vulnerable to high noise due to construction activities - AD, ST,  HR department shall keep check on noise from labour camps and counsel
RV, P, M whenever required
 Road transport of construction material shall also increase  To use clean fuel for transport vehicles
road traffic noise and cause disturbance to residents and
sensitive zones (schools and hospitals) and in vicinity - AD,
ST, RV, P, M

Impacts on Ecological Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after

mitigation
 PM deposition on trees and shrubs and farm crop - AD, ST, RV, S,  to use proper loading and unloading procedures for construction materials, Negligible adverse
M and cover them wherever required. impact
 Loss of habitat of topsoil of open land of factory - AD, LT, IR, P, IM  To barricade the construction site.
 Adverse health impact to avifauna due to PM increment in air- AD,  to instruct transporters and drivers for maintaining road safety and monitor
ST, RV, S, M adherence.
 Noise disturbance to nearby terrestrial fauna, especially sensitive  Mitigated by mitigating impacts on air and water.
species such as reptiles, birds and subsequent migration thereby
creating ecological imbalance- AD, ST, RV, P, M
 Health and life threat to aquatic ecosystems due to possible
contamination of GW and marine waters – AD, ST, RV, P, M
Impacts on Social Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
mitigation
 Impact on health due to dust emissions and vehicular exhausts- AD,  Mitigated by mitigating impacts on air environment Negligible adverse
ST, RV, P, M  Provision of suitable PPE and safety equipment to workers impact
 Chances of road accidents due to heavy vehicles - AD, ST, RV, P, M  Adherence to safety norms
 Interference & conflicts, criminal incidences owing to mobilization of  Primary treatment for handling injuries.
outside labour - AD, ST, RV, P, M  Unit has access to external hospital
 Inland water bodies and other civic amenities may be used by labour  Labour camps shall be constructed within factory premises or GIDC specified
camps without consent- AD, ST, RV, P, M area and therefore there shall be minimum interaction with localities
 Possibility of disease spreading by air and water media- AD, ST, RV,  Cleaner fuel to be used to generate minimum PM
P, M  To use proper loading and unloading procedures for construction materials and
 Deteoriation in quality and quantity of agricultural production due to cover them wherever required.
PM increment in air - AD, ST, RV, S, M  To instruct transporters and drivers for maintaining road safety and monitor
adherence
Impacts on Economic Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
mitigation
 Employment of locals at large - BF, ST, IR, P Adverse impacts on agricultural production shall be minimized by appropriate Marginal beneficial
 Income generation due to retention of local equipment suppliers- mitigation of impacts on Air Environment and maintaining air quality within the impact
BF, ST, IR, P study area Negligible adverse
 Trade and commerce due to repair and maintenance related impact on agricultural
production


services and supplies from within the district or state- BF, ST, IR,
P
 Increase in commercial value of properties – BF, LT, IR, S
 Revenue generation from raw material supplies from within the
district or state- BF, ST, IR, P
 Temporary Employment generation of local labour & outside
labour- BF, ST, IR, P
 Development of Retail business to local domestic supplies by
labour camps- BF, ST, IR, P
 Business to local transporters- BF, ST, IR, P
 Adverse impact on agricultural production due to air pollutants –
AD, LT, IR, S
Impacts on Natural Resources Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
mitigation
 Diesel supplied in the region shall be consumed in considerable  No mitigation measure suggested since diesel is presently available in ample Negligible & Marginal
quantities and have effect on local consumption- AD, ST, IR, P quantity in the region adverse impact
 Wood or kerosene from local supplies shall be consumed by labour  Workers shall be provided with cleaner fuel for domestic use so that the local
camps- AD, ST, IR, P, M vegetation is not targeted

Table 4-4 Impacts during erection and commissioning phase and their mitigation measures
Impacts during erection and commissioning phase and their mitigation measures:
Transportation of machinery through rail, Installation of the machinery and other
Appointment of additional employees Commissioning of Plant
road and sea transport infrastructure
S.No. Impacts on Air Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after mitigation
1  PM increment in ambient air during transportation  To avoid use of internal roads of villages for transport vehicles. Negligible & Marginal adverse impact
and initial startup activities of boilers and other  To use proper loading and unloading procedures for construction materials,
utilities consuming fuel. - AD, ST, RV, P, M and cover them wherever required.
 To use clean fuel for construction equipment and transport vehicles. Dusting
will be reduced by sprinkling of water.
 Maintenance of construction equipment to minimize exhaust emission and
noise pollution
 Crushed Coal/Briquette/FO, NG & Diesel shall be used as fuel. ESP +
Water Scrubber shall be provided as APCM for powerplant boilers
 Multicyclone separator +Bag filter + water scrubber shall be provided as
APCM for other coal based boilers
 Installation of Continuous monitoring system for PM, SO2, NOx
 Adequate scrubber systems shall be provided for process emissions from
manufacturing as well as other ancillary operations
 All APCMs shall be operated efficiently and vigilantly.
S.No. Impacts on Water Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after mitigation
2  Impact on marine water quality due to movement  To direct cargo operators for proper maintenance of cargo ships and prevent Negligible adverse impact
of cargo ships- AD, ST, RV, P, M oil spillages into water
 Impact on Marine water quality due to discharge  Commissioning of plant shall be started only after installation of required
of waste water generation-AD, ST, RV, P, M treatment systems
For Performance monitoring of treatment systems, proponent shall provide
following measures:
 Install online TOC/TN meter, pH meter and TSS meter on discharge
line. Server connection of online system at company’s website as well
as at GPCB xgn portal shall be provided.
 Provide and maintain separate electric meter, operational logbook for

effluent treatment systems.
 Inhouse analytical laboratory for analysis of basic parameters of raw
effluents as well as effluent quality at various treatment stages shall be
developed.
 Domestic effluent to be treated in STP (100 kLD) and treated water shall be
used in washing, gardening and scrubbing
 Because of various recycle and reuse proposed for reduction in GIDC
water consumption the quantity of biodegradable effluent to be treated
in ETP and discharged into deep sea has reduced from previously
estimated 2537 KLD to 2134 KLD.
 Industrial effluent to be treated in new ETP (2700 m3/ day – two modules of
1350 m3/day) to meet the permissible norms before sending it to GIDC u/g
drainage.
 Treated effluent conforming to specified norms shall be discharged into u/g
GIDC drainage network for final disposal into deep sea through final pumping
station of common effluent conveyance pipeline line of GIDC.
 High COD and Low TDS shall be given chemical treatment (Neutralization and
Fenton treatment as per requirement) prior to sending to ETP
 Low COD, low TDS and having cyanide toxicity shall be given cyanide
treatment prior to sending to ETP
 High COD / TDS and Toxic shall be incinerated at CHWIF site of M/s. BEIL,
Ankleshwar or captive Incineration plant or co-processing at cement industry.
 Low COD and High TDS effluent shall be treated in MEE (1200 kLD – 3 Nos.*
400 kLD). From MEE after salt recovery condensate shall be sent to RO Plant.
 Low TDS, Low organic COD effluent of Boiler & Cooling tower blowdown,
MEE condensate and contaminated steam condensate shall be fed to RO
plant or recycle to Process & RO Reject will be send to ETP.
 RO permeate shall be used for cooling tower makeup.

Proponent is also committed for the following :
 To take utmost care to prevent leakages from pipe fittings, valves etc.,
garland drains shall be provided at all plants and tank farms to route
such occasional effluents to ETP.
 Spill control procedures to be practiced.
 Maintain the adequacy and efficiency of all ETP components.
For unforeseen waste stream generation due to equipment breakdown or
emergency control, following measures shall be taken,
- All plant buildings handling chemicals shall be provided with garland
drains which shall be connected to separate collection tank for storage
of such unexpected effluents. This effluent shall be analysed in
laboratory for giving suitable treatment in controlled manner in the
ETP. Untreatable effluent shall be sent for incineration.
S. No. Impacts on Land Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after mitigation
3  PM deposition onto soil shall deteriorate soil  Mitigated by mitigating impacts on air environment adverse impact (Negligible)
quality of nearby area – Indirect impact from air
pollution- AD, ST, RV, S, M
S. No. Impacts on Noise Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after mitigation
4  Noise increment due to increased road traffic- AD,  Internal village roads shall not be used for transport adverse impact (Negligible)
ST, RV, P, M  Night time construction and commissioning shall be avoided as far as
 Increment in ambient noise level from PM release possible.
from boilers- AD, ST, RV, P, M  Unwanted material and solid bags shall be placed as noise barriers during
 Loud & irritative noise periods during steam boiler major construction activities.
commissioning- AD, ST, RV, P, M  Ear muffs and ear plugs shall be provided to labour and workers
S. No. Impacts on Ecological Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after mitigation
5  Indirect impact on crops, trees and shrubs of  To use proper loading and unloading procedures for construction materials, adverse impact (Negligible)
vicinity due to contamination of ambient air, dust and cover them wherever required.
emission, vehicular exhaust- AD, ST, RV, P, M  To instruct transporters and drivers for maintaining road safety and monitor
 Disturbance to sensitive terrestrial fauna due to adherence
noise pollution- AD, ST, RV, P, M  Other impacts mitigated by mitigating impacts on air, water and Noise

 Reduced safety of straying animals and low flying
birds- AD, ST, RV, P, M
S. No. Impacts on Social Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after mitigation
6  Impact on health due to dust emissions and  PM release and dust emissions impacts mitigated as mentioned for air and Negligible & Marginal adverse impact.
vehicular exhausts- AD, ST, RV, P, M water environment
 Chances of fire and explosion and toxic release  Fire, Explosion and toxic release hazards shall be prevented and controlled
due to commissioning activities- AD, ST, RV, P, M appropriately by fire hydrant system, fire extinguishers, DCS and PLC
 PM increment poses health impact- AD, ST, RV, controls, alarms and detectors, interlocks etc.
P, M  Onsite emergency plan shall be prepared
S. No. Impacts on Economic Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after mitigation
7  Country-wide benefit to transporters and labour Adverse impact on agricultural farms shall be mitigated by mitigating measures Negligible adverse impact due to
force- BF, LT, IR, P for air, water and land environment agricultural production
 Employment to local as well as outside
professionals from technical and administrative Negligible & Marginal beneficial impact
divisions- BF, LT, IR, P
 Retention of local equipment suppliers- BF, LT,
IR, P
 Repair and maintenance related services and
supplies from within the district or state- BF, LT,
IR, P
 Raw material supplies from within the district or
state- BF, LT, IR, P
 Adverse impact on agricultural farms around the
plant due to increased mobilization of erection
machinery and workforce
S. No. Impacts on Natural Resources Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after mitigation
8  Diesel shall be consumed in considerable  No mitigation measure suggested since diesel is presently available in ample adverse impact (Negligible)
quantities and have effect on other users’ quantity in the region
consumption- AD, ST, IR, P, M
 Coal/ Briquette/FO, NG & Diesel shall be
consumed. - AD, ST, IR, P, M

Table 4-5 Impacts during operational phase and their mitigation measures
Impacts during Operational phase and their mitigation measures:
1. Storage and transportation of fuels, raw materials 2. Water consumption for steam generation, process, 3 Fuel consumption
4. Raw material consumption
and finished products cooling, domestic purposes and gardening (Coal/Briquette/FO, NG & Diesel)
5. Manufacturing of the products(through purposes 7. Handling of hazardous 8. Air emissions and control
6. Waste water generation treatment and disposal
and gardening unit processes and unit operations) chemicals
9. Hazardous waste generation, storage, handling 10. Non Hazardous waste generation, storage, 12. Manpower requirement – skilled and
11. Greenbelt development
and disposal handling and disposal unskilled labor and managerial staff
13. Marketing and selling of products 14. End use of products
S. Impacts on Air Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
No. mitigation
1  Coal/ Briquettes/ FO/ NG shall be used as fuel for boilers  Ready to use crushed coal shall be used as fuel so that there shall be no adverse impact
 PM increment in ambient air from flue gas emission and coal crushing activity involved. Hence there shall be no adverse impact due to (Negligible & Marginal)
dust - AD, LT, RV, P, M crushing
 PM increment from transportation of raw materials, finished  Crushed Coal/Briquette/FO, NG & Diesel shall be used as fuel. ESP + Water Marginal & Significant
products, solid fuel and ash - AD, LT, RV, P, M Scrubber shall be provided as APCM for powerplant boilers Beneficial impact from green
 Air quality modeling results indicate a max.increment of 4.3  Multicyclone separator +Bag filter + water scrubber shall be provided as belt
microg/m3 of PM10 at ~1 km southwards due to PM emissions APCM for other coal based boilers
from coal combustion in boilers and natural gas in thermic fluid  Installation of Continuous monitoring system for PM, SO2, NOx
heaters. However, the effect of building wash and removal  Adequate scrubber systems shall be provided for process emissions from
effects of peripheral greenbelt of project site shall cause manufacturing as well as other ancillary operations
reduction in this value.  Fume incinerator for thermal destruction of HC and odorous vapors
 Process emissions of PM, NH3, PCl3, Phosgene, Bromine,  All APCMs shall be operated efficiently and vigilantly.
HCl, SO2, NOx, H2S, HC, HCN, P2O5, VOC, Phosphine if not  To avoid use of internal roads of villages for transport vehicles.
controlled adequately within permissible limits shall have  To use proper loading and unloading procedures for materials, and cover
adverse health impacts to biological and social environment them wherever required.
through air- AD, LT, RV, S, M  To use clean fuel for transport vehicles.
 Air quality modeling for process emissions indicates that the  Operation equipment shall be kept closed
ambient air concentrations of these process emissions may rise  There shall be separate storage areas for different hazardous chemicals
significantly as to cause severe harm to health and constructed in compliance to the applicable rules.
environment if scrubber systems are not provided or operate  Proper handling of all spillages by spill control procedures
inefficiently. However, with scrubber systems, the results of Air  SOPs for all critical equipment and operations


dispersion are very low.  Suitable PPE and equipment shall be provided to workers for safe movement
 Detailed assessment is given at section 4.8 of this chapter of chemicals
 Chemical vapors and fugitive emissions from storage of  Proper drainage system shall be provided for runoff of chemicals in case of
chemicals and chemical handling and processes shall add to spillages.
HAPs in ambient air- AD, LT, RV, P, M  Hazardous area shall be cover with RCC flooring.
 Odour generation and solvent vapors addition into ambient air  Coal dust shall be controlled vigilantly through use of ready to use crushed
from storage of chemicals and chemical handling and coal to avoid crushing activity at site, coal to be stored in bunkers and
processes shall have negative impact on health of biological conveyed in closed conveyors
and social environment- AD, LT, RV, P, M  Properly planned greenbelt areas having specific trees shall be developed
within the plant premises
Details of flue gas emissions, fugitive emissions and their control measures are
given in chapter 2
S. Impacts on Water Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
No. mitigation
2  Impact on marine water quality due to movement of cargo  To direct cargo operators for proper maintenance of cargo ships and prevent adverse impact
ships- AD, LT, RV, P, M oil spillages into water (Negligible)
 No impact envisaged on groundwater and surface water - Adequate ETP provided with Primary, secondary and tertiary treatment.
quantities since water shall be supplied from GIDC reservoir. - There shall be sufficient holding capacity for storage of treated and untreated marginal beneficial due to
However there shall be adverse impact on the flow and level of effluent in the list of proposed ETP components. Green belt
river or dam from where water is supplied to the reservoir. - Proper housekeeping practices shall be followed in the unit to maintain clean
 Final discharge of treated effluent into deep sea via GIDC u/g and clear environment and prevent contamination of surface runoffs and storm
drainage shall affect the marine water quality if not treated waters.
between permissible limit before discharge-AD, LT, RV, P, M - The plant shall be provided well structured storm water drainage network for
 Surface runoffs contaminated with haz. Chemicals may affect preventing surface run-offs from mixing into sewers during monsoon.
groundwater and surface water qualities- AD, LT, RV, P, M  Domestic effluent to be treated in STP (100 kLD) and treated water shall be
 Leachate from waste storages may contaminate SW and GW used in washing, gardening and scrubbing
through surface runoffs- AD, LT, RV, P, M  Because of various recycle and reuse proposed for reduction in GIDC
 Green belt shall result in Increment in surface and ground water water consumption the quantity of biodegradable effluent to be treated in
nutrients concentrations by way of soil percolation- BF, LT, IR, ETP and discharged into deep sea has reduced from previously
P estimated 2537 KLD to 2134 KLD.
 Water Consumption for domestic use – to be supplied from  Industrial effluent to be treated in new ETP (2700 m3/ day – two modules of
GIDC reservoir 1350 m3/day) to meet the permissible norms before sending it to GIDC u/g


drainage.
 Treated effluent conforming to specified norms shall be discharged into u/g
GIDC drainage network for final disposal into deep sea through final pumping
station of common effluent conveyance pipeline line of GIDC.
 High COD and Low TDS shall be given chemical treatment (Neutralization and
Fenton treatment as per requirement) prior to sending to ETP
 Low COD, low TDS and having cyanide toxicity shall be given cyanide
treatment prior to sending to ETP
 High COD / TDS and Toxic shall be incinerated at CHWIF site of M/s. BEIL,
Ankleshwar or captive Incineration plant or co-processing at cement industry.
 Low COD and High TDS effluent shall be treated in MEE (1200 kLD – 3 Nos.*
400 kLD). From MEE after salt recovery condensate shall be sent to RO Plant.
 Low TDS, Low organic COD effluent of Boiler & Cooling tower blowdown, MEE
condensate and contaminated steam condensate shall be fed to RO plant or
recycle to Process & RO Reject will be send to ETP.
 RO permeate shall be used for cooling tower makeup.
For Performance monitoring of treatment systems, proponent shall provide

following measures:
 Install online TOC/TN meter, pH meter and TSS meter on discharge
line. Server connection of online system at company’s website as well
as at GPCB xgn portal shall be provided.
 Provide and maintain separate electric meter, operational logbook for
effluent treatment systems.
 Inhouse analytical laboratory for analysis of basic parameters of raw
effluents as well as effluent quality at various treatment stages shall be
developed.

 To take utmost care to prevent leakages from pipe fittings, valves etc.,
garland drains shall be provided at all plants and tank farms to route


such occasional effluents to ETP.
For unforeseen waste stream generation due to equipment breakdown or
emergency control, following measures shall be taken,
- All plant buildings handling chemicals shall be provided with garland
drains which shall be connected to separate collection tank for storage
of such unexpected effluents. This effluent shall be analysed in
laboratory for giving suitable treatment in controlled manner in the ETP.
Untreatable effluent shall be sent for incineration.
S. Impacts on Land Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
No. mitigation
3  PM deposition onto soil shall deteriorate soil quality of nearby  PM deposition impacts shall be mitigated by mitigating impacts on air adverse impact
area- AD, LT, RV, S, M environment (Negligible & Marginal)
 Improper storage of chemicals may result in soil
contamination through seepage- AD, LT, RV, S, M Marginal Beneficial impact
 Greenbelt shall result in increment in soil nutrients due to green belt
concentrations- BF, LT, RV, P
 Increased green cover shall improve land cover of the area-
BF, LT, IR, P
S. Impacts on Noise Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
No. mitigation
4  Noise increment due to increased road traffic- AD, LT, RV, P, M  Sources of noise generation and resultant increase in ambient noise levels of adverse impact
 Noise increment from utilities. - AD, LT, RV, P, M nearby villages is estimated using mathematical model (Negligible / Marginal)
 Increase in ambient noise levels within the factory premises  Pl. refer section 4.8.7 for prediction and mitigation of impacts on ambient noise
shall affect the work place environment- AD, LT, RV, P, M  The prediction indicates that there shall be negligible increase in ambient noise
 Minor impact due to noise generation during collection, storage levels after the proposed project is operational
and transportation  For noise abatement, following measures shall be taken -
 However, noise increments predicted through suitable models - Internal village roads shall not be used for transport
are very negligible - Use of acoustic enclosures for boiler installations
 green belt enhancement shall further support noise abatement For minimizing and controlling noiselevels, following measures are proposed
- Ear muffs and ear plugs to operators


- Maintenance of pumps and machinery and all rotating equipment
- Proper loading and unloading procedures
- Maintaining the greenbelt since it also helps in reducing noise
S. Impacts on Ecological Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
No. mitigation
5  Indirect impact on terrestrial ecosystem due to contamination  To use proper loading and unloading procedures and store materials safely. adverse impact (Negligible &
of ambient air, GW & SW as under :  To instruct transporters and drivers for maintaining road safety and monitor Marginal) & Significant
Terrestrial flora adherence Beneficial impact from Green
 effect on grass, trees, shrubs & flowers, effect on farms, effect  To explore possibilities of reducing water consumption as well as replacing belt
on endangered species- AD, LT, RV, S, M the water consumption from GIDC reservoir by Rain Water Harvesting.
Terrestrial fauna – loss or fragmentation of habitat, Disturbance  Adverse impacts are mitigated by mitigating the impacts on air, water and
by noise or vibration, reduction in biodiversity- AD, LT, RV, S, M land environment
Aquatic ecosystems (including marine ecosystem) – loss of  Concentrations of HAPs in products are maintained below stipulated
habitat, contamination of habitat, reduction of biodiversity and standards
population- AD, LT, RV, P, M
 Reduced safety of straying animals and low flying birds due

to road traffic- AD, LT, RV, P, M
 Marginal impact on aquatic ecosystem of the original source
of water (river or dam) if it causes reduced water level- AD,
LT, RV, P, M
 Marine ecosystem is at risk if discharged effluent is not within
permissible limits- AD, LT, RV, P, M
 Avifauna surviving on marine ecosystem may also get
affected in terms of foodchain disturbances- AD, LT, RV, S,
M
 Greenbelt shall generate of habitat and food for terrestrial
ecosystem and also through improved groundwater and
surface water quality--BF, LT, IR, S
 Adverse health Impact on terrestrial flora and fauna existing
at the locations of end users of products- AD, LT, IR, S, M


S. Impacts on Social Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
No. mitigation
6  Impact on health due to dust emissions and vehicular  Negative impacts due to pollution shall be mitigated by mitigating impacts on adverse impact (Negligible &
exhausts- AD, LT, RV, P, M air, water and land environment Marginal),
 Reduced safety of locals- AD, LT, RV, P, M  To use proper loading and unloading procedures and store materials safely.
 Workers health and safety during manual  To instruct transporters and drivers for maintaining road safety and monitor Marginal beneficial impact
handling of raw materials. - AD, LT, IR, P, M adherence from CSR activities &
 The improper storage and handling facilities of Hazardous  To provide transport facility for workers to the best possible extent manpower requirement
chemicals may result in accidents and ultimately damage to  Provide adequate fire fighting system.
the total environment including human health. - AD, LT, IR, P,  Safety information as per MSDS shall be followed in SOPs.
M  There shall be separate storage areas for different hazardous chemicals
 Population increase due to migration, increase in demand on constructed in compliance to the applicable rules.
social infrastructure, cultural changes, reduced health and  Entire plant shall be is covered with fire hydrant system.
safety, stress on law and order of the area, resource access /  Occupational Health and Safety management system shall be inplace
competition of the area- AD, LT, IR, S, M through provision of safety systems,training, protective equipment,
 Upgrading of living standard of local population by way of emergency control system and equipment, Occupational Health centre,
CSR activities and income generation of local employees- BF, medical facilities, visitor doctors panel, medical examination systems,
LT, IR, S workers hygiene facilities, restrooms, canteens, etc.
 The employees migrating from outside shall be educated and counselled to
become part of the prevailing society and respect the cultural aspects as well
as follow and comply with administrative structure. The company’s HR
department shall take care that harmony is established between such groups
and resolve disputes and dispositions if arise.
 The area’s regional heritage, culture, social and economic wellbeing shall
always be given priority by the company’s management.
 Pl. refer chapter 10 for proposed CSR activities
 Concentrations of HAPs in products are maintained below stipulated
standards


S. Impacts on Economic Environment Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
No. mitigation
7  Country-wide benefit to transporters and labour force- BF, LT,  Local skilled and unskilled manpower shall be given priority. Marginal & Significant
IR, S  Proponent is committed to give employment to land losers and local affected beneficial impact
 Beneficial to local transport providers and engagement of local people as per Government rules and regulation. Priority shall be given to
labour for collection and disposal- BF, LT, IR, S local affected people according to skill and academic qualification. Negligible adverse impact on
 Employment to locals - BF, LT, IR, S  Adverse impact on agricultural production shall be mitigated by mitigating Agricultural production
 Trade to nurseries- BF, LT, IR, S impacts on air environment
 Overall benefit to company’s revenue generation- BF, LT, IR, S
 Benefit to country’s economy and revenue through taxation and
exports- BF, LT, IR, S
 Economic loss may occur to farmers of surrounding area if their
farming output is reduced or damaged due to any of the
environmental impacts of the project.
S. Impacts on Natural Resources Suggested mitigation measures Final impact after
No. mitigation
8  Coal/Briquette/FO, NG & Diesel shall be consumed. - AD, LT,  diesel is presently available in ample quantity in the region adverse impact
IR, P, M  Employees residing within the area shall be encouraged to use natural gas or (Negligible, Marginal &
 Consumption of domestic fuel by employees residing in the other cleaner fuel for domestic purpose Significant)
study area- AD, LT, IR, P, M  Availability of Coal & its supply is sufficient in the region.
 Diesel shall be consumed in considerable quantities for
transportation and have effect on other users’ consumption
AD, LT, IR, P, M

4.8 ASSESSMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS FROM STACK EMISSIONS & MITIGATION

MEASURES
4.8.1 Flue gas emissions
4.8.1.1 Proposed Coal fired boilers
3 nos. boilers are proposed for captive power plant (2 nos. 130 TPH each and one no. 100 TPH). 8 nos. boilers are
proposed for process steam generation. These boilers shall be fueled with ready-to-use crushed coal or briquettes
or natural gas or furnace oil.
Power plant boilers shall be equipped with ESP and water scrubber as APCM while other boilers shall be provided
with Multi Cyclone separator, Bag filter & water Scrubber for controlling PM concentrations within permissible limits
specified by MoEF&CC / SPCB. Proponent is committed to follow all the guidelines given by solid fuel policy (Office
order no. GPCB/ANK-C992/215695 DATED 07/06/2014
There shall be 3 nos. thermic fluid heaters operated on Natural gas and 4 nos. D.G sets for standby during power
failure.
Details of boiler and attached ESPs are given in chapter 2.
4.8.2 Dispersion Modeling for estimation of GLC of air pollutants from flue gas emissions
Impact of a source of air pollution on quality of ambient air is evaluated using mathematical models. The model
stimulates the relationship between the air pollutants emitted from the source and calculates Ground level
concentrations (GLC). The value of calculated GLCs are then used to obtain the resultant ambient air quality at the
given location. The model Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISCST3), based on Gaussian theory, is used for
assessing the impact of release of pollutants from the stack proposed to be installed at the project site.
4.8.3 Basis of Computer simulation using ISCST3 Air Dispersion Model

4.8.3.1 Selection of air pollutants
GLC for following pollutants from stack emissions have been calculated using the computer simulation
1. Total PM from all flue gas stacks (stacks of boilers and Thermic fluid heaters)
4.8.3.2 Input Parameters

1. Meteorological data viz. ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction etc.
2. Stack details viz. stack height, stack diameters at exit
3. Exit gas parameters viz. Gas temperature, gas velocity, concentration etc.
4.8.3.3 Receptors
1.1.1.2.1 Discrete receptors
The following stations were selected as receptors to evaluate the resultant ambient air quality after the project
becomes operational.
Table 4-6 Receptor stations selected for Dispersion simulation
Sr. Name of the village Approx. Aerial Direction Type of Area Upwind or downwind
No. Dist. From the w.r.t. w.r.t. predominant wind
centre of site, project direction (SW-NE)
km site
1. Padariya 0.85 324.60° Residential - Industrial Crosswind
2. Kadodara 1.19 172° Residential - Industrial Crosswind
3. Narnavi 2.73 33.65° Residential Downwind
4. Railway line 1.96 137.12° Residential - Industrial Crosswind
(Nr. Kadodara)
5. Vav 2.49 174.33° Residential - Industrial Crosswind
4.8.3.4 Polar Receptors

The receptor locations in uniform polar grid within 10 km with flow vector of 22.5 degree and radial distance at 0.5
km increment from sources are selected.
4.8.3.5 Output from the modeling

The output of the model simulation consists of Ground level concentration of the selected pollutants at various
distances and directions from the source. Contour map obtained from the simulation done using AERMOD 7.0
software of Lakes Environmental Inc. is superimposed on google earth imagery and attached as Annexure – 9.
4.8.3.6 GLC simulation for PM

An attempt has been made to anticipate the emission rate of pollutants and the same has been presented at Table
below.

gas Emission Estimated Expected
Stack Exit Exit % effic of
Sr. Stack Attached Stack flow Without Emission Emission
dia, Parameter Velocity Temp Emission control system PM
No to Ht. m rate APCM, after APCM, after APCM
m m/s °C removal
Nm3/s g/sec g/sec mg/NM3
Boiler 130 TPH - 100 2.5 PM 12 120 44.6 17.7 ESP + water scrubber 2.1000 88.14 50
1. for captive power
plant (20 MW)
Boiler 130 TPH - 100 2.5 PM 12 120 44.6 17.7 ESP + water scrubber 2.1000 88.14 50
plant (20 MW)
Boiler 100 TPH – 100 2 PM 12 120 28.6 13.6 ESP + water scrubber 1.6000 88.24 50
plant (15 MW)
Boiler 40 TPH 55 1.2 PM 15 120 12.9 5.4 Multi Cyclone separator, Bag 1.3000 75.93 100
4.
filter & water Scrubber
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

Table 4-7 First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for PM10
Highest Location w.r.t Project Site PM10 µg/m3 PM10 µg/m3
Value with APCM without APCM
1st 1 km @ 180 ° at open land 4.31 21.51
2nd 1 km @ 180 ° at open land 4.10 21.08
3rd 1 km @ 180 ° at open land 3.71 19.42
Table 4-8 Expected level of PM10 at receptor locations after proposed Project
Receptor station Distance from Direction from PM10 (considering after Electrostatic NAAQS
project site, km project site Precipitator & Water scrubber as APCM) limits
I II III
Padariya 0.85 324.60° 77 2.727 79.727 100
Kadodara 1.19 172° 77 3.944 80.944 100
Narnavi 2.73 33.65° 77 1.302 78.302 100
Railway line 1.96 137.12° -- 1.593 --- 100
Vav 2.49 174.33° --- 2.257 --- 100
Note :
I – 98th percentile value of Ambient Air Monitoring Results observed during study period (µg/m3)
II –1st Highest 24-Hourly Average Ground Level Concentration Calculated using Mathematical Model ISCST3 (µg/m3)
III – Expected Level of Pollutant After Proposed Project (µg/m3)
The concentration contour maps for the simulation are attached as annexure – 9
4.8.3.7 Inference for PM10 from Dispersion modeling
 The maximum 24-hourly average concentration for PM10 from proposed coal based boilers for PM emissions is estimated to be 4.3 µg/m3 after control by ESP and water scrubber.
The 1st GLC location falls at @ 1 km on open land towards south. It will cause maximum increment of 5 % in ambient PM10. However, the effect of building wash and removal
effects of peripheral greenbelt of project site shall cause reduction in this value. Hence it depicts the worst case scenario which shall not be factual.
 The baseline value of PM10 shall however remain within the permissible limits of NAAQS.
 The maximum 24-hourly average PM10 concentration without APCM is estimated to be 21.5 µg/m3. The 1st GLC location falls at @ 1 km on open land towards south It will cause
maximum increment of 28 % in ambient PM10. and the concentration might become near to the permissible limit of 100 µg/m3.
 There shall be max. 5% increase in concentration of PM10 at sensitive receptors as shown above.
 This indicates that Air pollution control system proposed for coal based boilers should always perform at an efficiency of atleast 88% PM removal so that the outlet concentration of
PM in flue gas shall remain within 100 mg/Nm3.

4.8.4 Process emissions

Chemical Particulate Matter (PM), Ammonia (NH3), Hydrochloric acid (HCl), Phosgene, Phosphorus Trichloride (PCl3), Sulphur dioxide (SO2), phosphine, Phosphorus Pentoxide (P2O5)
and Bromine (Br2) are the process emissions which are subjected to scrubbing for controlling their exit concentrations in ambient air.
Traces of HC and odorous vapors if generated during manufacture of Acrolein, 1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2-Nitroethene , Sodium Cyanide ,Potassium Cyanide and Cyanuric Chloride
shall be thermally destructed in fume incinerator (2nos.)
Estimated Chemical PM emissions

Estimated Emission after
gas Emission
Stack Exit Exit Emission Emission APCM Mg/NM3
Sr. Stack Attached Stack flow Without
Name of product dia, Parameter Velocity Temp control after as per CC&A % eff.
No to Ht. m rate APCM,
m m/s °C system APCM, permissible
Nm3/s g/sec
g/sec limit
Bag filter
1. Dicamba 30 0.6 PM (Chemical) 10 70 2.46 Bag Filter 0.049 20 8.04 99.39
attached to SPD
Bag filter
2. Acephate 30 0.6 PM (Chemical) 10 70 2.46 Bag Filter 0.049 20 48.23 99.90
attached to SPD
Tri Methyl
Wet scrubber
Phosphite(TMP) / Water
3. attached to SPD 30 0.6 PM (Chemical) 10 40 2.69 0.054 20 8.04 99.33
Tri Ethyl Phosphite Scrubber
of CaCl2
(TEP)
Bag filter
4. Sulphur-WDG 30 0.6 PM (Chemical) 10 70 2.46 Bag Filter 0.049 20 48.23 99.90
attached to SPD
Combined fume
Thermal
5. incinerator 1 & 2 30 0.6 PM 15 70 3.68 -- 0.184 50 5.00 96.32
destruction
(2 nos.)
Water
6. Reactor 30 0.6 PM (Chemical) 10 40 2.69 0.054 20 1.93 97.21
Aluminium Scrubber
Phosphide Water
7. AP Furnace 30 0.6 PM (Chemical) 10 40 2.69 0.054 20 1.93 97.21
Scrubber
Water
Magnesium Scrubber
Phosphide Water
9. MP Furnace 30 0.6 PM (Chemical) 10 40 2.69 0.054 20 0.96 94.42
Scrubber


gas Emission
Name of product dia, Parameter Velocity Temp control after as per CC&A % eff.
m m/s °C system APCM, permissible
Nm3/s g/sec
g/sec limit
Water
Scrubber
Zinc Phosphide
Water
11. ZP Furnace 30 0.6 PM (Chemical) 10 40 2.69 0.054 20 3.86 98.61
Scrubber
Caustic scrubber
Incinerator Plant Caustic
12. attached to 30 0.6 PM 15 40 4.04 0.100 50 10.00 99.00
(for solid & liquid) scrubber
incinerator plant
Pesticide
Stack attached to
13. formulation 30 0.6 PM (Chemical) 10 70 2.46 Bag filter 0.049 20 32.15 99.85
Bag Filter-2 nos.
products.
Total 0.857 173.18
Estimated NH3 emissions

gas Emission
Name of product dia, Parameter Velocity Tem control after as per CC&A % eff.
m m/s p °C system APCM, permissible
Nm3/s g/sec
g/sec limit
2-Stage Water
scrubber of water
1. Ethylenediamine 30 0.3 NH3 5 40 0.34 0.010 30.00 13.84 99.93
Vapor Liquid scrubber
separator
Dimethyl
NH3 recovery 2-Stage water 100.0
2. Phosphoroamidothi 30 0.3 NH3 5 40 0.34 0.010 30.00 83.33
column scrubber 0
oate (DMPAT)
Tri Methyl
Phosphite(TMP) / Dilute HCl 100.0
3. Reactor 30 0.3 NH3 5 40 0.34 0.010 30.00 13.89
Tri Ethyl Phosphite scrubber 0
(TEP)


gas Emission
Name of product dia, Parameter Velocity Tem control after as per CC&A % eff.
m m/s p °C system APCM, permissible
Nm3/s g/sec
g/sec limit
2-Stage water
4. Acephate Reactor 30 0.3 NH3 8 40 0.54 0.016 30.00 18.750 99.91
scrubber
Water
5. DL-Methionine Reactor 30 0.3 NH3 8 40 0.54 0.016 30.00 200.000 99.99
Scrubber
NH3 absorber
6. Sodium Cyanide Reactor 30 0.3 NH3 8 40 0.54 in H2SO4 0.016 30.00 3.188 99.49
scrubber
NH3 absorber
7. Potassium Cyanide Reactor 30 0.3 NH3 8 40 0.54 in H2SO4 0.016 30.00 2.399 99.33
scrubber
from Reactor to
Water
8. Glufosinate water scrubber & 30 0.3 NH3 8 40 0.54 0.016 30.00 75.278 99.98
scrubber
its vent to stack
HCl absorber
9. Cyanuric Chloride Reactor 30 0.3 NH3 8 40 0.54 Water 0.016 30.00 7.250 99.78
scrubber
Total 0.010 13.84
Estimated HCl emissions

Emission
Estimated
gas after APCM Emission
Stack Exit Exit Emission Emission
Sr. Stack flow Mg/NM3 as Without
Name of product Stack Attached to dia, Parameter Velocity Temp control after % eff.
No Ht. m rate per CC&A APCM,
m m/s °C system APCM,
Nm3/s permissible g/sec
g/sec
limit
2-Stage
Isocyanates & water &
1. Reactor 30 0.25 HCl 5 40 0.23 0.005 20 328.13 100.00
Chloroformates Caustic
scrubber

Emission
Estimated
g/sec
limit
2-Stage
2. Chloroacetyl Chloride Reactor 30 0.25 HCl 5 40 0.23 water 0.005 20 27.78 99.98
scrubber
Methoxyacetyl Water
3. Reactor 30 0.25 HCl 5 40 0.23 0.005 20 54.86 99.99
Chloride Scrubber
2-Chloro-3, 3-tri
fluoropropen-1,2 Water
4. Reactor 30 0.25 HCl 5 40 0.23 0.005 20 33.68 99.99
dimethylcyclopropane Scrubber
Carbonyl chloride
Water
5. DV Acid Chloride Reactor 30 0.25 HCl 5 40 0.23 0.005 20 43.40 99.99
Scrubber
HCl
absorber
6. Cyanuric Chloride Reactor 30 0.25 HCl 5 40 0.23 0.005 20 32.99 99.99
Water
scrubber
From Tank to water
Caustic
7. Glufosinate scrubber & its vent 30 0.25 HCl 5 40 0.23 0.005 20 80.90 99.99
scrubber
to Stack
Total 0.033 601.74

Estimated SO2 emission

Emission
Estimated
g/sec
limit
Caustic
1. Chloroacetyl Chloride Reactor 30 0.25 SO2 5 40 0.23 0.009 40 0.08 87.88
scrubber
Caustic
2. Methoxyacetyl Chloride Reactor 30 0.25 SO2 5 40 0.23 0.009 40 0.08 88.36
scrubber
2-Chloro-3, 3-tri
fluoropropen-1,2 Caustic
3. Reactor 30 0.25 SO2 5 40 0.23 0.009 40 0.03 72.09
dimethylcyclopropane scrubber
Carbonyl chloride
Caustic
4. DV Acid Chloride Reactor 30 0.25 SO2 5 40 0.23 0.009 40 0.04 75.54
scrubber
Total 0.019 0.16
Estimated Bromine emission

Emission
Estimated
g/sec
limit
Meta Phenoxy
Alkali
1. Benzaldehyde Reactor 30 0.2 Br2 5 40 0.15 0.001 5 29.17 100.00
Scrubber
(MPBAD)
Total 0.001 29.167

Estimated Phosphorus Trichloride (PCl3) emission

Emission
Estimated
Sr. Stack flow Mg/NM3 as Without %
Name of product Stack Attached to dia, Parameter Velocity Temp control after
No Ht. m rate per CC&A APCM, eff.
g/sec
limit
Dimethyl 2-Stage
1. Phosphoroamidothioate Reactor 30 0.2 PCL3 5 40 0.15 Caustic 0.0013 9 15.69 99.99
(DMPAT) scrubber
Tri Methyl
Dilute Caustic
2. Phosphite(TMP) / Tri PCl3 storage tank 30 0.2 PCL3 5 40 0.15 0.0013 9 16.11 99.99
scrubber
Ethyl Phosphite (TEP)
From Reactor to
Caustic
3. Glufosinate water scrubber & its 30 0.2 PCL3 5 40 0.15 0.0013 9 2.78 99.95
scrubber
vent to Stack
Total 0.0040 34.58
Estimated Phosgene emission

Emission
Estimated
Stack Exit Exit Emission
Sr. Stack flow Emission Mg/NM3 as Without
Name of product Stack Attached to dia, Parameter Velocity Temp after % eff.
No Ht. m rate control system per CC&A APCM,
m m/s °C APCM,
g/sec
limit
1st solvent +2nd
Isocyanates &
1. Reactor 30 0.2 Phosgene 5 40 0.15 water+3rd caustic 0.000 0 30.56 100.00
Chloroformates
scrubber

4.8.5 Dispersion Modelling for estimation of GLC of air pollutants from process emissions
Table 4-9 First Three Highest 24-Hourly Average GLC Values for Process emissions
Highest Location w.r.t stack with APCM Location w.r.t stack without APCM GLC with APCM GLC without APCM
Value µg/m3 µg/m3
PM (Chemical) from stack no. 2
1st 0.5 km @237.89° within plot premises 0.5 km @237.89° within plot premises 1.26 180.01
2nd 0.5 km @237.89° within plot premises 0.5 km @237.89° within plot premises 1.25 179.62
3rd 0.5 km @237.89° within plot premises 0.5 km @237.89° within plot premises 1.13 177.41
NH3 from stack no. 5
1 st 0.5 km @ 282.67° within plot premises 1 km @90° on open land 0.27 732.25
2nd 0.5 km @ 282.67° within plot premises 1 km @90° on open land 0.25 694.31
3rd 0.5 km @ 282.67° within plot premises 1 km @90° on open land 0.22 673.89
HCl from stack no. 1
1 st 0.5 km @90° on open land 0.5 km @90° on open land 0.18 2208.38
2nd 0.5 km @90° on open land 0.5 km @90° on open land 0.15 1473.33
3rd 0.5 km @90° on open land 0.5 km @90° on open land 0.12 1414.63
SO2 from stack no. 1
1st 1 km @90° on open land 1 km @90° on open land 0.11 0.73
2nd 1 km @90° on open land 1 km @90° on open land 0.10 0.65
3rd 1 km @90° on open land 1 km @90° on open land 0.08 0.55
Br2 from stack no. 1
3 rd 1 km @90° on open land 1 km @90° on open land 0.003 92.14
PCl3 from stack no. 2
3 rd 1 km @90° on open land 1 km @90° on open land 0.011 126.93
Phosgene from stack no. 1
1st -- 1 km @90° on open land -- 151.38
2nd -- 1 km @90° on open land -- 143.17
3 rd -- 1 km @90° on open land -- 132.98

Table 4-10 Expected level of process emissions at receptor locations after proposed Project
Receptor station Distance from Direction PM (considering after APCM) Distance Directio NH3 (considering after APCM)
stack no. 2 from I II III NAAQ from n from I II III NAAQS
stack no. S stack no. stack limits
2 limits 5 no. 5
Padariya 1.00 296.08° 77 0.601 77.601 100 1.23 310.23° 23 0.090 23.090 400
Kadodara 1.45 189.41° 77 0.705 77.705 100 1.11 194.49° 20 0.104 20.104 400
Narnavi 2.30 28.81° 77 0.264 77.264 100 2.60 24.23° 25 0.057 25.057 400
Railway line (Nr. Kadodara) 1.93 151.23° -- 0.533 0.533 100 1.60 146.37° -- 0.090 0.090 400
Vav 2.74 183.28° -- 0.402 0.402 100 2.39 184.75° -- 0.056 0.056 400
Receptor station Distance from Direction HCl (considering after APCM) Distanc Direction SO2 (considering after APCM)
stack no. 1 from I II III NAAQS e from from I II III NAAQS
stack no. limits stack stack no. limits
1 no. 1 1
Padariya 1.25 305.66° <10 0.047 <10 200 1.23 310.96° 23 0.067 23.067 80
Kadodara 1.20 196.93° <10 0.027 <10 200 1.10 193.92° 20 0.026 20.026 80
Narnavi 2.51 23.40° <10 0.020 <10 200 2.61 24.40° 24 0.022 24.022 80
Railway line (Nr. Kadodara) 1.63 149.81° <10 0.038 <10 200 1.60 145.76° -- 0.059 0.059 80
Vav 2.46 186.26° <10 0.026 <10 200 2.38 184.43° -- 0.038 0.038 80
Receptor station Distance from Direction Br2 (considering after APCM) Distanc Direction PCl3 (considering after APCM)
stack no. 1 from I II III NAAQS e from from I II III NAAQS
stack no. limits stack stack no. limits
1 no. 2 2
Padariya 1.24 309.56° -- 0.002 0.002 Not 1.25 307.09° -- 0.003 0.003
9 (As per existing
Kadodara 1.13 195.10° -- 0.001 0.001 specified 1.17 196.87° -- 0.005 0.005
CTO of UPL,Unit-
Narnavi 2.59 23.97° -- 0.001 0.001 2.54 23.40° -- 0.003 0.003
5, Jhagadia)
Railway line (Nr. Kadodara) 1.60 146.95° -- 0.002 0.002 1.61 148.94° -- 0.005 0.005
Vav 2.40 185.07° -- 0.001 0.001 2.43 186.08° -- 0.002 0.002
Note :
I – 98th percentile value of Ambient Air Monitoring Results observed during study period (µg/m3)
II –1st Highest 24-Hourly Average Ground Level Concentration Calculated using Mathematical Model ISCST3 (µg/m3)
III – Expected Level of Pollutant After Proposed Project (µg/m3)

4.8.6 Inference for Process emissions from Dispersion modeling

 The maximum 24-hourly average concentration (1st GLC) for Chemical Particulate Matter after APCM are less
than 1.5 µg/m3 and fall within plot premises.
 The maximum 24-hourly average concentration (1st GLC) for all other process emissions after APCM are less
than 0.5 µg/m3 and fall on open land near the plot.
 Hence, there shall be negligible addition of these gases in the ambient air provided adequate and efficient
scrubber systems are operated.
 It may be noted that above locations and values are predicted without consideration of building wash and
removal effects of peripheral greenbelt of the project site and also the other hindrances which might affect the
pollutant dispersion. Hence it depicts the worst case scenario which shall not be factual.
 The GLCs predicted for sensitive receptors around the project site for all process pollutants are very negligible
and hence there shall be negligible impact due to these emissions provided the connected APCMs are
operating efficiently and adequately.
 Without APCM, the estimated concentrations of these gases at sensitive receptors which are mostly nearby
villages comes out to be higher than the permissible limits specified by GPCB. Hence, stringent control over
efficiency of scrubber systems is required.
The 1st highest GLC coutour maps are annexed as Annexure-9.
4.8.7 Fugitive emissions and their control
Fugitive emissions in the form of coal dust, Chemical dust and chemical vapors are identified in chapter 2 with their
source of generation. Proposed control measures are also mentioned which incorporate use of proper seals, valves,
closed charging systems, use of ISO tankers for Hazardous Chemicals, closed conveyers, dust and fume extraction
systems etc. These measures are appropriate and adequate for the given fugitive emissions and shall minimize the
impacts to the best possible extent.
An attempt has been made to estimate the vapor losses from storage tanks using TANKS 4.0.9d software of EPA,
results are tabulated below
Table 4-11 Estimation of fugitive losses from storage tanks (Fixed roof tanks at atmospheric conditions)
Sr. Haz. chemicals No. of Total Horizontal (a/g Working Breathing Total Total Percentage
No. container & invent or vertical or loss loss emission emission of annual
size at site ory u/g) per tank consumption
No. KL of KL kg kg kg kg %
one
tank
1 Toluene 3 58 174 Horizontal u/g 312.7 0.0 312.7 938.0 0.009
2 Aniline 5 100 500 Vertical a/g 11.4 2.1 13.5 67.5 0.000
3 Xylene 1 35 35 Horizontal u/g 60.8 0.0 60.8 60.8 0.003
4 Methanol 3 170 510 Horizontal u/g 1577.1 0.0 1577.1 4731.3 0.012
5 Methyl iso butyl ketone 1 12 12 Vertical a/g 21.5 9.7 31.1 31.1 0.016
6 Dimethylformamide 1 10 10 Vertical a/g 4.4 1.1 5.5 5.5 0.002
7 Isopropyl alcohol 2 60 120 Vertical a/g 270.5 63.6 334.1 668.2 0.017
8 Acetic Anhydride 2 300 600 Vertical a/g 296.8 53.8 350.6 701.2 0.002
9 Hexane 2 40 80 Horizontal u/g 34.9 0.0 34.9 69.7 0.100
10 Ethyl Acetate 1 50 50 Vertical a/g 689.3 163.9 853.2 853.2 0.050
11 Monoethanol Amine 2 450 900 Vertical a/g 15.6 2.9 18.4 36.9 0.000
12 Methylene Dichloride 1 50 50 Vertical a/g 1728.2 1147.2 2875.3 2875.3 0.210
13 Mono Chloro Benzene 1 280 280 Vertical a/g 759.8 122.4 882.2 882.2 0.003
14 Ethanol 1 200 200 Horizontal u/g 1250.4 0.0 1250.4 1250.4 0.008
15 Formic Acid 1 10 10 Vertical a/g 3.4 8.8 12.2 12.2 0.027
16 Methyl acrylate 1 50 50 Vertical a/g 404.8 146.3 551.1 551.1 0.048
17 Nitromethane 1 30 30 Vertical a/g 75.2 25.4 100.6 100.6 0.011
18 Tetrahydrofuran 1 30 30 Vertical a/g 150.2 158.6 308.7 308.7 0.124
19 Acetic Acid 1 150 150 Vertical a/g 171.8 47.0 218.8 218.8 0.005

General measures for minimizing and control fugitive emissions, are also proposed by the industry as under:
1 During transfer of materials, spillages shall be avoided by use of proper equipment and SOPs.
2 Safety interlocking systems and automatic shutdown systems shall be provided on critical equipment
3 Environmental Monitoring Plan shall be developed for regular monitoring of flue gas emissions, work place
environment and ambient air quality of all plant facilities.
4 Periodic maintenance plan for all pipelines, fittings, instrumentation and control devices.
5 The work environment shall be kept free of chemical vapors by roof top ventilators and exhaust fans in all
plants at all levels of shopfloor.
4.8.8 Prediction & Mitigation of Impacts on Ambient Noise during construction phase
For the proposed scenario, Noise shall be generated during material handling viz. concrete mixing etc.
Considering that the noise generated during material handling shall be 85 dB and Noise generated during
transportation of raw materials shall be 89 dB, the noise generation within premises & outside of premises have
been made to predict the noise levels up to core zone area - 5 km from project site where baseline noise levels have
been measured.
Formula used for calculating reduction of noise with distance:

L2 = L1 – 20log(d2/d1)
Where, L2 = Sound level at a distance d2
If L1 is the baseline noise and L2, L3, ….Ln are the additional noises, then the ambient noise after L2 is added is
calculated using formula :
4.8.9 Noise prediction during construction phase within premises

M/s. UPL Limited- EIA - Baseline Noise Calculation - during construction phase inside premises
Consider noise propagation area upto : 5 km
Villages covered in this area : Padariya, Kadodara, Narnavi, Galenda
Selected noise generating source Concrete Mixers Source dB(A) : 74 – 85, Consider max. 85
Inside noise During Construction Phase
Baseline Distance of L
Sr. Type of noise of Source Village from ∑(Resultan
Village L2 L1/10 L2/10
No Area village dB source in t noise
dB, L1 km (d2) level)
Residential-
1 Padariya 51 85 0.83 26.6 5.1 2.7 51.0
Industrial
Residential-
2 Kadodara 53 85 1.12 24.0 5.3 2.4 53.0
Industrial
3 Narnavi Residential 49 85 2.87 15.8 4.9 1.6 49.0
Residential-
4 Galenda 50 85 5.04 11.0 5 1.1 50.0
Industrial
4.8.9.1 Noise prediction during construction phase – outside of premises

M/s. UPL Limited .-EIA - Baseline Noise Calculation - during construction phase outside premises
Consider noise propagation area up to: 5 km
Villages covered in this area : Padariya, Kadodara, Narnavi, Galenda
Source dB(A) :76 – 89, 83-89 , Consider max.89
Selected noise generating source Tractors, trucks

Outside noise During Construction Phase

Distance of
Baseline
Village L
Sr. Type of noise of Source
Village from L2 L1/10 L2/10 ∑(Resultant
No Area village dB
source in noise level)
dB, L1
km (d2)
Residential
1 Padariya 51 89 0.83 30.6 5.1 3.1 51.0
-Industrial
Residential
2 Kadodara 53 89 1.12 28.0 5.3 2.8 53.0
-Industrial
3 Narnavi Residential 49 89 2.87 19.8 4.9 2.0 49.0
Residential
4 Galenda 50 89 5.04 15.0 5.0 1.5 50.0
-Industrial
The results indicate that there will be negligible increase in the baseline noise levels of the surrounding locations.
For minimizing and controlling noise levels, following measures are proposed:
- To provide ear muffs and ear plugs to operators
- To avoid use of internal village roads for transport vehicles

4.8.10 Prediction & Mitigation of Impacts on Ambient Noise during operational phase
4.8.10.1 Noise prediction during Operational phase within premises
Consider noise propagation area upto : 5 km Villages covered in this area : Padariya, Kadodara, Narnavi, Galenda
For operational phase - list out sources of noise and their dB measured at 1 m distance
Sr. No. Noise generating source Source dB measured at 1 m distance Noise abatement measure dB after noise abatement, L1
S1 Captive power plant 75 Housing 75
S2 Compressors 95 Housing 85
S3 DG sets 95 Acoustic enclosure 75
Calculate noise of each source at each village as given below
Formula used for calculating reduction of noise with distance:
L2 = L1 – 20log (d2/d1) Where, L2 = Sound level at a distance d2

Sr. Noise Source Noise dB after Village 1 - Padariya Village 2 - Kadodara Village 3 - Narnavi Village 4 - Galenda
No. generating dB at 1 abatement noise Distance Noise level Distance Noise level of Distance Noise level Distance from Noise level of
source from m measure taken abatement, from source of source at from source source at from source of source at source, d2 source at
project distance or proposed L1 in km, d2 viilage, L2 in km, d2 viilage, L2 in km, d2 viilage, L2 viilage, L2
S1 Captive power 75 housing 75 1.16 23.71 0.8 26.94 3.23 14.82 4.78 11.41
plants
S2 Compressors 95 housing 85 0.71 27.97 1.2 23.42 2.58 16.77 4.99 11.04
S3 DG sets 95 acoustic 75 0.72 17.85 1.19 13.49 2.59 6.73 4.98 1.06
enclosure
If L1 is the baseline noise and L2, L3, ….Ln are the additional noises, then the ambient noise after L2 is added is calculated using formula :
S1 S2 %
Baseline Resultant Noise
increas Increase in noise
Sr. Village Type of Area noise of dB at dB at level at village for
dB at dB at dB at dB at e in level
No village dB, village, village, all additional noises
source source source village, L4 noise
L1 L2 L3 from project L∑
level
1 Padariya Residential-Industrial 51 75 23.71 85.0 27.97 75 17.85 51.02 -0.047 Negligible increase
2 Kadodara Residential-Industrial 53 75 26.94 85.0 23.42 75 13.49 53.01 -0.010 Negligible increase
3 Narnavi Residential 49 75 14.82 85.0 16.77 75 6.73 49.00 -0.006 Negligible increase
4 Galenda Residential-Industrial 50 75 11.41 85.0 11.04 75 1.06 50.00 -0.001 Negligible increase

4.8.10.2 Noise prediction during Operational phase – outside of premises

Proposed project shall cause increase in no. of vehicles on highways, internal roads around the project site due to
increase in raw material and product transport, employee movement, other associated supplies through road.
Hence, noise increment due to increased traffic is predicted using Traffic Noise Model TNM 2.5 developed by FHWA
(Federal Highway Administration of U.S department of Transportation). The software calculates the noise from given
traffic of light and heavy vehicles based on Nordic Noise Prediction Method:
Estimate the noise from additional vehicles on a road --- application of corrections for distance, barriers, ground
condition, and façade
Thereafter the resultant noise level at receptor villages is calculated using following formula:
L2 = L1 – 20log(d2/d1)
Where, L2 = Sound level at a distance d2
If L1 is the baseline noise and L2, L3, ….Ln are the additional noises, then the ambient noise after L2 is added is
calculated using formula :
Noise prediction for SH-06 – Bharuch – Amod road (Near Kadodara Chowkdi)
Consider highway : SH-6

Villages considered : Dahej, Padariya
Selected noise Source dB(A) : 76 - 89 , 83 - 89 ,
Tractors, trucks
generating source Consider max. 89
Baseline traffic (Vehicles per hour)

Location Medium duty Vans Auto Two Buses heavyduty Total Baseline
trucks + tractors Rickshaw wheelers trucks Noise in
+ tempo dB
Kadodara 80 15 10 120 10 50 285 51
Chowkdi
Additional vehicles estimated on road due to project - per hour – 10% of existing traffic
Medium duty trucks +

tractors + tempo Vans Auto Rickshaw Two wheelers Buses heavyduty trucks
8 2 1 12 1 5
Baseline L2 - resultant noise

Sr. Type of L ∑(Resultant
Village noise of at village using TNM L1/10 L2/10
No Area noise level)
village dB, L1 2.5 of FHWA, USA
Residential
1 Dahej 62 50.1 6.2 5.0 62.3
- Industrial
2 Padariya Residential 51 25.5 5.1 2.6 51.0
Noise prediction for SH-06 – Bharuch Dahej road
Consider highway : SH-6

Villages considered : Vadadla, Dahej
Selected noise Source dB(A) : 76 - 89 , 83 - 89 ,
Tractors, trucks
generating source Consider max. 89

Baseline traffic (Vehicles per hour)

Location Medium duty Vans Auto Two wheelers Buses heavyduty Total Baseline
trucks + Rickshaw trucks Noise in
tractors + dB
tempo
Near 300 450 110 140 80 80 1160 60
Vadadla
Additional vehicles estimated on road due to project - per hour – 10% of existing traffic
Medium duty trucks +

tractors + tempo Vans Auto Rickshaw Two wheelers Buses heavyduty trucks
8 2 1 12 1 5
Baseline L2 - resultant noise

Sr. Type of L ∑(Resultant
Village noise of at village using TNM L1/10 L2/10
No Area noise level)
village dB, L1 2.5 of FHWA, USA
Residential
1 Dahej 62 48.8 6.2 4.9 62.2
- Industrial
Residential
2 Vadadla 55 40.3 5.5 4.0 55.1
- Industrial
The results indicate that there will be negligible increase in the baseline noise levels of the surrounding locations.
For minimizing and controlling noise levels, following measures are proposed:
- Manage truck parking and prevent road blocking.
- Ear muffs and ear plugs shall be provided to operators
The diesel generator sets shall be provided with integral acoustic enclosure at the manufacturing stage itself and
duly labeled and certified by manufacturer for conformance as required by the rules and the noise levels shall be
within 75 dB permissible limits.
4.9 ASSESSMENT OF WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL

Effluent generation from manufacturing process shall be 2134 KLD.
There shall be segregation of Effluent streams based on COD, TDS and toxicity.
Table 4-12 Waste Water Generation (For Proposed project)

1. Low COD Process 1778 Effluent treatment Because of various
and Low TDS Plant of capacity 1350 recycle and reuse
washing 20 KLD x 2 modules proposed for reduction
RO reject and RO 336 in GIDC water
washing consumption the
quantity of
TOTAL 2134 biodegradable effluent
to be treated in ETP
and discharged into
deep sea has reduced

from previously
estimated 2537 KLD to
2134 KLD.
Treated effluent
conforming to specified
norms shall be
discharged into u/g GIDC
drainage network for final
disposal into deep sea
through final pumping
station of common
effluent conveyance
pipeline line of GIDC.
ETP Sludge to be sent to

TSDF site of M/s. BEIL,
Dahej
2. High COD Process Chemical Treatment Treated effluent to be
and Low TDS (Neutralization and further treated in ETP
Fenton treatment as Sludge to be sent to
per requirement) in TSDF site of M/s. BEIL,
treatment plant Dahej
having 20 KLD
capacity & followed
by ETP
3. Low COD, Process Cyanide treatment Treated effluent to be
low TDS and followed by ETP further treated in ETP
having Sludge to be sent to
cyanide TSDF site of M/s. BEIL,
toxicity Dahej
4. High COD / Process Incineration at CHWIF Incineration Ash to be
TDS and site of M/s. BEIL, sent to TSDF site of M/s.
Toxic Ankleshwar or captive BEIL, Dahej
Incineration plant or
co-processing at
cement industry.
5. Low COD Process 1148 Evaporation in Multi MEE condensate @
and High Effect Evaporator 1033 KLD, out of which
TDS (MEE). (1200 kLD – 50% recycled in process,
3 Nos. x 400 kLD) 50% further treated in
RO MEE salt to be
disposed at TSDF site of
M/s. BEIL, Dahej
6. Low TDS, Cooling Tower 536 Treatment in RO RO permeate @ 3027

Low organic Blowdown KLD to be used as

COD Boiler Blowdown 250 cooling tower makeup
RO reject @ 336 KLD to
MEE Condensate 517 be sent to ETP
Contaminated steam 2060
condensate
Total 3363
7. Sewage Domestic uses 90 Sewage Treatment Treated effluent to be
effluent plant having capacity reused in washing,
100 KLD gardening and scrubbing
8. Inorganic salt Process Details are given in chapter 2
solutions
4.9.1 Process Effluent Characteristics

The process effluent with low COD and low TDS shall be treated in ETP and discharged into deep sea. Hence
assessment is carried out for this effluent :
For the products already manufactured at other units of UPL, the process effluent characteristics are known and the
same are considered for assessment.
For the proposed new products, the R&D team of UPL have conducted treatability studies and estimated the primary
characteristics of each process stream and also the combined effluent quality.
From this information, following effluent characteristics are determined.

TREATED EFFLUENT
PARAMETER Inlet to ETP
Performance Limit
pH 4.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5
Temperature 32 °C 30°C 40°C
Suspended Solids 500 mg/l 80 mg/l < 100 mg/l
BOD 1500 mg/l 30 mg/l < 100 mg/l
COD 3500 mg/l 200 mg/l < 250 mg/l
Oil & Grease 10 mg/l 3 mg/l < 10 mg/l
Heavy metals 10 mg/l 2 mg/l < 3 mg/l
Cyanides Nil Nil < 0.2 mg/l
Phenolic Compounds 0.5 mg/l 0.1 mg/l < 1 mg/l
Ammonical Nitrogen 30 mg/l 20 mg/l < 50 mg/l
For the above effluent characteristics, treatability studies have been carried out by R&D team of UPL and the studies
have indicated that physico-chemical and biological treatment using aerobic treatment shall be suitable and
adequate for treating this effluent of low COD and Low TDS within stipulated norms of marine discharge by Gujarat
Pollution Control Board.
 Details of treatment scheme, components of ETP, flow diagram are given in chapter 2.
 The design parameters of the components are appropriate w.r.t quality and quantity of effluent.
 All other effluent streams are to be given various other treatment as delineated in chapter 2 and routed
within the premises.
The specifications of MEE is also given and is adequate and includes all necessary components.
STP of capacity 100 KLD based on anaerobic and aerobic treatment is proposed which is suitable for the project.

Toxic streams with cyanide toxicity shall be given cyanide treatment and then sent to ETP. Hence, cyanide levels in
treated effluent shall remain within permissible limits
High COD and highly toxic streams shall not be treated in ETP but subjected to incineration at CHWIF site of M/s.
BEIL, Ankleshwar or captive incineration. Hence, there is no probability of high COD or toxic pollution to be added in
ETP.
It can be therefore mentioned that proponent has proposed suitable and adequate treatment systems for wastewater
streams to be generated from the production activities. The water environment shall have negligible adverse
impacts provided the ETP and other proposed treatment systems are operated with maximum efficiency and
consistency.
For this, vigilant performance monitoring shall also be required, for which proponent is committed to provide –
system at company’s website as well as at GPCB xgn/CPCB portal shall be provided.
4.9.2 Disposal of treated effluent

Treated effluent conforming to prescribed norms shall be discharged into underground drainage network of GIDC
which shall convey the effluent to Final pumping station. From Final pumping station, effluent shall be finally
discharged in deep sea through underground conveyance pipeline of GIDC. Proponent has obtained confirmation
letter from GIDC. Copy of the same is annexed as Annexure –8.
4.10 ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS

The identified environmental impacts in Section 4.2 belong to different components of the environment. All these
impacts need to be aggregated to get a total score of the environmental impact of the proposed project. Though an
attempt has been made to make the assessment objective by using the quality indices wherever possible, such
aggregation may involve considerable subjectivity. In the following paragraphs, procedure of ‘Quantitative Evaluation
Matrix’ is followed, as it is a simple and reliable method.
Table 4-13 Environmental Attributes

Sr. No. Environmental Attributes Relative Importance (%)
1 Air 13
2. Water 13
3 Land 13
4. Noise 10
5. Human (Social) 12
6. Human (Economic) 17
7. Ecological systems 10
8. Natural resources for fuel (coal & HSD) 12
Total 100

4.10.1 Environmental Impact Evaluation Matrices

The environmental impacts as identified in earlier matrices are evaluated and given scores as per following criteria:
Criteria of Assessment of Impacts
The criteria for qualitative and quantitative evaluation of impacts are presented herewith:
(a) Negligible Impacts (Score  1):
It signifies that the actions have some effect but it will not cause any quantifiable damage or benefit to the
environmental parameters concerned.
(b) Marginal Impacts (Score  2):
The activities and their environmental Impacts are judged to be slightly significant or significant and for short term,
the score is assigned to be 2.
(c) Significant Impacts (Score  3):
If the activities and their environmental Impacts are judged to be significant and reversible, the score is assigned to
be 3.
(d) Highly Significant Impacts (Score  4):
If the activities and their environmental Impacts are judged to be significant, long term and irreversible, the score is
assigned to be 4.
The (+) sign signifies positive impact and (-) sign signifies negative impact on the concerned environmental
attributes.

Table 4-14 The Environmental Impact Evaluation Matrix

Construction Phase Erection and Operational phase
Impacting Activities commissioning phase
Waste water generation treatment and disposal
Hazardous waste generation: storage, handling
Manpower requirement – skilled and unskilled

Impacts
Non Hazardous waste generation “storage,

Water consumption for steam generation,
process, cooling, domestic purposes and
Storage and transportation of fuels, raw
Fuel consumption(for steam generation

Installation of the machinery and other
Marketing and selling of the products,

materials and finished products,


labor and managerial staff,


handling and disposal
End use of product

Site development
Appointment of
infrastructure
and disposal
gardening
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
ment
Air Environ-
Addition of pollutants in air -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -2 -2 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 3 -1

Temperature rise and other -1 -1 -1 -1 2
climatic change
Environment
Water
Adulteration of river waters -1 -1

Consumption of river water -1 -1
Adulteration of ponds -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
Consumption of pond water
Alteration of surface drainage
pattern
Ground water contamination -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
Groundwater water levels 2
Marine water contamination -1 -1
ent
Environm
Land
soil quality, Land use pattern and -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 2 -1

land cover)
Soil erosion


Impacts







End use of product

Site development
Appointment of
infrastructure
and disposal
gardening
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Changes in Landuse pattern and -1 -1 -1
land cover
Changes in Topography & -1
natural slopes
Environment
Noise
Increase in Ambient noise levels -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1

Traffic noise increment -1 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1
Periods of loud and irritative -1 -1
noises
Environment
Social
Population change due to -1 2

migration
Demand on social infrastructure -1 -1
cultural changes & conflicts -1 -1
health -1 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 1 -1
Safety (road, residences and -1 -1 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 -1
industrial) and security
law and order of the area -1
resource access / competition of -1 1 -1
the area


Impacts







End use of product

Site development
Appointment of
infrastructure
and disposal
gardening
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Education & standard of living 2
Environment
Economic
Generation of employment for 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 1

skilled labour
Generation of employment for 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3
unskilled labour
Generation of temporary 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2
employment
Effect on agricultural production -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 2
Effect on other existing 2 1 3
occupations
Commercial value of properties 1
Trade and commerce 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1
opportunities
Development of ancillary 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
businesses
domestic supplies and services 1 1 1
taken by new habitants


Impacts







End use of product

Site development
Appointment of
infrastructure
and disposal
gardening
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Environment
Biological
Terrestrial flora -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 3 -1
– effect on grass, trees, shrubs &
flowers, effect on farms, effect on
endangered species
Terrestrial fauna – loss or -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -2 -1 -1 -1 3 -1
fragmentation of habitat,
Disturbance by noise or vibration,
reduction in biodiversity
Aquatic ecosystems (including -2 -1
marine ecosystem) – loss of
habitat, contamination of habitat,
reduction of biodiversity and
population
es
Resourc
Natural
Natural Resources -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -1 -2 -3 -1
(Fuel Consumption, source
depletion)

Table 4-15 Cumulative Impact Matrix

Cumulative
Erection &
Environmental Construction phase Operational phase Cumulative score for Relative Importance of Significance,
Commissioning
Attribute impacts impacts each attribute, Si each attribute, Wi (%) (Si x Wi) /
phase impacts
100
Air Environment -6 -5 -8 -19 13 -2.47
Water Environment -6 -1 -9 -16 13 -2.08
Land Environment -6 -1 -7 -14 13 -1.82
Noise -4 -5 -6 -15 10 -1.5
Social Environment -7 -4 -12 -23 12 -2.76
Economic Environment 21 22 31 74 17 12.58
Ecological Environment -6 -2 -10 -18 10 -1.8
Natural resources -6 -2 -6 -14 12 -1.68
100 -1.53
As shown at Table above, the cumulative value of significance of the project, in terms of the impacts on the environment, works out to be, (-) 1.53 which indicates that the project will have
negligible impacts after mitigation.
 During construction phase, the Air, Water and Social environment shall be affected adversely while the economic environment shall be benefited.
 During erection and commissioning phase the air and noise environment is likely to get adversely affected.
 During operational phase the water, air, ecological and social (health) environments are likely to get adversely affected.
 There shall be economic benefits during all the three phases of the project against which the possible adverse social impact is comparatively low and adequately mitigated.

Chapter 5. Analysis of Alternatives
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.1 ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS & JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT
The alternatives analysis is an important tool for the best selection of the proposed project, technologies and the
location of the project.
5.1.1 For Project selection

Proposed project is needed to serve increasing demand from export market. Benefits of the project are manifold.
The proposed project for manufacturing of various products are based on the market surveys.
Demand-Supply Gap.
Indian Pesticides is one of the rapidly growing markets and has emerged a strong export oriented business. Out of
the present business of 180 Billion markets, the export accounts 100 billion and is steadily growing at a rate of 6.7%.
This is 2.5 times more than the world market. With the introduction of genetically modified crops in India, the
consumption of Insecticides decreased marginally. But the other sectors such as weedicides & herbicides, fungicides
etc. are rapidly growing. UPL is focuses on the sectors of Fungicides and herbicides and strong in export of these
group molecules
Imports vs. Indigenous production.

Company is always focusing on manufacturing all products locally with backward integration so that Country will get
benefits like Growth, employment, infrastructure etc. UPL R & D team is constantly engaged in identifying &
evaluating new molecules. After a very careful scrutiny of the developments of R & D, the proponent is ready to
launch new intermediates as well as several new pesticides. Company is importing only such products for which,
either the technology is not available in India or, the manufacturing cost is higher than the import cost.
40% Raw materials will be imported to manufacture proposed products.
Export Possibility.
Pesticide Product-
The products of UPL are mainly used for rice, wheat, cotton, vegetables, fruits, tea, tobacco etc which are the main
crops in India and in many countries as well. That’s why these products have worldwide market. The global
marketing network of UPL is mainly, America sales 37%, Europe & Africa 28.%, Indian subcontinent & Asia Pacific
35 %.
Intermediates & specialty Chemicals -

Indian Specialty Chemicals poised to be $ 80-100 billion industry by 2020. Asia-Pacific region now is nearly 42 % of
the global market for chemicals.
India is emerging as manufacturing and export hub for specialty and knowledge chemicals .Key advantages include
re-engineering capabilities and relatively low cost of production. Innovation and Scale will be the key differentiators,
going forward. The continuous growth of this sector saw demand – supply gap and some times, molecules are not
available both for the domestic and export market. Like the above many products are made in India and exported to
all the European Countries and all other countries. Continuous growth of exports and increase in the Indian market
demand off set the local competitions. Some manufacturing capacities cleared for the manufacture are neither
installed nor operated. Some products are not available at the peak demand time of the local season. To support the
above projections, promoters have propelled to set up new manufacturing facility in chemical zone.
Domestic / export Markets.

Rest of the approx. 20-30 % of total production will be sold to domestic market.
Employment Generation (Direct and Indirect) due to the project.

EPC contractor

During Operational phase : The project shall generate employment to approx. 600 permanent employees and also
about 800 nos. on contractual basis during operational phase comprising of skilled and unskilled manpower.

employment Manager
Approximate 32 92 120 356 800 1400
no. required
There shall be recruitment in the field of plant operation, laboratory activities, engineering, maintenance,
instrumentation and process control, safety, occupational health facility, environment management, security,
purchase, logistics, accounts, warehousing, housekeeping and such other fields related to a manufacturing facility.
Proponent is committed to give employment to land losers and local affected people as per Government rules and
regulation. Priority shall be given to local affected people according to skill and academic qualification.

• Add to foreign exchange generated by Exports.
• Lead to generation of direct and indirect employment opportunities.
• Reduce dependence on Imports hence reducing Forex risks.
5.1.2 For Site selection

Project site is located at Dahej III GIDC Industrial Estate which is covered under PCPIR region (Petroleum, Chemical
49/2010-IA-III dated 14th September, 2017. EC copy of PCPIR is attached as Annexure-33
Primary reasons for selecting the site at Dahej – III Industrial Estate of GIDC are :-
• The proposed production capacities are considerably high and existing units do not have adequate
infrastructure and land for the same.
• Dahej-III Industrial estate is near to Ankleshwar and Jhagadia GIDC estates and hence the proposed
production activities can be easily managed by the factory management which shall reside in Bharuch
region.
• Raw material is easily available in this region by road and rail transport as well as from nearby ports of
Dahej, Hazira.
The site also complies with the major necessary infrastructure and GIDC supports required and the plot prices are
affordable.
The site has the common features of an industrial estate viz.

 No sanctuaries or archeological sites are located in the vicinity of the area
 No rehabilitation or resettlement of local people
 Well developed transportation facilities
Roadways – connected to State as well as National Highways
Within the estate, planned network of RCC roads
Railways – Dahej-Bharuch railway line, Jambusar – Bharuch Railway lines
Bharuch has a Railway Junction, Dahej has railway station
Air route – Nearest airport of Surat & Vadodara
Dahej is a well-developed port
 Sufficient height from the sea level to be geographically suitable for industrial activity.
 Availability of Resources viz.
o Water - from GIDC reservoir.
o Electricity Power - supplied from DGVCL
o Nearby estates of Ankleshwar, Panoli and Dahej are good sources of chemicals
o Port facilities at Dahej and Mumbai

 Common Treatment and Disposal Facilities

o Common treated effluent conveyance pipeline project of Dahej Vilayat Development cell GIDC
o Common Landfilling & Incineration facility of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. (BEIL), Ankleshwar
o Also Landfilling & Incineration facility at Dahej – projects of BEIL & Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd.
The plot at Dahej-III GIDC estate is also justified as per the following siting criteria delineated by MoEF&CC :
 Land acquired sufficient to provide for a sufficient green belt area
 Enough space without unduly affecting the scenic features of this place
 Coastal Areas: At least 20 km from project site
 Estuaries: At least 200 metres from the estuary boundaries
 Flood Plains of the Riverine systems: at least 500 metres from flood plain or modified flood plain or by flood
control systems
 Natural disaster prone areas - none
 Ecologically sensitive areas – none
5.1.3 For technology / process selection

Many of the proposed products are already manufactured at other units of UPL using best available technology.
Therefore their process technology is also proven.
For the new products, technology know-how shall be obtained from reliable global technology suppliers.
There is an excellent R&D team working on advancement of processes and optimization of raw materials and
resources.
Latest design and instrumentations shall be used in process equipment fabrication.
All plant sections shall be equipped with adequate process control and instrumentation to provide inbuilt safety and
process efficiency. DCS and PLC shall be provided to the maximum extent possible.
It must be noted that the unit has voluntarily adopted the codes of practice of the Responsible Care (RC) initiative
taken by Indian Chemical Manufacturer's Association and have also implemented the ISO - 14000 (Environmental
Management System), demonstrating commitment towards continual improvement in HSE performance.

Chapter 6. Environment Monitoring Program
6 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

UPL shall have an Environmental Monitoring program in terms of in-house as well as third party monitoring covering
periodic monitoring and analysis of effluent samples, stack emissions, ambient air quality, work place monitoring and
noise level measurements within and around the factory premises.
EIA consultant has suggested following monitoring plan to cover proposed emissions and waste streams as well as
required monitoring of ambient environment of plant sections.
Table 6-1 Proposed Environmental Monitoring Plan

Component Parameters to be Inhouse or by Frequency Applicable compliance
analysed / monitored third party standard
GIDC water major parameters given in Inhouse Every three IS 10500 : 1991
IS 10500 : 1991 months
by third party once in a year
recognized lab
Raw, intermittent and pH, COD, TDS, Chlorides, Inhouse Daily permissible limits stipulated in
treated effluents from sulphates, Phenolic Consent to Operate (CTO)
ETP compound, Ammonical granted by Gujarat Pollution
nitrogen Control Board
Treated effluent from All parameters specified in Inhouse Daily
ETP Consent to Operate (CTO)
granted by Gujarat Pollution
Control Board
Treated water from pH, COD, BOD, TSS Inhouse Daily General Environment
STP pH, COD, BOD, TSS, Total by third party once in a month standards of Schedule – VI
Coliforms and Faecal recognized lab (rule 3A) of The Environment
Coliforms (Protection) Rules, 1986
Online monitoring of Magnetic Flow Meter, pH Online Continuous permissible limits stipulated in
treated effluent from meter, TSS meter, TOC / Consent to Operate (CTO)
ETP TN meter (COD / BOD / granted by Gujarat Pollution
Ammonical Nitrogen). Control Board
The data to be transmitted
to CPCB web site / GPCB
xgn portal as per directions
from GPCB
MEE condensate as per process water Inhouse Daily as per process water
specifications (specified by by third party once in a month specifications (specified by
proponent) recognized lab proponent)
RO permeate as per process water Inhouse Daily as per process water
specifications (specified by by third party once in a month specifications (specified by
proponent) recognized lab proponent)
Soil from 8 (eight) pH, Conductivity, Cation by third party Once in a year To be compared with baseline
locations within exchange capacity, Sodium recognized lab quality assessed during EIA
premises – unaltered absorption ratio, study alongwith any other
and undisturbed area permeability, water holding statutory compliance
capacity, porosity, Chloride, applicable
Sulphates, NPK,
Micronutrients.
Air – Ambient Quality All parameters specified in by third party Once in a Permissible limits stipulated in
at three (3) stations : Consent to Operate (CTO) recognized lab month by Consent to Operate (CTO)
1. at security office at granted by Gujarat Pollution external party; granted by Gujarat Pollution
Gate – 1 Control Board and twice in a Control Board
2. at security office at week by internal
Gate - 3 laboratory
3. Near MP - 4
Manual Flue gas All parameters specified in by third party twice in a month Permissible limits stipulated in
Stack monitoring for Consent to Operate (CTO) recognized lab Consent to Operate (CTO)
all Flue gas stacks of granted by Gujarat Pollution granted by Gujarat Pollution

Component Parameters to be Inhouse or by Frequency Applicable compliance
boilers, Thermic Fluid Control Board Control Board
heaters & D.G. sets
Continuous emission As specified in Consent to Online Continuous Permissible limits stipulated in

monitoring system Operate (CTO) granted by Consent to Operate (CTO)
(CEMS) for PM, SO2 Gujarat Pollution Control granted by Gujarat Pollution
& NOx at multi fuel Board Control Board
based boiler stacks
Process emission As specified in Consent to by third party twice in a month Permissible limits stipulated in
stack monitoring for Operate (CTO) granted by recognized lab Consent to Operate (CTO)
all Process gas stack Gujarat Pollution Control granted by Gujarat Pollution
Board Control Board
Online sensors on Continuous

process stacks
Scrubber solutions of pH meter and Temperature Online Continuous records to be maintained.
Process emission indicator with alarm
control systems pH & concentration Inhouse Every shift records to be maintained.
Noise level Daytime and nighttime Leq by third party Once in a Permissible limits for
measurement at all recognized lab month Industrial area as per Noise
major locations Rules, 2000
Illumination at all plant Single point Lux by third party Once in a year IS.6665.1972-
buildings and floors, measurement recognized lab industriallighting
production plants,
tankfarms, roads, and
areas having
movement of material
and personnel during
daytime and nighttime
Leak Detection And Concentration of chemical Inhouse or by periodically Applicable EPA standards
Repair Program handled in each component third party
(LDAR) by portable VOC detecting recognized lab
Probable sources : instrument
Flanges, (EPA 21 method)
Connections,
Compressors Seals,
Pump Seals, Other
Seals, Open end,
Pressure Relief
Valves,
Control Valves,
Valves
Hazardous and non- Records of generation, storage and disposal in To be updated monthly by EMS cell
hazardous waste manifests prescribed by H/W authorization
management
Environment Audit Yearly by GPCB recognized auditor
Occupational Health As per applicable rule under Factories Act, 1948 and Gujarat Factories Rules, 1963 and
& Safety Audit As per Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989.
Gujarat Factories
Rule-68 J (9) and IS:
14489-1998
Environmental To be submitted to GPCB at the end of each financial year
Statement

Work place monitoring at :-
Table 6-2 Work Place Monitoring Plan

Component Parameters to be
Inhouse or by Frequency Applicable compliance
coal handling Coal dust as PM Inhouse or by Once in a month TWA / STEL limits
locations third party prescribed in The
solid chemicals Total dust as PM recognized lab Second Schedule
handling areas (Section 41-F) of
packaging area Total dust as PM Factory act 1948 &
Gujarat Factory Rules
1963
Production plants, Specific VOC handled in Inhouse or by Once in a month TWA / STEL limits
tankfarms that area third party prescribed in The
recognized lab Second Schedule
Online Continuous – to (Section 41-F) of
detectors give alarm on Factory act 1948 &
higher Gujarat Factory Rules
concentrations 1963
Compressed gas Specific gas handled in Inhouse or by Once in a month TWA / STEL limits
storage and that area third party prescribed in The
handling areas recognized lab Second Schedule
Online Continuous – to (Section 41-F) of
detectors give alarm on Factory act 1948 &
higher Gujarat Factory Rules
concentrations 1963
Apart from this, it is suggested by EIA consultant –

 This plan should be considered as tentative for final planning of Environment Monitoring programme. All
directions given by SPCB, CPCB and MoEF&CC shall be followed religiously and included appropriately in
the programme.
 to have periodic inspection and preventive maintenance schedule for all pollution control equipment.
6.1 PROPOSED ARRANGEMENTS FOR CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF EFFLUENT AND EMISSIONS

Continuous monitors installations shall be;
 At treated effluent discharge line – Magnetic Flow Meter, pH meter, TSS meter, TOC / TN meter
 Unit shall install CEMS for PM, SO2, NOx on stacks of boilers
 The monitoring data of ETP and stacks shall be transmitted to CPCB web site.
 Online pH meter and Temperature indicators on scrubber solution circulation tanks
 Online sensors on process stacks for detecting higher levels of -
- Ammonia,
- H2S
- HCl
- Chlorine
- VOC
- Phosgene

Chapter 7. Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan
7 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Risk Assessment is carried out in accordance with following ToRs issued by EAC (Industry-2) :
Specific ToR No. 13 : -

Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety to be
incorporated.
Additional ToR No. iii :- Risk assessment to be carried out.
This assessment has been carried out by another consultant ECO CHEM SALES & SERVICES, Surat and is
submitted as a separate report togetherwith with its Executive Summary in English.

Chapter 8. Project Benefits
8 PROJECT BENEFITS
The proposed project of MANUFACTURING OF AGROCHEMICALS, INTERMEDIATES AND SPECIALITY
CHEMICALS has many local, state level and national level benefits.
Proposed project is needed to serve increasing demand from export market.
The proposed manufacturing site is located in Dahej – III Industrial estate (within PCPIR region) of GIDC which is a
newly developed industrial estate of GIDC. GIDC and PCPIR are actively promoting this zone and hence
infrastructure and resource availabilities shall be favourable for the progress of the unit.
The proposed production capacities are based on detailed market survey by research team of UPL Limited.
UPL have a strong manufacturing base supported by engineers and scientists. The R&D team of the Company
develops various products as per the market requirements. The company has central R&D and also separate R&D
at units.
The Company has 25 manufacturing sites all over the world (11 in India, 4 in France, 2 in Spain, 3 in Argentina, 1
each in UK, Vietnam, Netherlands, Italy, China)
In India, the manufacturing units are located at Vapi, Ankleshwar, Halol and Jhagadia, Jammu, Haldia.
The company has achieved several awards for outstanding performance in exports, energy conservation, social
responsibility as well as Environmental management and safety.
Proponent is committed to employ best available technology for manufacturing of proposed products. Latest design
and instrumentations shall be used in process equipment fabrication.
All plant sections shall be equipped with adequate process control and instrumentation to provide inbuilt safety and
process efficiency. DCS and PLC shall be provided wherever feasible.

• Entry into new product segments.
• Add to foreign exchange generated by Exports.
• Lead to generation of direct and indirect employment opportunities.
• Reduce dependence on Imports hence reducing Forex risks.
The project shall have following direct and indirect benefits :-

 The demand of proposed products in export as well as domestic market is growing at a reasonably good
rate. Hence the project shall add to national revenue.
 The proposed site is near to Dahej, the Dahej port shall become a very near port for export and import
purposes and result in overall savings of fossil fuels by road transport, reduced hazardous material
movement, increased use of Dahej port and contributing to its development
 The Dahej-III industrial estate where the project is located is within PCPIR region which is presently highly
promoted by Government of India (GOI).
 The project shall also facilitate the distribution of these products at nearby states and areas thereby saving
the transportation cost and fuel
 Employment Generation for local skilled and unskilled manpower
 The project also has considerable trade opportunities for raw material suppliers, domestic supplies,
transport agencies and the like.
 The project shall allow the management to utilize the land area as well as utilities and infrastructure to the
fullest and optimize its costs and attain maximum possible efficiencies.
 Apart from eco-friendly operations, this unit shall also be covered in the central CSR programme and
various socio-economic developmental activities will be undertaken by the company to bring about overall
socio-economic development in the study area.
As evaluated using impact-activity matrix method, the project will have negligible impacts and therefore, with the
proposed mitigation measures and proper implementation of the suggested Environmental Management Plan, the
project is considered to be viable.

Chapter 8. Project Benefits
8.1 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BENEFITS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

 During construction and commissioning of proposed project, the facilities such as supply of construction
material and machinery, their transport would lead to trade opportunities for local people
 Since, the local labour will be sought for construction and installation of the machinery; it will also benefit
the economy of the area.
 Services and supplies related to equipment and automobile repair and maintenance shall also develop as
ancillary business
 Commodity requirements and food requirements of labour camps shall also increase the retail market of the
area.
8.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC BENEFITS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

Employment Generation
 During Construction phase : approx. 100 permanent employees and about 500 nos. on contractual basis
through EPC contractor
 During Operational phase : The project shall generate employment to approx. 600 permanent employees and
also about 800 nos. on contractual basis during operational phase comprising of skilled and unskilled
manpower.

employment Manager
Approximate 32 92 120 356 800 1400
no. required
Management shall make sincere efforts to employ maximum local people around the area and from Bharuch District.
 Priority shall be given to local affected people and landlosers according to skill and academic qualification.
 Technical and non-technical professionals from local areas shall also be given preference.
 Proponent is committed to give employment to land losers and local affected people as per Government
rules and regulation. Priority shall be given to local affected people according to skill and academic
qualification.
 Project specific training shall be imparted to enhance skills and increase local people.
The local skilled and unskilled workmen shall get opportunity to work in a well-managed and organized industry
having all basic amenities and facilities for employees and a safe and clean work environment.
Development of ancillary business and trade opportunities

 housekeeping,
 security,

Chapter 9. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

This analysis is not carried out in this study as it is not specified in TORs and also is not understood as necessary as
all the environmental costs of the project are committed by the proponent for implementation since they are
necessary measures for the environmental management of the project.

Chapter 10. Environmental Management Plan
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 NEED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANNING
Once mitigative measures are identified, an EMP is drafted as a joint activity by project proponent and EIA
consultant organization to detail out each activity required to accomplish the proposed mitigation delineated in
Impact Assessment section of this report.
 An EMP assures that the desired environmental management is communicated by the management to the
executing teams and members of the EHS cell in a systematic manner without missing any information.
 It helps the EHS cell in formulating the role and responsibilities of the members and their respective
departments.
 The EMP also helps in formulating preventive measures in terms of inspections, preventive maintenance,
monitoring, etc. so that the performance of equipment and manpower are verified periodically.
10.1.1 Objectives of Environmental Management Plan

The objectives, taken into account, in preparation of EMP are summarized here as follows:
 The prevention, control and abatement of pollution, i.e. air pollution, water pollution, hazardous / non-
hazardous wastes,
 To comply with all the stipulated environmental legal requirements, norms and standards,
 To direct the steps to be followed by the proponent, for effective maintenance and regulation of
environmental management system,
 To ensure the better and safe work environment through pre-meditated planning of prevention and
control of hazards,
 To direct the investments towards sustainable development by considering the cost of emission
control, waste disposal, social development, green belt development and health & safety in the
planning stage only,
 To account for recycling and reusing measures, proposed or required to be adopted for minimization of
consumption of resources and generation of pollutants.
10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
10.2.1 Environmental Policy
UPL has formulated a Health, Safety and Environment Policy duly approved by the board of directors and applies to
all Group employees. The policy is given at Annexure –28. Environment management system (ISO14001)
implemented at all existing units. Company will implement for new plots once manufacturing started.
The policy mentions about its commitment and diligence towards compliance to rules and regulations. The policy
also incorporations commitment to have stringent monitoring through standard procedures for infringement /
deviation / violation of environmental norms.
10.2.2 Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Cell

For HSE management, following measures are taken by the company management
- A committee of HSE Officers monitors Health, Safety and Environment standards and practices at all units.
This is to ensure that the HSE management systems are world class and that HSE teams are striving to
achieve zero incidences at the work place.
- partnered with Dupont, Syngenta to evaluate HSE management systems across all manufacturing sites.
This excercise was spread over three months and the outcomes have been utilized for improvement.
- An inter-site benchmarking is done regularly to encourage healthy competition between sites.
In compliance with the requirement of EPA and Factories Act, the unit shall have an EHS cell to keep a close watch
on the performance of the pollution control equipments, emissions from the sources and the quality of surrounding
environment in accordance with the monitoring program. It shall comprise of Unit Head, plant head, SHE Head &

Corporate Environment head for close monitoring. The cell shall include the safety cell for observing, inspecting and
regulating the safety measures inside the plant campus. The cell shall be responsible for –
 Maintaining records of all the data, documents and information in line with the statutory requirements and
will regularly furnish the same to the State regulatory authorities.
 General prevention and maintenance of pollution control system as proposed to be done by the
maintenance department, to achieve optimum efficiency of the control equipments and to maintain the
quality of the environment.
 The EHS cell directly reports to Unit head governing the unit’s plant operations & Corporate Environment
Department
Figure 10-1 Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Cell

Director
Vice President -
Environment
General
Manager -
Environment
Assistant
Managers - ETP, RO, MEE
Environment Head
Supervisors
Operators
The cell shall be respsonsible for all environmental management activities such as ETP operation, APCM,
hazardous waste management, green belt development, housekeeping, ambient air management, work area
monitoring, safety department and medical facilities etc. The activities shall be managed by systematic assignment
of responsibilities to each member.
A safety department shall be operational as per section 41 G & 41 H of Factories Act and 68 F & 68 J as per
Factories Act with defined role and responsibilities and defined framework covering all aspects of plant and
personnel safety. Qualified Safety Officer, Supervisors and Factory Medical Officer shall also be employed.
UPL follows the group HSE policies drafted for all manufacturing units of the group around the world.
10.3 EMP FOR CONSTRUCTION & ERECTION PHASE OF THE PROJECT

10.3.1 EMP for Impacts on Air Environment
 Dusting will be reduced by sprinkling of water.
 To avoid use of internal roads of villages for transport vehicles.
 To use proper loading and unloading procedures for construction materials, and cover them wherever
required.
 Maintenance of construction equipment and vehicles to minimize exhaust emission and noise pollution
 Use of cleaner fuel for construction machinery and vehicles
 Labor camps shall be constructed within factory premises and burning of wood for cooking etc. shall be
minimized.

10.3.2 EMP for Impacts on Water Environment

 During construction, water shall be consumed from GIDC supply.
 Vigilant check shall be kept to avoid wastage.
 No wastewater shall be discharged during the construction period.
 Surface water from run-offs from labour camps and washing places shall be contained through temporary
drains and properly disposed.
 Construction materials shall be stored on tarpaulin sheets
 Leachate from storages shall not be allowed to runoff but collected through temporary drains and disposed
with domestic wastewater after debris removal
 Labour camps shall be provided water supply from factory’s water connection (GIDC reservoir)
 Proper sanitation facilities shall be provided to the workers within the construction site as well as at labour
camps
10.3.3 EMP for Impacts on Noise levels

 Night time construction shall be avoided as far as possible.
 Unwanted material and solid bags shall be placed as noise barriers during major construction activities.
 Internal village roads shall not be used for transport.
 Ear muffs and Ear plugs shall be provided to labour and workers
 HR department shall keep check on noise from labour camps and counsel whenever required
 To use clean fuel for transport vehicles
10.3.4 EMP for Impacts on Land Environment

 For generation of dust, water sprinkling shall be done at regular intervals.
 Sewage wastes shall not be directly discharged into the land but collected and treated appropriately before
discharge either through septic tanks or packaged STP
 Plastic sheets or tarpaulin shall be used for storage of construction materials.
10.3.5 EMP for impacts on Human (social) Environment

Health and safety impacts due to the adverse impacts on physical environment (Air, water, noise, and land) shall be
mitigated by mitigating individual impacts as mentioned above. Other specific measures which shall be taken are:
 Provision of suitable PPE and safety equipment to workers
 Adherence to safety norms
 OHC is already equipped for handling injuries
 Unit has provision of visiting doctors and access to external hospital
 Labour camps shall be constructed within factory premises and therefore there shall be minimum
interaction with localities
 Cleaner fuel to be used to generate minimum PM
 To use proper loading and unloading procedures for construction materials and cover them wherever
required.
 To instruct transporters and drivers for maintaining road safety and monitor adherence
10.3.6 EMP for impacts on Ecological Environment

The management of air, water and land environment as proposed in the previous sections shall ensure that there is
no adverse impact on the terrestrial and aquatic ecology of the area.
10.3.7 EMP for use of fuel resources

 Workers shall be provided with cleaner fuel for domestic use so that the local vegetation is not targeted
 Cleaner fuel shall be used for construction activities.

10.4 EMP FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE OF THE PROJECT

10.4.1 EMP for Stack Emissions
 Ready to use crushed coal shall be used as fuel so that there shall be no crushing activity involved. Hence
there shall be no adverse impact due to crushing
 ESP + water scrubber shall be provided to coal based two (2 nos.) boilers of 130 TPH and one (1 no.) boiler of
100 TPH capacity for captive powerplants.
 Multi-cyclone + Bag Filter + water scrubber shall be provided to control PM emissions from coal based boilers.
 Continuous monitoring system for PM, NOx, SO2 shall be installed on all coal based boilers
 The PM emissions from spray dryer shall be controlled by Cyclone Separator / Bag filter
 Fly ash shall be stored appropriately in silos and sold to brick manufacturers and end-users as far as possible or
else sent to TSDF of M/s. BEIL, Dahej.
 A preventive and maintenance schedule shall be implemented for all APCDs and a vigilant check shall be kept
on their efficiency and consistent operation. APCM shall be given DG power as standby during absence of main
power. In case of breakdown of any APCM component, the boiler operations shall be stopped or switched to
FO. A proper record for fuel consumption, start-up time and duration of boiler operation, energy consumption is
advised to be maintained.
 Appropriate scrubber systems shall be provided to control process emissions.
 Incinerators shall be installed and operated in accordance with CPCB / GPCB guidelines.
 Performance of APCM shall be monitored through regular monitoring and online systems wherever applicable
as detailed in chapter 2 and chapter 6
10.4.2 EMP for fugitive emission

Sources of fugitive emissions have been identified for as coal dust, chemical dust and chemical vapors from storage
and handling of hazardous chemicals. The control measures to be provided for these emissions are detailed in
chapter 2 and 4.
Fugitive Dust from solid chemical handling and storage

For control of fugitive dust from chemical handling, the concerned areas shall be enclosed, covered transfer systems
shall be adopted, workers shall be provided PPEs, machinery shall be provided with dust extraction systems if found
necessary by work place monitoring., minimum manual operations, local exhausts and roof top ventilators shall be
provided
Control of Coal dust

 The coal handling equipment, area infrastructure, procedures and systems shall be in compliance with
CPCB & GPCB guidelines.
 Ready to use crushed coal shall be purchased. Coal dust shall be controlled through covered conveyers
and bunkers and water spraying wherever required.
 Coal dust level shall be regularly monitored in workplace and ensure that it remains within permissible limits
of Factories Act, 1948 and Gujarat Factories Rules, 1963.
Control measures proposed for these emissions shall be adequate and appropriate for maintaining pollution free and
odour free environment in the factory.
Following measures are suggested by EIA consultant organization and agreed for implementation by the project
proponent to further strengthen the fugitive emission control and management activities.
Recommended guidelines for fugitive emission control

 Fugitive emissions over reactors, chemical loading, blenders, condensers, transfer areas etc., are to be
collected through hoods & ducts by induced draft, and controlled by scrubber/dust collector.
 In addition, organic gaseous emissions (odorous & toxic) may be routed to activated carbon beds
(adsorption) or to thermal oxidizer, and for dust emissions cyclones/bag filters are to be provided.
 Emphasis should be given to solvent management/solvent loss prevention.
 Enclosures to chemical storage area, collection of emissions from loading of raw materials, in particular,
solvents through hoods & ducts by induced draft, and control by scrubber/dust collector to be ensured.

 Vapour balancing, nitrogen blanketing, ISO tanks, etc., may be provided; besides, special care needs to be
taken for control in respect of odorous chemicals.
Through installation of efficient plant facilities, operating systems and instrumentation

1 All reactors shall be closed and provided with primary and secondary condensers for vapor recovery
2 Flame arrestors, Breather valves, N2 blanketing provided for storage tanks as per requirement of MSDS and
applicable rules.
3 Closed handling systems will be provided for chemicals and solvent.
4 All open-ended intermediate vessels shall be covered securely during period of operation and storage.
5 Mechanical seals will be provided for pumps/agitators for reactors for reduction of fugitive emissions
6 Green belt shall be developed and maintained. Plantation in the green belt shall be in accordance to the
guidelines of CPCB.
7 Work areas surrounding the plant shall be paved to avoid dust formation caused by movement of vehicles.
8 Separate storage areas for flammable and non-flammable chemicals
9 Contained storage areas
10 Advanced drum filling and bag filling machinery, covered packaging rooms with local exhaust systems
By Efficient Operating procedures

1. The company shall provide a well defined Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) program for quantification and
control of fugitive emissions. The detectors sensitivity will be in ppm levels.
2. During transfer of materials, spillages shall be avoided
3. Workplace monitoring Plan shall be implemented as detailed in chapter 6
4. Unloading of the raw materials shall be carried as per the Safe Operating procedures.
10.4.3 Odour Management Plan (additional TOR No. iv)

Unit shall be storing and handling many chemicals having unpleasant odour.
Few highly odorous chemicals are : Methyl mercaptan, Carbon Disulphide, Hydrogen Sulphide, Triphosgene, methyl
chloride, Triethyl phosphite, Trimethyl phosphate and, Acephate. Many of the products are odorous being
pesticides.
Odour management plan for odorous solids

 Charging directly from bag to reactor or vessel through pneumatic systems delivering the chemical well
inside of the vessel so that chemical powder does not spill or disperse into environment and hence odour
shall be controlled.
Odour management plan for odorous liquids

 Drums of such liquids shall be stored in closed rooms having fume extraction systems
 Closed pumping systems for charging from drums to day tanks or reactors. Vessel vents shall be
connected to scrubbers during charging
 Process scrubber/bag filter will be provided as per process emission requirement.
 Use of ISO tankers for Hazardous Chemicals and Closed transfer system.
 Mechanical seals will be provided for certain reactors to prevent leakage of hazardous chemicals
 Online sensors for Hazardous Chemicals like Chlorine, Ammonia and H2S etc.
 As per requirement scrubbers shall be provided for storage tanks of hazardous chemicals.
 Periodic Internal & External work place monitoring for such chemicals
 Solvent recovery more than 95% & vent connected to common condenser/ scrubber.
 Closed handling system will be provided for various chemicals and products.
 Pumps and agitators with mechanical seals will be provided for HC and odorous chemicals
 Regular inspection and Preventive maintenance will be done of pumps, valves, pipes etc as per
maintenance software (SAP).
 Vent of certain plants connected to common condenser & scrubber will be provided.
 Fume incinerator for thermal destruction of HC and highly odorous gases.
 Green belt development & plantation of specific species for absorbent gas.

Assessment of odour generating operations and activities from proposed project is as under :
1) Pump handling odourous  Use of mechanical seals in pumps and compressors, and seal less
chemicals and pressurized gases pump if feasible
especially H2S, phosgene.  Proper maintenance of pipelines and pipe-fittings
 Online sensors for Hazardous Chemicals like Chlorine, Ammonia
and H2S etc.
2) At reactors during charging of  Provide dedicated measuring tank for each reactor
liquid chemicals and solid  Closed loop pumping of Liquid raw materials
chemicals as well as during  Process scrubber as per process emission requirement.
process reactions and process
operations
3) Pressure Relief Valve Emissions  To be connected to APCD in case of toxic and odourous gases
from pipelines
4) Release from Sampling Lines  Using a closed loop sampling system.
5) Emissions from Bulk Storage  ISO tankers for Hazardous Chemicals and Closed transfer system.
Tanks during storage, loading and  Provided breather valves, PSVs, rupture discs & Install vapor
unloading recovery systems
6) Leaks from Valves, Flanges,  Use Welded pipes wherever feasible
plugs and instrument connections  Suitable gasket material to be used
7) Chemical vapor from wet cake in  Adopt covered transfer systems and fume extraction systems
filtration and drying area wherever required
 Provide PPE to workers
8) Warehouse storing drums and  Local exhausts and roof top ventilators
bags  Prevent spillage by providing drip pans, proper handling
equipment, min. manual operations
9) Open effluent collection drains  Effluent drains shall be covered with min. inspection covers
and conc. effluent storage open  Conc. effluent shall be stored in closed tanks wherever possible
tanks
10) Sewage collection and treatment  Sewage shall be collected in closed tank
plant
11) Implementation of LDAR  All plants, equipments, storage tanks, storage area.
programs
Fume incinerator shall be provided for thermal destruction of HC and odorous vapors from reaction vessels
10.5 EMP FOR WATER ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

10.5.1 Water consumption
To comply with additional TOR no. ii, proponent has explored further areas of water usages where recycle and reuse
have been applied and has reduced GIDC water consumption up to 21%. The GIDC water requirement for the
proposed project shall be 7795 KLD as against initial estimation of 9313 KLD.
It shall be fully supplied from GIDC reservoir and hence ground water levels shall not be affected.
Letter of acceptance for water supply is obtained from GIDC and annexed as Annexure – 8.
10.5.2 Water conservation measures

The process water consumption is already optimized to a considerable extent by the R&D team of UPL by applying
following measures
1. Use 90 KLD treated water from STP for Washing, Gardening & APCM
2. Recycle 50% MEE condensate back to process and send only 50% for RO treatment
3. Install RO plant capable of giving 90% permeate instead of previous estimation of 80%
4. Effluent recycling from Dicamba, Ethylene diamine, TMP/TEP, Sodium Cyanide, Potassium cyanide,
cyanuric chloride
5. Steam condensate to be recycled upto 60% instead of initial estimation of 50% recycling.

Following are suggested to further reduce water consumption :-

 Water meters should be provided at main areas of consumption to maintain records and to conduct water
audit from time to time
 Drip irrigation for watering of green belt
 Dry sweeping of passages and building floors inplace of washing with water
 Water saving faucets in toilets and washrooms
10.5.3 Wastewater generation, treatment and disposal

 All wastewater streams to be generated from proposed project are identified and detailed in chapter 2.
 Because of various recycle and reuse proposed for reduction in GIDC water consumption the
quantity of biodegradable effluent to be treated in ETP and discharged into deep sea has reduced
from previously estimated 2537 KLD to 2134 KLD.
 Adequate ETP shall be provided for providing primary, secondary and tertiary treatment to effluent to be
discharged into deep sea through u/g pipeline of GIDC. Acceptance letter from GIDC for drainage is
attached as Annexure-8.
 High TDS effluent from process will be sent to MEE. Generated MEE salt /solid shall be recovered as By-
products or send to common TSDF facility.
 MEE condensate shall be partially recycled and partially treated in RO plants.
 RO permate shall be reused for cooling tower makeup.
 Sewage to be treated in proposed STP @ 100 KLD & treated water to be used for gardening & utility.
 Hence, wastewater generation and disposal shall have minimum impact on surface waters and ground
waters.
 There shall be sufficient holding capacity for storage of treated and untreated effluent (Atleast 3 days)
 Proper housekeeping practices shall be followed in the unit to maintain clean and clear environment and
prevent contamination of surface runoffs and storm waters.
 The plant shall be provided with well structured storm water drainage network for preventing surface run-
offs from mixing into sewers during monsoon.
 During monsoon, periodic monitoring of storm water shall be carried out to ensure that it is not
contaminated.
For Performance monitoring of treatment systems, proponent shall provide following measures:
system at company’s website as well as at GPCB xgn portal shall be provided.

 To take utmost care to prevent leakages from pipe fittings, valves etc., garland drains shall be provided at
all plants and tank farms to route such occasional effluents to ETP.
Further suggestions by EIA Consultant:

 The inlet effluent quality shall be analysed periodically for consistency in parameters and their values and
suitability of the treatment scheme should be ascertained.
 More provision should be made for buffer storage of effluent during contingencies such as equipment
breakdowns, heavy rains, discharge constraints etc.
 Consider EMP for unforeseen waste stream generation due to equipment breakdown or emergency control
Causes or source of generation of wastewater stream can be -
- Spillage from drums, bags etc.
- Leakage from drums, bags, reactors, tanks, vessels, pipelines, valves, etc.

- Vessel washing, container washing

For such effluent generation, following measures should be taken,
All plant buildings handling chemicals shall be provided with garland drains which shall be connected to
separate collection tank for storage of such unexpected effluents. This effluent shall be analysed in
laboratory for giving suitable treatment in controlled manner in the ETP. Untreatable effluent shall be sent
for incineration.
10.6 EMP FOR IMPACTS ON NOISE LEVELS

Sources of noise generation and resultant increase in ambient noise levels of nearby villages is estimated using
mathematical model. Pl. refer section for prediction and mitigation of impacts on ambient noise
The prediction indicates that there shall be negligible increase in ambient noise levels after the proposed project.
For noise abatement, following measures shall be taken -
- Internal village roads shall not be used for transport
- Use of acoustic enclosures for boiler installations
For minimizing and controlling noiselevels, following measures are proposed :
- Ear muffs and ear plugs to operators
10.7 EMP FOR IMPACTS ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

 Land pollution due to industrial wastewater percolation is eliminated through discharge of treated effluent
into underground pipeline which shall dispose the effluent finally into deep sea.
 Sewage water shall be treated in STP and treated sewage water shall be reused within the premises.
 Storm water shall be collected and adequately drained. The unit shall install online pH meters in storm
water drains. In addition to suggestions given in section 10.5, EIA consultant has suggested to implement
pre-monsoon maintenance schedule for clearing all stormwater drains and take appropriate precautionary
measures to prevent contaminated run-offs from mixing in storm water by regular analysis and necessary
cordoning of process, ETP and storage areas. All such areas which pose contamination of storm water
should be provided with garland drains going to ETP.
 Fugitive emissions and fugitive dusts shall be controlled as discussed in chapter 4.
10.7.1 Hazardous/Non Hazardous Waste Management

Storage
Total 17 no. of hazardous wastes covered in 12 categories of the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, excluding by-products, shall be generated from proposed production
activities.
Proponent is committed to provide adequate facilities for collection, storage and disposal of Hazardous and solid
wastes inline with the requirements of Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)
Rules, 2016 and authorization granted by GPCB.
Landfilling Wastes shall be sent to Dahej TSDF site of M/s. BEIL.

UPL will try to send maximum organic residue waste to cement industries; balance quantity will be sent to common
incineration facilities/Captive Incineration. In case of capacity constraint at Common Incineration, the unit will set up
captive incinerator as per CPCB guidelines.
Letter of Intent is obtained from Ambuja Cements Limited for accepting organic solid / hazardous wastes from this
unit for co-processing at their plant at P.O Ambujanagar, Taluka Kodinar, District Gir-Somnath, Gujarat. Copy is
For applicable by-products, UPL has included them in Hazardous wastes and shall obtain authorization under Rule 9
of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. Adequate storage
facilities shall be provided.

Proponent is committed to ensure that the actual users have valid authorization for utilization of the by-products
under Rule 9 of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.
Letter of acceptance is obtained from M/s. BEIL for accepting landfill waste at their Dahej TSDF site and incinerable
waste at CHWIF site at Ankleshwar. Copy is annexed as Annexure – 27.
Wastes shall be segregated and stored in separate areas having covered roof and concrete flooring.
Appropriate leachate collection system shall also be provided. Leachate shall be sent to ETP for treatment and
disposal. Details are given in chapter 2.
To ensure proper handling, storage and disposal of hazardous/non-hazardous wastes, the following measures have
been suggested by the EIA agency.
 Proper monthly records of generation, storage and disposal of hazardous waste shall be maintained in a record
register as per the format of Form-3 of The Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary
Movement) Rules, 2016.
 Annual returns of the disposal of wastes shall be submitted regularly to the local office.
 Necessary preventive steps should be adopted for handling, loading and unloading hazardous wastes.
 Proponent has planned to explore possibilities for reducing manual handling of hazardous wastes wherever
possible - by packing the waste at place of generation, minimum transport distances, transport in closed
containers, minimum inventory of wastes.
 Proponent shall keep a vigilant check on the characteristics of each waste and review storage and disposal
methods periodically.
10.7.2 Fly ash utilization
Fly ash handling shall be carried out as per directions given in Coal Handling guidelines of CPCB and GPCB.
Fly ash shall be collected in silos. It shall be sold to brick manufacturers and other endusers to the best possible
extent and balance shall be sent for landfilling at TSDF site of BEIL.
Letter of intent is obtained from M/s. Premier Minerals & Chemical Industries, Panoli for accepting fly ash for
manufacturing fly ash brick manufacturer. Copy of same is annexed as Annexure – 31.
10.7.3 EMP for impacts on Human (social) Environment

• Air emissions shall be controlled vigilantly
• Effluent shall be treated adequately in ETP before discharge into deep sea. Hence there shall be no
discharge of effluent on land or inland water bodies.
• Ground water shall not be used.
• The plant sections shall be built with proper safety features and safety equipment and devices at all
required locations
• Fire hydrant system shall be provided to cover all plant facilities
• Fire extinguishers shall be placed at all required locations of plant facilities
• Fire tender and ambulance shall be provided
• Safety and health of workers and surrounding residents shall be ensured through proper SOPs, safety
devices, fail-safe instrumentation, interlocks, sound equipment, LDAR systems, emergency control systems
and procedures, etc.
• Automation shall be used wherever possible and feasible
• Noise shall be controlled by -
• Placing of unwanted material as noise barriers along noise emitting area
• Ear muffs and ear plugs to workers
• Transporters shall be instructed to follow road safety and use well maintained trucks and tankers
• Restrooms shall be provided for truck drivers and assistants
• Night time maintenance activities shall be avoided as far as possible
• Use of internal roads for movement of trucks and loaders shall be restricted during silent hours

10.8 EMP FOR IMPACTS ON HUMAN (ECONOMICAL) ENVIRONMENT

Proposed manpower :
EPC contractor
During Operational phase : The project shall generate employment to approx. 600 permanent employees and also
about 800 nos. on contractual basis during operational phase comprising of skilled and unskilled manpower.

employment Manager
Approximate 32 92 120 356 800 1400
no. required
As per the terms and conditions of GIDC, proponent is committed to give employment as per Government rules and
regulation and shall fill at least 85% posts in the unit by local persons according to skill and unskilled and academic
qualification. At least 65% posts of managerial and supervisory cadres shall be filled by local persons.
Priority shall be given to land losers of Dahej Industrial Estate and local affected people.
(Definition of ‘local person’as given in GIDC plot allotment letter:- a person domiciled in Gujarat State for the last 15
years)
Project specific training shall be imparted to enhance skills and increase local people.
The local skilled and unskilled workmen shall get opportunity to work in a well-managed and organized industry
having all basic amenities and facilities for employees and a safe and clean work environment.
 housekeeping,
 security,
Employees shall be covered under insurance and other benefits of employment are also made available.
10.9 EMP FOR IMPACTS ON ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The management of air, water and land environment as proposed in the previous sections, shall ensure that there is
no adverse impact on the terrestrial and aquatic ecology of the area.
10.10 EMP FOR USE OF FUEL RESOURCES

Coal and Furnace Oil are presently available in good supply and feasible rates in the project area. It shall be
ensured that the supply and quality of these fuels remain consistent.
10.11 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT THROUGH HOUSEKEEPING

To assist in planning housekeeping practices, few suggestions are given by EIA Consultant:
 To prepare a check-list for maintaining good housekeeping in the plant premises.
 To regularly inspect the housekeeping in various sections of the plant
 The passages, floors and stairways should be kept in good condition

 Internal roads and major walkways as well as work areas should be carpeted either by asphalt or
paverblocks to minimize dusting as well as provide ease of transportation and movement.
 Walkways should be free from obstructions, as well as marked
 All equipment and auxiliaries, piping should be labeled appropriately
 Piping Colour code to be followed
 Wastes to be collected in separate containers with labels and marking in each department and sent to
common waste collection area in the factory for disposal.
 Spill Control procedures to be developed and given to shift incharge.
 Sweeping to be done in all departments on daily basis.
 Electrical wirings should be properly housed
 Localized extraction and scrubbing facilities for dust and fumes should be provided wherever required.
The proponent has assured to follow these suggestions at the most possible extent.
10.12 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HAZARD MANAGEMENT

The materials involved are of toxic and flammable nature. The major hazardous materials, their inventories and their
hazardous properties are tabulated in chapter 2, section 2.7.2 and Annexure- 26.
The unit shall be an MAH installation in accordance to the schedule 3 of MSIHC rules, 2000
The probable hazards related to the various operations and processes will be assessed and suitable control
measures will be provided based on hazop studies and risk assessment. Details can be referred in risk assessment
and DMP report submitted separately by project proponent.
Preventive Measures provided

Chilled water circulation, Flame proof fittings, Tank level control on DCS. CCOE License premises, Earthing and
Bonding, Tank insulated with Urethane puff insulation , SOP for tanker unloading, Flame arrester provided on tank
Top, Lightning arrester provided near to tank, Gas Leak Detectors
Control Measures Provided :- Fire hydrant system, Fire tender, Portable Fire Extinguishers, Foam Tender, Water
Hydrant and Monitor, Self Contained Breathing Apparatus, Flame proof spanner , Dyke wall for containment, Shower
& Eye Washers near Tank Farm Area, Ambulance
Arrangements proposed for ensuring Health & Safety of workers engaged in handling Hazardous /Toxic
materials (Compliance of Specific TOR No. 14) :
10.12.1 Control of Exposure levels of hazardous chemicals

All measures taken for control of fugitive emissions of HC vapors and fugitive dust detailed in section 4.8.7 of
chapter 4 shall also ensure that the permissible exposure levels shall not exceeded. Gas detectors and sensors
shall also be installed at critical locations for early detection.
Odour control plan as described at section 10.4.3 shall also control exposure levels.
Handling of hazardous chemicals at various stages of operation will be carried out under supervision of trained
supervisor and adequate information to the operating personnel will be provided. Handling of bulk quantity of raw
materials, finished goods having hazard of fire, toxic release, and corrosive effect will be identified & taken
consideration for control.
All hazardous/toxic chemicals MSDS copy will be available at all location.
FIRST AID BOXES:

First aid box- 10 nos in all departments shall be installed and all the necessary items shall be maintained by OHC.
They shall be inspected on regular interval of one month.
10.12.2 Occupational Health centre (OHC)

Occupational Health Centre is declared near main gate and factory medical officer shall visit schedule is once in a
week. The OHC shall have necessary equipment and arrangements for first-aid treatments. The OHC shall be
manned with Medical assistant and trained first-aiders round the clock.

List of trained first aider which is trained approved organization shall be kept in all ECC as well as in OHC and safety
notice board to get help in organizing for medical help major problem.
Antidotes for major chemicals handled by the unit are identified and listed as follows. These shall be made available
at OHC.
List of antidotes is attached as Annexure-21.
10.12.3 Onsite Medical treatment

A CIH certified Factory Medical Officer shall be appointed by the unit to cater to medical needs of the employees, for
various categories i.e general, orthopedics, ENT, etc.
Following hospitals shall be contacted for medical treatment, both the hospitals are having specialist panel of doctors
and modern medical equipment and facilities.
 PATEL WELFARE HOSPITAL (BHARUCH)
 CIVIL HOSPITAL (BHARUCH)
 CIVIL HOSPITAL (DAHEJ)
Unit shall also have its own ambulance equipped with following facilities. The ambulance is manned with 3 drivers
round the clock. Facilities in own ambulance :
 Medical Oxygen : 3 Nos
 Eye wash bottle : 2 Nos
 First Aid box : 1 No
 Stretcher : 2 Nos
 Ambush Bag : 1 No
 SCBA Set : 1 No
 Water Cooler – 5 ltrs. : 1 No.
Company will provide Ambulance service to local affected people as and when required on justifiable basis.
10.12.4 Medical examination practice
Pre-employment medical check-up

All new appointments will first undergo pre-medical check-up carried out by Factory Medical Officer [FMO].
General clinical examination, blood and urine test will be carried out for all new appointments.
Based on the findings of general check-up F.M.O. will decide for any further detailed check-up.
On recommendation in the prescribed format F.M.O. will declare FIT / UNFIT for a given occupation in Form No. 33
of Factory Act.
Type of Tests conducted Examining

employment agency
For company  Physical Examination. External
employees as  Hematology Profile - Complete Blood Count with Differential Count, E S R hospital
as well as  & Blood Group & Rh factor.
contract based  Liver Profile - S C G O T, S G P T & Serum Bilirubin.
workers  Kidney Profile - Blood, Urea, Uric Acid & Creatinine.
 Lipid Profile - Cholesterol, Trigycerides, HDL - Cholesterol – VLDL
Cholesterol, LDL Cholesterol, Cholesterol - HDL Cholesterol Ratio (Risk
Factor).
 Infectious Disease Profile - ELISA, HbsAG (Australia Antigen), V D R L.
 General Tests - Routine Urine & Stool Examination
 X - Ray Chest - P A View
 E C G Signed by Cardiologist
 Blood Sugar
 Sonography

Annual medical examination

 Full medical checkup of all employees as well as contract workers shall be carried out annually and records
shall be maintained.
 Follow up action on abnormal findings will be taken and record maintained in a personal file suitable
corrective / preventive action shall be taken.
 Health Register in Form No. 32 (prescribed under Rule 68 T and 102) shall be maintained.
 Certificate of fitness shall be issued to workers by factory medical officer in Form No. 33.
Type of Test done in medical report Examining

employment agency
Company  History & Physical Examination by external
employees as  Complete Blood Count hospital
well as  Vision Test – Far, Near & Colour
contract  Audiometric Test – Air Conduction
employees  Computerized Electrocardiography
 Computerized Lung Function Test
 Lipid Profile (Cholesterol, HDL Cholesterol, LDL Cholesterol, Triglycerides)
 Liver Function tests (SGPT, SGPT)
 Kidney Function Test (BUN, Creatinine)
 Thyroid Stimulating Hormone (TSH)
 Thyroid Stimulating Hormone (TSH)
 Digital Retinoscopy (Diabetes, Hypertension, Glaucoma, Age related
Macular degeneration, Retinitis pigmentosa.)
 More Liver Function tests (Bilirubin , Alkaline phosphatase, Proteins,
GGTP)
 S. Calcium ( Bone test)
 S Uric acid (test for joints)
 Anaemia Profile (Total Iron, TIBC, % Transferrin saturation
Safe Operating Procedures
SAFETY COMMITTEE: Safety Committee shall be constituted as per the requirement of Factory Act 1948.Unit
Head and Site Safety Manager [SHE] will be Chairman and Secretary respectively.
There shall be Safe Operating Procedures (SOPs) drafted for hazardous operations, handling of hazardous
chemicals and critical equipment. Such SOPs are already in practice at other units of UPL. Few SOPs of Unit-5,
Jhagadia are annexed as Annexure -29.
Workers shall be given regular trainings on these SOPs in local language. It shall be ensured by EHS cell that these
SOPs are implemented and followed vigilantly.
Workers shall also be educated through Safety information books, display, slogans, safety boards available.
10.12.5 Training
Induction Training : All new employees will be trained for minimum Safety requirement & handling of
Hazardous/toxic chemicals.
Regular Training : In-house Training programs as well as programs with help of outside agencies on Health
hazards and safety for the workers and staff. Trainings shall cover topics on fire fighting, awareness training for
hazards, first aid etc.
LIST OF TRAINING PROGRAM:

Sr. No Title of training program
1 Fire fighting theory & Practical
2 Portable fire fighting equipments & fixed installation
3 Personal Protective equipment ( Respiratory & non respiratory)
4 Incident prevention techniques

Sr. No Title of training program

5 First aid certificate course( By St. John Ambulance association)
6 Hazard Identification & elimination
7 Effective implementation of permit to work system
8 Emergency Response Team
9 Emergency preparedness & role of employees
10 On-site emergency plan and specific role of key personnel
11 Role of supervisor in safety
12 Job safety analysis
13 Material safety data sheet
14 Risk Assessment
10.12.6 Fund allocation for Occupational Health and Safety measures

Appropriate fund allocation shall be done for implementing Occupational Health and Safety measures as delineated
in Safety Manual and standard procedures and directions.
Towards management of occupational health and safety in the unit, provisions to be made for maintaining an
efficient system are described hereunder:
 Safe and ergonomic design and layout of plant, machinery, tools and control equipments keeping in view the
safety and pollution prevention in mind.
 Effective pollution control measures for land, water and air.
 Process equipment designed and fabricated as per standards for safe and efficient working
 Proper handling of all spillages by introducing spill control procedures for various chemicals.
 Hazardous Zone Classification done for entire site
 Sufficient parking area with unidirectional vehicular movement with separate entry and exit.
 Two or more staircases on each floor in all high rise buildings (more than four floors).
 Sufficient lighting, ventilation, drinking water facility, sanitary blocks, fire fighting and first aid arrangements.
 Work permit system for specific task
 PPE as per operations shall be provided and it shall be ensured that workers make proper use of PPE
 Regular workplace monitoring as per GFR to be carried out and records maintained in prescribed form 37.
 Explore methods for reducing the fugitive emissions.
 Hazardous chemicals stored in their respective specified area.
 Material safety data sheet for all the concerned materials to be available at the site.
 Adequate fire fighting equipments provided at relevant areas.
 Fire alarms and LEL detectors to be installed in process plants and storage areas.
 Emergency telephone numbers displayed at required places.
 Regular Safety audits shall be conducted by internal team as well as third party in compliance with GFR
 Planned schedule for inspections of safety devices shall be followed and records shall be maintained.
 On-site emergency plan to be prepared and upgraded periodically.
 Separate ways / gates for entry and exit in project premises.
Further suggestions by EIA Consultant:

 All aspects of Industrial hygiene and occupational health such as
- noise minimization,
- proper illumination at all floors,
- minimum exposure to fugitive emission while charging,
- proper plant layout and equipment design to provide correct working postures and body postures,
- suitable platforms and ladders to minimize accidents due to movements, etc
shall be considered at the time of detail engineering of the project.
 Since there are more than one main raw material for many of the products, it is suggested to implement
stringent three level permit system for raw material issue from warehouse and tankfarms before indenting in
process plants so as to minimize misoperations and batch failures due to miscommunication or operator flaws

and errors. A good record keeping practice should be maintained. Store activities need to be given due
importance and handled by qualified personnel.
 ensure that the transporters of hazardous chemicals are provided with PPE and carry trem cards during
transportation
 Approach distance to any staircase shall not be more than 30 mt on each floor.
 To observe the NBC norms for parking, margins, etc. for building construction projects
10.13 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

10.13.1 Green belt development proposal
Greenbelt means an area or strip of plantations in which scientifically chosen species of trees and shrubs are
planted to serve any one or more of following purpose :
 Air pollution attenuation
 Noise pollution attenuation
 Wind erosion
 Ecology Restoration
 Habitat restoration
 Groundwater quality improvement
 Soil quality improvement
In designing a greenbelt, following aspects are to be considered :
 Geological features
 Hydrology
 Climate and weather conditions
 Seasonal variations
 Soil characteristics
 Native Flora and Fauna
 Present Biodiversity
As per Generic TOR No. 7(IX), Proponent is committed to develop minimum 33% area within the plot as greenbelt
consisting of peripheral and patches. UPL has successfully developed good greenbelts at their other manufacturing
units as can be seen in below photographs of green belts at other units of UPL.
Table 10-1 Photographs of greenbelts at other units of UPL
Unit # 00 at Vapi Unit # 01 at Ankleshwar
Unit # 02 at Ankleshwar Unit # 03 at Ankleshwar

Unit # 04 at Halol
At Unit # 05 Jhagadia

EIA consultant for this project – M/s. Siddhi Green Excellence Private Limited, have suggested a plan for Green belt
Development to cover 34.81% of plot area (approx 263005.16 sq. m plot area). This plan is based on an
assessment for listing all species that suit the soil and water properties of the area based on the following:
 CPCB guidelines for green belt development
 SEAC guidelines for suitable green belt species for South Gujarat
 Native species observed in the terrestrial survey of baseline study for the project
Proponent has agreed to develop greenbelt in line with the suggested plan. Plantations shall be done at the time of
construction of plant facilities.
This plan is delineated in the following sections.
Proposed green belt development areas are marked on site plan attached as Annexure – 16.
10.13.2 Plantation areas
Table 10-2 Areas Green Belt for Development within the plant site
Ref. No. in green belt
layout diagram Area Area sq. m
(Annexure -16)
GB-01 At the periphery of MP- 4 plant 38564.80
At the periphery of MP – 2 and adjacent to parking
GB-02 57558.56
area
GB-03 Between MP – 4 Plant and well 18395.00
Along the periphery near coal & ash storage, ETP,
GB-04 50406.55
PP-1,2,3 & incineration units-1,2,3
GB-05 Near parking area and security office (Gate-4) 9632.51
GB-06 Near parking area (Gate-3) 52265.01
GB-07 Between parking area and canteen (Gate-2) 35366.58
GB-08 Near canteen and security office 816.15
263005.16
Total
(34.81% of site area)

10.13.3 Action plan for Green belt development
Plantation areas and species to be planted

An assessment is done by EIA Consultant for listing all species that suit the soil and water properties of the area
based on the following:
 CPCB guidelines for green belt development
 SEAC guidelines for suitable green belt species for South Gujarat
 Native species observed in the terrestrial survey of baseline study for the project
Table 10-3 Suitable Tree and shrubs for Green Belt development
Sr. Area Expected Suitable Species For Green Belt
No. Pollutant/Specialty To Scientific Name Common Name
Pollutants/Air Pollutant
Attenuation
1 GB-04 & GB-05 Coal dust Shrub:
Fly Ash Citrus lemon Limbu
Coal Yard SO2, Acacia catechu Khair
and Ash silos NOx Ixora coccinea Ixora
Euphorbia neriifolia Thor
Clerodenron phlomoides Arni
Tree:
Ficus benghalensis Banyan tree
Mangifera indica Mango tree
Aegle marmelos Bili
Ficus religiosa Peepal Tree
Tectona grandis Sag
Butea monosperma Khakharo
Terminalia arjuna Arjun
Ficus elastica Indian Rubber Tree
Acacia auriculiformis Australian Baval
Terminalia catappa Badam
Acacia nilotica Baval
Albizia procera White siris
Azadirechta indica Neem tree
Eucalyptus hybrid Mysore gum
Gliricidia sepium Mexican lilac
Pithecellobium dulce Goras Amli
Dalbergia sisoo Sisam
Casuarina glauca Sharu
Cocos nucifera Coconut tree
2 GB-01, GB-02, GB-03, Process emissions and Suspended particulate matter(SPM)
GB-06, GB-07, GB-08 fugitive emissions from Shrub:
tank farms Calotropis procera Ankado
Calotropis gigantea Moto Ankado
Plumeria rubra Champa
Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jasood
Thevetia peruviana Pili Karen
Nerium indicum Karen
Lantana camara Lantana
Lantana salvifolia Bhuru lantana
Tree:
Aegle marmelos Bili
Azadirecta indica Neem tree


Attenuation
Cassia fistula Garmala
Eucalyptus River red gum
camaldulensis (Nilgiri)
Eucalyptus moluccana Grey box (Nilgiri)
Eucalyptus globules Nilgiri
Phoenix dactylifera Khajuri
Casuarina equisetifolia Jangli saru
Moringa oleifera Saragvo
Sulphur dioxide (SO2)
Shrub:
Tree
Aegle marmelos Bili
Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni
Cassia siamea Kasid
Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu
Emblica officinalis Amla
Salvadora oleoides Piludi
Salvadora persica Piludi
Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav
Psidium guajava Jamphal
Syzygium cumini Jambu
Tamarindus indica Imli
Pithecelobium dulce Goras Amli
Holoptelia integrifolia Khanjho
Zizyphus mauritiana Bordi
Delonix regia Gulmohar
Nitogen oxide (NOx)
Shrub:


Attenuation
Tree:
Aegle marmelos Bili
Delonix regia Gulmohar
Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu
Holoptelia integrifolia Kanju
Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav
Tamarindus indica Imli
Zizyphus mauritiana Bordi
Salvadora oleoides Piludi
Salvadora persica Piludi
Other than pollution abatement, following species are suggested to support and maintain the local ecological
systems
Nitrogen fixer Tree:
Albizia lebbeck Siris
Leucaena leucocephala Subabul
Economical Tree:
Albizia lebbeck Siris
Cocus nucifera Nariyel
Tectona grandis Sag
Tolerant Tree:
Anogeissus latifolia Dhaura
Samanea saman Rain tree

Terminalia chebula Hardo

Attract birds & insects Shrub:
Plumeria rubra Champa
Cassia auriculata Aval
Ixora coccinea Ixora
Tree:
Bombax ceiba Simlo
Spathodea
Indian tulip tree
campanulata
Sesbania grandiflora Agasti
Terminalia bellerica Bahera
Attract arboreal animals Tree:
Noise breaker Tree:
Dalbergia sisoo Sisham
Wind breaker Tree:
Terminalia chebula Hardo
Fruits for Birds Tree:
Terminalia catappa Badam
Punica granatum Dadum
Manilkara hexandra Rayan
Morus alba Shetur
Psidium guajava Guava
Annona Squamosa Sitaphal
Carica Papaya Papaya
Ornamental Tree:
Peltophorum Copper pod tree
pterocarpum
Bombax ceiba Simlo
Roystonea regia Royal palm
10.13.4 Type of plantation

Along internal roads : Plantation need to be done in 3 lines i.e. first line of only flowering herbs/shrub, second line
should be of shrub/hedge in close spacing and along the road a row of small trees.
Along the periphery : Tall trees with good canopy at a height of 5 m onwards and total height atleast 20 m shall be
planted at a spacing of 2.5 m x 2.5 m and giving a density of 1500 trees per hectare.
At open land area : Small to large trees planted at a spacing of 2.5 m x 2.5 m and giving a density of 1500 trees per
hectare.

Schedule for plantation :

The plantation shall be started from construction phase and completed within five years from start of construction of
project.
Capital and Recurring expenses for green belt development

Basis : 39500 no. of trees to be planted for green belt @ tree density of 1500 trees per hectare
Sr. Particulars Basis of Capital Cost Basis of Additional
No. estimation estimation Recurring
Cost Per
Annum
No. of trees / Unit Rate per (Rs. In lac) Unit Rate per [Rs. In lac]
sq. m tree or per sq. tree or per sq.
m m
1 Saplings 39500 100 39.5 5% of new 1.98
saplings to be
re-planted
2 Plantation 39500 20 7.9 20 0.40
services
3 Maintenance 39500 - - 25 118.50
services
(watering,
trimming,
weeding)
4 Fertilizers and 39500 3 1.19 10 47.40
pesticides
5 Soil filling 263005.16 4 10.5 - -
6 Irrigation 263005.16 30 78.9 Repair and 0.79
layout replacements
@ 1% of total
layout
TOTAL :- 138.0 169.06
Drip irrigation shall be employed for efficient development of the species.
10.13.5 Road side Plantation

Proponent shall plant new trees on GIDC roads in consultation with GIDC, species planted shall be dust absorbers,
SO2 and NOx absorber species :-
Shrub:
Cordia sebestena Cordia
Ixora coccinea Ixora
Thevetia peruviana Pili Karen
Nerium indicum Karen
Tree:
Roystonea regia Royal palm
Cocus nucifera Nariyel
Azadirachta indica Neem
Peltophorum Copper pod tree
pterocarpum

10.14 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Areas considered for roof-top rainwater harvesting are:
Sr.
Location of Roof Area Area in sq. m
No.
1. Administrative block 4636
2. QC lab 2000
3. Others (change room, wash room, internal passages, quarantine) 58608
Total 65244
Total roof top area available for rain water harvesting is 65244 m2. Considering 747.23 mm annual average rain fall,
the potential of roof top rain water harvesting would be (65244*1*747.23) i.e. 4,87,52,274.12 L. Assuming that only
50% of this potential could be stored, the quantity of water available in a year would be (0.5*4,87,52,274.12) i.e.
2,43,76,137.06 L/ year. The quantity of water available for a day would be (2,43,76,137.06 / 365) i.e. 66783.94
L/Day i.e. (66.783 kL/day). It is evident that the rainwater harvesting potential is considerable and may be used for
gardening and washing purposes.
10.15 ENVIRONMENT BUDGET ALLOCATION

Proponent has committed to allot Rs. 209 crore towards investment in environmental management and monitoring.
A draft sheet for individual allotments for air, water and solid waste management is given below :
Table 10-4 Environment Budget Allocation Sheet for the proposed project
Sr. Particulars Capital Basis of cost estimation Additional Basis of cost estimation
No. Cost Recurring Cost
Per Annum
(Rs. In (Rs. In lac)
lac)
1 Air Pollution 1500 Air Pollution Control Measure 20 Power consumption of APCM,
Control (APCM) (Bag filter, Multi manpower costs, maintenance
cyclone separator, ESP,water of APCM systems
scrubber, scrubber systems for
process emissions),
2 Water Pollution 12400 Effluent treatment plant (ETP) 1200 Treatment cost including cost of
Control (1350 KLD * 2) treatment chemicals, pumping
MEE Plant (1200 KLD in three costs, manpower costs, power
modules) consumption, maintenance,
Sewage Treatment Plant replacements
(STP) (100 KLD)
Effluent treatment plant (ETP)
(1350 KLD * 2)
MEE Plant (1200 KLD in three
modules)
Sewage Treatment Plant
(STP) (100 KLD) and their
accessories, Construction of
stormwater network
3 Noise Pollution 2 Acoustic enclosures for utility 1 Noise monitoring &
Control housing, D.G set maintenance of noise
attenuation structures and
devices
4 Environment 50 Installation of online monitoring 10 EMS cell activities,
Monitoring & systems, detector systems, environmental audits,
Management CEMS, Odour Control compliance audits, statutory
Measures, inhouse monitoring compliances, third party
and analytical facilities, third monitoring expenses,
party monitoring arrangements calibration and maintenance of
online systems

Sr. Particulars Capital Basis of cost estimation Additional Basis of cost estimation
No. Cost Recurring Cost
Per Annum
(Rs. In (Rs. In lac)
lac)
5 Occupational 10 Construction of OHC & its 10 Manning of OHC, hiring of
Health & Safety infrastructure facilities, panel doctors, medical
ambulance facility examinations
OHC expenses
6 Green Belt 138 Plantation, irrigation, fertilizers 169 hiring agency for green belt
enhancement & and pesticides maintenance,irrigation and
maintenance fertilizer, pesticides costs
7 Solid /hazardous 6800 Augmentation of storage areas 5 Manpower costs, transportation

waste for different types of wastes in costs
management compliance with the HW rules
togetherwith necessary
infrastructure and equipment
for collection and transport,
incineration plants
TOTAL :- 20900 1415
10.16 CP TECHNIQUES TO BE IMPLEMENTED

The technical management of UPL in conjunction with the corporate headquarters and group units is making
continuous efforts for implementing cleaner production techniques by :-
 reviewing and modifying the manufacturing processes so as to reduce the GIDC water consumption by way of
recycle / resue options,
 raw material optimization
 process modifications
 implementation of advanced technology and equipment
 Automation of processes wherever possible
Cleaner production techniques to be practiced at the unit :-

 Steam condensate recycling / reuse
 Cooling tower & Boiler blowdown water reuse
 Water recycling system : The unit shall install RO system for reusing in process.
After the project is commissioned and stabilized, the proponent is committed to continue its efforts for cleaner
production techniques through raw material optimization & process modifications
10.17 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

UPL Limited is continuously involved in various Socio-economic welfare programmes since 1969 with the inception
of its manufacturing operations at Vapi, Gujarat which indicates an active corporate social responsibility over the last
five decades. The group has central CSR team for planning and execution of CSR activities.
Focus 1 – Education & Empowerment

 Established Smt. Sandraben Shroff Gnyan Dham School at GIDC Vapi in 1972. Gnyan Dham is a CBSC
school having an excellent reputation in South Gujarat with well over 1600 children on roll and over 115
highly trained and efficient staff.
 Established Shroff S R Rotary Institute of Chemical Technology at Ankleshwar in 2011 which has intake
capacity of 300 seats covering Chemical Engineering and other Chemical Technology Courses
 GIDC Rajju Shroff ROFEL Institute of Management Studies ( G R I M S ) is a unique
partnership between the Rotary Foundation for Education and Learning ( ROFEL ), Vapi and the State
Industrial Development Corporation Of Gujarat (G.I.D.C.). G R I M S started its activities in 1999 with

AICTE approval to run the two year full time MBA programme of South Gujarat University and has intake
capacity of 120 seats.
 The Shreemati Puspawati Devidas Shroff Sanskardeep Vidyalaya (Gujarati medium) offers education
from kindergarten to Secondary in Gujarati (Science Stream)
 Supported Shree Gattu Vidyalaya, which was started in 1985 and is one of the oldest schools of
Ankleshwar, providing education from kindergarten to higher secondary, in Gujarat as well as English
medium
 Supported Mobile Education Van project at Ankleshwar.
 EKLAVYA MODEL RESIDENTIAL SCHOOLS (EMRS) IN AHWA, Dist Dang. under PPP to provide
quality middle and high level education to Scheduled Tribe (ST) students
Focus -2 Agriculture Development

Framework of Agri intervention – 1) Capacity building 2) Lab to land 3) Technology intervention
 Capacity building - Farmers Field School (FFS)
FFS is building Farmers capacity at local level . Focus is on Resource conservation, Crop diversification
and Judicious use of scarce resource.
First FFS was established at village Ghoraogacha of Nadia district, West Bangal in year 1999. Till date 24
FFS covering 1603 farmers. All FFS were done in collaboration with local agriculture university and State
department of agriculture.
TRAINING PROGRAMMES
 Farmers training (3-4 days). Agriculture graduates training (2 Months). Agriculture diploma training (1 year).
 Till now we have trained around -10,000 farmers. 15 agriculture graduate .22 agriculture diploma holder
trained.
 Completed 7 batches (Per batch 30 candidates) of Agri Clinic training.
 LAB TO LAND (Agriculture Development) -

 Farmers training school
It aims at knowledge upgradation of farmars wherein various advancements in techniques and methods are
shown to farmers at Vikram Farm, Naholi, Vapi.
•Sugar Cane demonstration , Paddy demonstration ,•Vegetable demonstration ,•Mango orchard, •Teak
plantation etc •Nursury , •Inter-planting. ,•Land Management techniques.
 Dang Paddy Development Project
- Demonstrating high yield paddy seeds with 150 farmers to raise awareness for importance of using good
quality seed and modern farming practices.
- Building farmers capacity through village level training and exposure visits
 SRI Project with AKRSP (I) SRI is popularly known as System of Rice Intensification. It is a methodology/
process of crop cultivation in which all the agronomic principles related to crop production of the crop are
put into practices.
 Technology intervention
UPL is implementing pilot project in partnership of AKRSP (I) in 5 villages to establish SRI model in Paddy and
enhance paddy productivity and food security of 350 tribal farmers through SRI in Dang district of Gujarat.
Available & shown to farmers/ villagers at UPL Vikram Farm, Naholi - Three in one planter, Two in one
fertilizer,Stubble Shaver,•Manure dropper in Furrow •Jacto sprayer ,•Trash Shedder
Focus 3 – Health & Sanitation

SANDRA Shroff ROFEL College of Nursing
-Institute was started in year 2003-2004 offering 4 years BSc Nursing course recognized by Indian Nursing council,
New Delhi and Gujarat Nursing council, Ahmedabad. Institute started MSc Nursing since 2011
-Institute is affiliated to South Gujarat University.
-Practical training at Rotary Hospital, VAPI. Specialty and super specialty training at Silvassa, Baroda and Surat

Focus 4 – Nature conservation

UPL Vasudha Project” (which in Sanskrit means the Mother Earth, the giver of wealth). Project objective is “To
integrated nature conservation project involving various stakeholders” and we will do it by creating awareness with
all stakeholders for nature conservation. We will form VasudhaSangh (Eco Clubs) in schools and will nurture them
to champion nature conservation activities in respective villages / Schools. We have started with 20 schools around
Vapi and are making effort to empower eco clubs to participate and take up meaningful environmental activities and
projects. We are trying to create a forum through which students can reach out to influence and engage their parents
and neighbourhood communities to promote sound environmental behavior.
Focus 5 - CSR @ Plant Site

We Are United (WAU) - is an Employee Volunteering Programme of UPL Limited and is started with an objective
of taking ‘Employee Volunteering’ forward at UPL plant locations in structured manner. It’s a platform for employees
and their family members to utilize their time, skill and energy to improve the quality of life of the needy and to
integrate business and the basic human nature of giving back to society.
UPL CSR internship provides students a chance to work in community initiative projects of the UPL Group and,
thereby make an effort to develop students understanding for community needs and important issues of rural India.
Future prospective projects
conceived the Model Village Plan under Units CSR work and working on adopting 3-5 villages and to work around
model village concept.
CSR activities carried out in and around Bharuch District
1 2 3 4 5
Sr CSR project/activity Sector in Projects/Programmes Amount spent Direct
No. identified which the Local state/district or through
project is areas/others implementing
covered agency*
1 Shroff S. R. Rotary Institute Promoting At & P – Vataria District – Ankleshwar Rotary
of Chemical Technology Education 393135 Bharuch, Gujarat Education Society
(SRICT) an institution Tal – Valia
specializing in chemical
technology to provide the
specific needs of the Chemical
Industry in Gujarat
2 UPL Niyojaniya Kendra is a Livelihood Makarpura District - S R Shroff Aajivika
Skill Development center to Enhancement Bharuch, Gujarat Trust (SRSAT)
provide industry-specific skills
like Chemical Operator, Fitter,
Electrician, Plumber etc
3 UPL KhedutPragati Project Livelihood Villages around District - S R Shroff Aajivika
for promotion of intermediate Enhancement Jhagadia Bharuch, Gujarat Trust (SRSAT)
technology, Kitchen Garden,
Drumstic promotion etc.
4 Model Village Project - Rural AT & PO - District - Direct by Company
Development Support to Development Jhagadia Bharuch, Gujarat
community around factory
location. Support like School
bag and book provisioning,
Infrastructure support, Medical
Support etc.
5 UPL Vasudha Project for Environment AT & PO - District - S R Shroff Aajivika
nature conservation involving Sustainability Jhagadia Bharuch, Gujarat Trust (SRSAT)
various stakeholders by
creating awareness.
6 UPL Suraksha Abhyaan Special AT & PO - District - Direct by Company
1) for Industrial Training Education Jhagadia Bharuch, Gujarat
Institute (ITI) to create
awareness among ITI students
on Occupational Health &

1 2 3 4 5
Sr CSR project/activity Sector in Projects/Programmes Amount spent Direct
No. identified which the Local state/district or through
project is areas/others implementing
covered agency*
Safety especially in chemical
industry.
2) For Girls safety to create
awareness in school children to
safeguard the girl child against
any kind of exploitation and
sexual harassment
Annual CSR report is published and also uploaded on company’s website http://www.uplonline.com/csr/.
Abstract from annual report of 2015-16 is given below :
“Corporate Social Responsibility
Actual spend on various CSR activities in 2014-15 was Rs.10.93 crores. During the year, the CSR expenditure incurred by the
Company”was Rs. 11.56 crores. This is higher than 2% of the average profit of the last three years. The CSR initiatives taken up
by the Company are in the areas of Education, Agricultural development, Skill Development, Societal Hygiene, Nature
Conservation, Drought relief, Safety awareness for girls, workers in chemical industry, healthcare, etc.
Education initiatives are for primary and higher education in Vapi and Ahwa, which is in backward district of Dang. Around
2000 students study in these schools every year. State-ofArt engineering college is set up at Ankleshwar for providing technical
education in different fields of engineering. A nursing college is established in Vapi which offers nursing courses.
This training will ensure latest scientific methods for treatment of patients which is sometimes lacking in rural and semi-urban
areas.
Agriculture Development initiatives consists of imparting of education and training to farmers for scientific methods of agriculture,
installation of drip irrigation, Paddy development projects in Dang, etc.
With the funding from the Company, four skill development centres are established in Vadodara, Bharuch and Halol. Two ITIs
are set up for youths for imparting modern methods of learning. These initiatives help the young population to get suitable
employment in factories around such centres. 75 new Self Help Groups (SHG) were also provided financial support.
Various sanitation projects were taken up which include construction of toilets in schools. Other education initiatives
were taken up for creating awareness about hygiene and sanitation in the minds of young students. Nature conservation
initiatives were taken such as Ecoclubs in community schools, Tree Plantations, Saras Conservation
projects etc. Some of the other CSR activities are Girls Safety Project, Occupational Health and Safety, Education, Highway
Safety awareness, training to students for CSR internship, etc.
These projects are in accordance with the activities included in Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013, and the Company’s
CSR policy. ”
For the proposed project, UPL is committed to allocate Rs. ~ 60 crore (2.5 % of the project cost) towards the
Enterprise Social Commitment for CSR activities to be carried out around the project site within a time span
of five years after the project is operational.
The EIA Consultant has conducted a need assessment based on the socio-economic baseline survey results and
suggested CSR activities that can be added to UPL’s CSR programme, which will support the government
programmes.
Based on the same and suggestions received from village sarpanch during baseline survey visit, proponent UPL has
drafted CSR plan for this project as under :

10.17.1 Preliminary Draft CSR activities for this project

Table 10-5 CSR activities – preliminary plan
I. UPL Niyojaniy Kendra (Skill Development)
“Niyojaniy” is a Hindi word meaning employable. The UPL Niyojaniy Kendra is a skill training centre that aims to
make youth employable, hence the name. UPL shall establish one centre in area under the S R Shroff Aajivika Trust
to equip the school dropout youth with the skills needed to become financially independent.
Objective for UPL Niyojaniy Kendra is to provide comprehensive skills training on industry specific skills like welding,
fitting, electrical, Chemical Plant Operator and Instrument Operator Chemical Plant and prepare the youths for job
opportunities in the surrounding industries.
Before every intake, UPL will conduct mobilization drives in the villages to make the youth aware about the training
and its prospects.
II. UPL KhedutPragati Programme (Agriculture Development)
Khedut = Farmer & Pragati = Progress

Objective for UPL KhedutPragati Programme is to progress for farmer.
Majority of people in area are still dependent on agriculture.
Multiple agri projects will be taken up underthe umbrella of
“UPL KhedutPragati Programme.
The framework of UPL KhedutPragati Programme focuses on three crucial aspects:

A. Capacity building
B. Lab to Land
C. Technology intervention
III. UPL GramPragati (Village Development)
UPL GramPragati is a cluster based community development approach which takes group of village as unit as
against isolated village or a project centric approach. The advantage under UPL GramPragati will be focused and

integrated approach for alleviation of poverty and inequalities and development of backward areas. All these will be
based on local resources and traditional skills available within the local community. GramPragati is achieved by
1. Need based infrastructure projects (last mile financing)

2. Education
3. Sustainable livelihood.
4. Nature conservation.
5. Empowering Community.
IV. UPL School Sanitation Programme
UPL will work on UPL School Sanitation Programme by making toilet blocks in surrounding schools. When UPL work
on sanitation programme, building toilets is only the beginning and possibly the easiest part. To make it sustainable
sanitation programme UPL will also work on 5 major issues :-
A. A toilet has no meaning without availability of water – Even though it would add first to the overall initial
investment. UPL will ensure water facility is connected to school toilet complex.
B. The second important issue is changing hygiene habits of kids going to school. Merely providing a toilet in school
might not work when the kid is used to answering nature's call in the open fields. Even teachers have that habit. UPL
will work on behavioral aspect.
C. The third issue is maintaining the toilets, keeping the soak pits clean for instance so that it doesn’t becomes
breeding ground for germs and diseases. This can be done by having a token fee of Rs 1 per month, which goes in
funding the maintenance. This is important because after the initial thrust School toilet has to be self-sustaining and
not supported only through external financial aid.
D. The fourth issue with school toilets is about ownership. How to make the students responsible for the process?
The idea is to make teacher and student owner of school toilet. UPL will have something like a cabinet, with say one
of the students appointed as health minister who would be responsible with his school mates to run the show.
E. The fifth and final is designing the toilets of the future. For instance, having a biogas unit (technologies to convert
sludge-to-energy, having horticulture to use water, working in new toilet technologies like new pit latrines, septic tank
emptying technologies etc.
V. School Development Programme
UPL will go for School Development Programme and will have provision for infrastructure support to government
school to enhance the access and to provide enabling condition for quality education. Infrastructure support can be
in the area of
 Up gradation of school
 Providing class rooms with furniture, library, Integrated Laboratory, Computer room, Head Art and Craft
room, Toilet Blocks, Drinking water etc.
 Strengthening of existing schools through construction of additional classrooms, Laboratories, Library,
computer room, separate toilets for girls and boys, resource room for Science, etc
 Vocational Education related workshops
 Major repair for school building
This will be a need based initiative and as per availability of funds
VI. UPL Vasudha Programme
The strategy envisaged for Nature Conservation is called as UPL Vasudha Programme.
Vasudha in Sanskrit means the Mother Earth, the giver of wealth. The UPL Vasudha
Programme is aiming for integrated nature conservation
project involving all stakeholders.

Eco Club Project - This is an initiative to make the young generation aware about the importance of protecting nature
and maintaining ecological balance. These clubs are formed in schools and students participate in environment
related activities through these clubs.
UPL Social Forestry Project - To enhance the biodiversity by increasing the forest cover which will give sustainable
livelihood opportunity to local community”.
UPL Mangrove Plantation - Mangroves are plant formations that shelter coastal areas and are the richest
ecosystems due to their habitat as ecoton between the marine and terrestrial environments. For centuries,
mangroves and their ecosystems have significantly contributed to the socio-economic development of coastal
communities by providing a great number of tangible and intangible benefits. The tangible benefits consist of timber
for firewood and construction, as well as non-timber products from the fisheries sector, such as highly-valued fish,
crustaceans and mollusks. On the intangible side, benefits include coastal protection against wave and current
abrasions, shelter and habitat for wildlife, carbon reserves, sediment entrapment, recreation, and, education and
ecotourism. Mangroves also significantly reduce the number of potential victims and damage from natural disasters
and have demonstrated considerable resilience in their patterns of recovery following storms, hurricanes and
tsunami.
10.18 COMPLIANCE TO CREP GUIDELINES

Charter On Corporate Responsibility For Environmental Protection (CREP)
10.18.1 Segregation of waste streams
Segregation and plant specific treatment of waste streams is already proposed

Unit shall have proper segregation system for inorganic effluent, organic Biodegradables effluent, high TDS effluent
and toxic effluent.
High TDS effluent is treated in MEE and the salt generated is disposed off to TSDF. MEE condensate shall be taken
to RO System
Separate treatment plants shall be provided for Inorganic effluent and organic Biodegradable effluent.
Biodegradable Effluent treatment plant consists of primary, Secondary and tertiary treatment; and all parameters are
well within limit.
10.18.2 Improvement in solvent recovery

Solvents shall be recovered at every possible level and recovery of more than 95% shall be achieved through
efficient recovery systems.
10.18.3 Hazardous Air pollutant control

All Hazardous air pollutants from process emissions shall be removed using efficient scrubber systems and the
performance of these scrubbers shall be monitored regularly.
10.18.4 Control of fugitive emissions / VOCs

Fugitive emissions shall be controlled as discussed in chapter 4 and 6 at relevant sections. System of leak detection
and repair (LDAR) programme shall be implemented for solvent transfer operations. Following measures shall be
taken for control of fugitive emissions :
 closed handling system for solvents and reactants, pumps with mechanical seal or seal-less pumps for transfer,
 nitrogen blanketing given to certain storages,
 flame-proof fittings used in the flammable chemicals storage and handling area and plants.
 All safety measures points shall be complied.
 VOCs to be monitored regularly using portable monitors. Preventive maintenance of pumps, valves, pipes etc.
10.18.5 Upgrade of incinerators

Company shall have membership of CHWIF for common Incineration as well as Captive Incinerators with latest
technology and efficient pollution control systems. Company shall also explore utilization of organic waste for co-
processing wherever feasible. Letter of Intent is obtained from Ambuja Cements Limited for accepting organic solid /
hazardous wastes from this unit for co-processing at their plant at P.O Ambujanagar, Taluka Kodinar, District Gir-
Somnath, Gujarat.

10.18.6 Replacement of bioassay test by toxicity factor

Shall be complied once the project is operational.
10.18.7 Minimum scale of production to afford cost of pollution control

For this, a production schedule shall be prepared in advance keeping in view market demand and customer
requirements. Excess production and storage of products and raw materials shall be avoided at large.
10.19 LONG TERM STRATEGIES FOR REDUCTION IN WASTE

Following waste minimization measures shall be undertaken:
Waste minimization measures
Metering and control of quantities of active ingredients to minimize waste
Use of automated filling to minimize spillage.
Use of closed feed system to the reactors
Venting equipments through vapor recovery systems
Use of automated filling to minimize spillage
Use of high pressure hoses for equipment cleaning to reduce water consumption and wastewater generation
UPL has a Green Cell working exclusively on improving in environmental performance by converting waste streams
into valuable products, improving ETP performance etc.
EIA consultant – SGEPL – provides further suggestions for waste minimization from Technical EIA Guidance Manual
for Pesticides Industry and Pesticides specific intermediates – issued by MoEF, Sept 2010.
 Triple-rinsing raw material shipping containers directly into the formulation
 Scheduling production to minimise cleanouts
 Segregating processing/formulating/packaging equipment by:
 individual product
 solvent-based versus water-based formulations
 products that contain similar active ingredients in different concentrations
 packaging products directly from formulation vessels
 using raw material drums for packaging final products
 dedicating equipment (possibly only mix tank or agitator) for “hard-to-clean” formulations
 Housekeeping practices include: ̇
 placing drip pans under leaky valves and fittings or under any valves or fittings where
 hoses or lines are routinely connected and disconnected
 cleaning up spills or leaks in outdoor bulk containment areas to prevent contamination of stormwater
 performing preventive maintenance on all valves, fittings, and pumps
Equipment that promotes pollution prevention by reducing or eliminating wastewater generation includes:
 low-volume/high-pressure hoses
 spray nozzle attachments for hoses
 squeezes and mops
 low-volume/recirculating floor scrubbing machines
 portable steam cleaners
 drum triple rinsing stations
 roofs over outdoor tank farms
10.20 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES

 All rotating equipment shall be provided with variable drive frequency
 Steam condensate shall be returned back
 Boiler blowdown shall be controlled by automatic system to save heatup losses
 Batch processes shall be monitored stringently for heating and cooling operations so that there is minimum loss
of energy and material by way of temperature, pressure and flow controls.
 Level sensors and alarms shall be provided on day vessels to prevent unnecessary pumping energy losses
 Insulations shall be maintained and damaged insulations shall be attended immediately to prevent heat losses

Chapter 11. Summary & Conclusions
11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

Project : The project is to start manufacturing of agrochemicals, intermediates and specialty chemicals at
new unit at Dahej III GIDC Industrial Estate (within PCPIR region), Ta. Vagra, Dist. Bharuch, Gujarat State, India
Name of the Industrial Unit M/s. UPL Limited – henceforth referred to as UPL
Proposed production activityManufacturing of Agrochemicals, Intermediates and Specialty chemicals
@ 307000 MT/Annum
Location of project site Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej – III GIDC Industrial estate (within PCPIR region), Village:
Kadodara, Taluka - Vagra, Dist. Bharuch, State - Gujarat, India.
Address of correspondence M/s. UPL Limited
Plot No. 117/118, Ankleshwar GIDC Industrial estate,
Dist. Bharuch,State - Gujarat,India.
Corporate Headquarters UPL Limited
address UPL House, 610 B/2, Bandra Village, Off Western Express Highway,
Bandra (East), Mumbai 400 051, State – Maharashtra, India
All proposed products are agrochemicals, intermediates and specialty chemicals, therefore their demand in export as
well as domestic market is growing at a reasonably good rate. The proposed project for manufacturing of various
products is based on detailed market survey by research team of UPL Limited.
Many of the proposed products are already manufactured at various units of UPL group in India as well as abroad.
Hence manufacturing process and technology are proven with advanced process control and instrumentation.
For the new products, proven technology shall be procured from reliable sources having global acceptance and
repute.
The proposed new unit shall be accomplished by putting up product specific manufacturing sections. Whereas along
with the production facilities, necessary support infra-structure like Waste Water Treatment plant –ETP,MEE & Water
recycling system (RO), Air pollution control systems, fume incinerator, Captive Incinerator, Hazardous Waste storages
and required Utilities shall be constructed as per requirement.
interlocks, safety devices and adequate process control and instrumentation. Safety system – DCS, PLC, Auto
shutdown, interlock system shall be provided wherever necessary.
Baseline status of environmental components (Water, air, land, ecological systems, climate, social) has been
established for a study area of radial distance of 10 km.
Likely completion time of project construction/commission is considered approximately five years after getting
Environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate change (MoEF&CC) & CTE from Gujarat
Pollution Control Board (GPCB).
Pollution Potential and proposed mitigation measures

 Domestic effluent shall be treated in own STP and treated water shall be used for green belt development
and process.
 The project shall generate industrial wastewater which shall be treated in ETP (By chemical & biological
treatment as well as detoxification) and treated effluent conforming to prescribed discharge norms shall be
disposed into deep sea through u/g conveyance drainage network of GIDC. Proponent has proposed to
install Effluent Treatment Plant for effluent generation @ 1350 KLD x 2 nos. of modules.
 Flue gas emissions from coal based boilers shall be controlled by Electrostatic Precipitator + Water scrubber
systems; there shall be process emission of hydrochloric acid (HCl), sulphur dioxide (SO 2), ammonia (NH3),
phosphorus trichloride (PCl3), Bromine, Hydrogen sulphide (H2S), Phosphorus pentoxide (P2O5), Particulate
matter (PM), phosgene, phosphine, Hydrocarbon (HC) from manufacturing processes for which adequate
scrubber systems shall be provided; fume incinerator shall be provided for thermal destruction of HC and

Chapter 11. Summary & Conclusions
odorous vapors from reaction vessels; captive incinerator shall be provided for solid and liquid incinerable
wastes, fugitive emissions shall be adequately controlled as delineated in chapter 4; hazardous wastes and
non-hazardous wastes shall be adequately stored and disposed in compliance with applicable rules and
regulations
 The direct as well as indirect negative impacts on various environmental components during construction,
erection as well as operational phase of the project have been identified in the study.
 In order to mitigate the negative impacts, adequate mitigation measures have been proposed during
construction, erection and operational phase of the project. The unit shall have an EHS cell to carry out
various environmental management measures.
 Impact Prediction and Assessment for the given project indicates that the project will have negligible impacts
after mitigation.
 There shall be economic benefits during all the three phases of the project against which the possible
adverse social impact is comparatively low.
Various recommendations and suggestions have been given by EIA consultant for improvising the mitigation
measures and proponent has committed to put sincere efforts to include the same to the best possible extent while
planning the EMP and allocate sufficient budget for the same.
Green belt shall be developed to cover ~34.81% of plot area (approx 263005.16 sq. m plot area) (minimum 33%)
within premises as per given five-year programme and budget.
Proponent is committed to take up various social welfare activities in the study area as per requirement and
applicable statutory legislations. A CSR amount of Rs. 60 crore (2.5% of total project cost) shall be spent within five
years after the project is operational.
The risk assessment for the given project indicates minor risk involved owing to the inbuilt safety systems and safety
practices planned for the unit. There shall be fire hydrant system covering the entire unit. Toxic hazards shall be
controlled by proper containment measures. An onsite emergency plan shall be developed and implemented in
compliance with the requirement of Factories Act.
The project shall generate employment :

 During Construction phase : approx. 100 permanent employees and about 500 nos. on contractual basis through
EPC contractor
 During Operational phase : The project shall generate employment to approx. 600 permanent employees and
also about 800 nos. on contractual basis during operational phase comprising of skilled and unskilled manpower.
Proponent is committed to give employment to land losers and local affected people as per Government rules and
regulation. Priority shall be given to local affected people according to skill and academic qualification.
Project specific training shall be imparted to enhance skills and increase employment of local people.
It shall also provide opportunities for trade and commerce and development of ancillary businesses for the local
people during construction phase and operational phase.
The project shall have following country-wide benefits :-

 Add to foreign exchange generated by Exports.
 Reduce dependence on Imports hence reducing Forex risks.
 Contribution to development of agriculture and better products through manufacture of various Fungicides,
Herbicides, Insecticides, Specialty Chemicals and Intermediates Products and Formulations (Solid / Liquid).
 Increase demand for local raw materials
 The project also has considerable trade opportunities for raw material suppliers, domestic supplies, transport
agencies and the like.
It is thus concluded that the proposed project of UPL Limited. for manufacturing agrochemicals, intermediates and
specialty chemicals is feasible considering appropriate mitigation of adverse environmental impacts as delineated in
this report and shall be beneficial for the social environment as well as for the overall economic growth of our country.

Chapter 12. Disclosure of Consultant Organization Engaged
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION ENGAGED

Siddhi Green Excellence Private Limited, is one of the leading EHS Consultancy organization, serving a multitude of
industries, for more than a decade, for:
ENVIRONMENTAL  ANALYTICAL FACILITIES FOR ENV.  INDUSTRIAL SAFETY  OCCUPATIONAL  TRAINING

MANAGEMENT PRODUCT TESTING AND HEALTH SERVICES
MICROBIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS
Our services are being utilized by Industries in Ankleshwar, Panoli, Jhagadia, Dahej, Vadodara, Surat ,Vapi,
Sanand, Kalol, Kutch, Saurashtra, etc. (Clientele of over 300 clients in GIDCs & SEZs all over Gujarat)
Regd. Office at : “Kamal Arcade – The Vertical Sunclock”, Near SBI Industrial Branch, Station Road, G.I.D.C,
Ankleshwar – 393 002, Dist. Bharuch, Gujarat State, India
CREDENTIALS :
 MoEF&CC recognized Environmental  NABL accredited Environmental Laboratory (T-
Laboratory under EPA, 1986 2245) for ISO 17025 : 2005 compliance for all major
parameters related to Environmental Monitoring and
analysis
 GPCB recognized Environmental Auditors  ISO 9001 : 2008 and OHSAS 18001 : 2007 certified
(for Sch II industries) organization
 NABET accredited category A EIA  FDA approved Public Testing Laboratory

Consultant Organization for Synthetic org. chemicals
industry & pesticides industry (over 20 EIAs conducted
successfully)
The Laboratory has provided certificates of its accreditation, certifications, recognitions from various Accreditation Bodies
as NABL; Regulatory bodies as MoEF&CC; State Pollution Control Board etc. on its website with period of validity. Its
customer’s responsibility to check the validity before issue of work order and satisfy himself in all respects
We assist Industries for –
Project Phase Compliances related to EHS
 Plot Acquisition from GIDC & SEZ  Environment Audits (Sch II industries)
 Pollution Potential Evaluation & Treatability  EMS evaluations and adequacy certification
studies  Six monthly EC compliance report
 ETP / STP design  Environmental Statement
 Air Pollution Control Measures  Safety Audits & Safety studies (HAZOP/HAZAN, QRA)
 Fuel Options (Gas to briquettes)  Onsite Emergency plan (Technical assistance)
 Hazardous waste categorization and disposal  Preparation of Safety /First Aid Manuals and trainings
 Actual users for by-products, inorganic salts  Testing and Certification from Competent Person
 Environment Clearance process  Certificate of Stability for Building/Civil structures
 EIA & Risk assessment
 Statutory approvals (NOC, CC&A, EC ,
Licenses)
 HAZOP / HAZAN / Risk Analysis
Operation EMS Improvement
 ARC for Environmental monitoring, effluent  Water reuse & recycle options
analysis, WPM  Zero Discharge Schemes
 ETP /STP operation  Process changes for effluent reduction
 ETP /STP troubleshooting & resetup  Effluent segregation and reuse options
 Change in product mix  ETP modification
 CTE for expansion  Advanced treatment schemes
 Renewal of Statutory approvals  APCM modification
 Solid waste management

Chapter 12. Disclosure of Consultant Organization Engaged
In all our assignments, big or small, we try to explore Cleaner Production aspects & better
pollution control strategies, in service to our clients, in service to environment as a whole
Our Laboratory has expertise in :

 Water and Waste Water Analysis (Physico - chemical and Microbiological Analysis)
 Work Area Monitoring and Industrial Hygiene control
 Ambient Air quality and Emission Monitoring
 Solid Waste Analysis
 Soil Analysis.
 Fuel Analysis (for CV, % moisture, Ash content, Flash Point, etc.)
We are well equipped with Sophisticated Instruments to accept any challenges in analysis, to name a few :
o Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer [Heavy Metal analysis ]
o HPLC [ Purity and Impurity Profile]
o GC , with FID , ECD and NPD & Methaniser [Pesticides , Organic Chemicals , CO & CO2]
o UV-spectrophotometer & Visible Spectrophotometer [Water Analysis, Component analysis]
o Bomb Calorimeter [Calorific Values of various fuels]
o Flash Point Apparatus [Solvents]
Service at your door step :

o Collection of samples from Ankleshwar, Panoli, Jhagadia & Dahej & response within 24 hrs .
o Test reports through e-mail for privileged customers.
o Special discounts to regular customers.
o Maintaining integrity and confidentiality
Our Corporate office is situated in Ankleshwar and we have branch offices at Dahej and Baroda.
12.1 NABET ACCREDITATION STATUS OF M/S. SIDDHI GREEN EXCELLENCE PVT. LTD.
At the time of conducting this EIA, Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. was granted accreditation by NABET for the
sectors – Synthetic organic industry and pesticides industry in Category A and were listed in the list of accredited
consultants uploaded on NABET website.
NABET accreditation certificate and Re-accreditation letter are annexed as Annexure – 1A.
12.2 NABL ACCREDITATION OF LAB OF M/S. SIDDHI GREEN EXCELLENCE PVT. LTD.
For various analytical activities of the EIA study, own laboratory of Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. was utilized.
Accreditation certificate for ISO 17025 : 2005 compliance by NABL is annexed as Annexure 1B.
It should be noted that the Laboratory has provided certificates of its accreditation, certifications, recognitions from
various Accreditation Bodies as NABL; Regulatory bodies as MoEF&CC; State Pollution Control Board etc. on its
website with period of validity. Its customer’s responsibility to check the validity before issue of work order and satisfy
himself in all respects

Limited: E I A & E M P (Eia - Emp) R

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Limited: E I A & E M P (Eia - Emp) R

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FINAL REPORT March 2018

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT &

FOR PROPOSED NEW UNIT

Baseline Study Period : October 2016 to December 2016

EIA Consultant Organization & Analytical Laboratory for Baseline Studies

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 1 of 277

at Plot No. D-3/6,

CLIENT (PROJECT UPL LIMITED

CONDUCTED BY SIDDHI GREEN EXCELLENCE PVT. LTD.

 MoEF&CC recognized Environmental Laboratory under EPA, 1986

Report No. Rev. Date of Issued for Prepared by : Approved by

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 2 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 3 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 4 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 5 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 6 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 7 of 277

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization:

Name : PURVESH M. SHAH Designation : Managing Director & CEO Signature :

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 8 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 9 of 277

Terms Of References (TORs) And Their Compliances

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 11 of 277

Sr. Terms of reference Compliance

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 12 of 277

Sr. Terms of reference Compliance

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 13 of 277

Sr. Terms of reference Compliance

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 14 of 277

Sr. Terms of reference Compliance

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 15 of 277

Sr. Terms of reference Compliance

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 16 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 17 of 277

Flue Gas Emission from Proposed Plant:

Process Gas Emission from Proposed Plant:

Pollutant Proposed Control measure

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 19 of 277

Liquid Bio-degradable Effluent to ETP:

Solid and Hazardous Waste generated after expansion are as follows:

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 20 of 277

below the standard norms prescribed by CPCB.

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 21 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 22 of 277

Proposed Products and their capacity MT/ Annum

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 23 of 277

CAS LC50 LD50 Category as per EC

CAS LC50 LD50 Category as per EC

CAS LC50 LD50 Category as per EC

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 26 of 277

CAS LC50 LD50 Category as per EC

28 Captive Power - 55 MWPH A-1(d)

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 27 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 28 of 277

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 29 of 277

2.7.2 Hazardous Chemicals Inventory............................................................................................67

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 30 of 277

3.9.1Specifications of Weather Monitoring system........................................................................133

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 31 of 277

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ..........................................184

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 32 of 277

10.3.7 EMP for use of fuel resources ...............................................................................................245

Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd., Ankleshwar Page 33 of 277